Document J3jboq1vX0Vx833x1EkwR3j7K

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH & HUM AN SERVICES Public Health Service 26 April 1988 National Institutes of Health National Cancer Institute Bethesda, Maryland 20892 Marie Ross, RN Medical Department General Electric Capacitor Division Hudson Falls, NY 12839 Dear Marie: Enclosed please find a copy of the thesis in its entirety as it has been approved by my committee at the Harvard School of Public Health. The status of the three individual manuscripts is that the first paper on modeling has been submitted to the American Journal of Industrial Hygiene, the second paper on birth weight has been accepted with revisions at the American Journal of Epidemiology, and the third paper on cancer has yet to be submitted. I would anticipate a number of other manuscripts over the next 1 - 2 years to come from this project, though they are not specifically a part of the thesis. I think and hope you know that this work would not have been possible without all your help over the past 10 to 12 years. It's actually somewhat hard to imagine that it's really been going on that long. In case I haven't said it often enough or recently enough, again, thank you. I look forward to our continuing interaction and remain, Sincerely, Ref ?gencorr;ross Philip R. Taylor V r L GE Power Delivery Caaaatcr Fc.verProtectionCoeraiion GeneralElectricCompany '' 381 UccerBroauws^'fonEdward.NY 12328-1021 MARIE R. ROSS. R.N., C.O.H.N. Supervisor, Occupational Health & Nursing General Electric Company Capacitor & Power Protection Operation 381 Upper Broadway Fort Edward, N.Y. 12828 Registered Professional Nurse, New York State License #117228 Certified Occupational Health Nurse - Passed Boards in 1979, recertified in 1984 and 1989. #1796 - Union University School of Nursing, Albany Medical College, Albany, N.Y graduated 1950 Colby College, Maine - 1974 Certification in Hearing Conservation Emory University, Georgia - 1979 Certificationin Pulmonary Diseases & Screening Harvard University, Boston, MA - 1979 Industrial Hygiene Other course work: Epidemiology, John Hopkins, Baltimore, Maryland Management, Tulane Univ., New Orleans, LA Employed by General Electric Company 1/16/74 At GE: Supv. Occ. Health & Nursing Health Care Cost Management Coordinator Workers' Compensation Administrator Project Leader - Corporate Research Program - Health Study - Human Health Effects of PCBs - Capacitor Workers - 1976 ongoing, co-author of resulting papers * GE interface with NIOSH, New York State, MT. Sinai on PCB research papers \ M Member: Capitol District Occupational Health Nurse Assoc. New York State Occupational Health Nurse Assoc. Tri-County Occupational Health Nurse Assoc. American Association of Occupational Health Nurses Past Experience: Albany Medical Center - Research Unit - Hemodialysis Asst. Head Nurse - Surgical Floor --Queens, NY Office Manager - Family Practice January 1989 \ o 'V'-** > - -V ;iv^.lfl B r o w n , T o d d & H eybtjr n -r~\ tU H. SHOWN III (1906*1974) RUCKER TODD RANDOLPH A. BROWN GEORGE E, DUOLET EDWARD 5. BONNIE JOSEPH B, HELM HARK B. DAVI5 W. C. FISHER. JR. JAMES PARK. JR. JOHN T. BON DU RANT CHARLES S. CASSIS MARSHALL P. ELDREO. JR. CARL ARTHUR HENLEIN DAVID W, CNUMBO JOHN R. MCCALL 0. PATTON PELFRCT KENNETH J. TUGGLE C. COWARD GLASSCOCK WINSTON C. MILLER WILLIAM L.SKEES. JR.t RAUL E. SULUVAN IRVIN ABELL III TIMOTHY W. MARTIN R. JAMES STRAUS STEPHEN R. SCHMIDT CHARLES R. KEETON HAL NANCE BOGARD F. GERALD GREEKWELL JOSEPH L. ARDERY V CHARLES E. ALLEN III DALE E. AH EARN JOHN 0. HCTBURN II KATHERINE RANDALL' MICHAEL R. MERCER FREDERIC H. DAVIS D. DUANE COOK1 KEITH GRAHAM HANLET . E. LAMBERT FARMER, JR. STEPHEN t. EMBRY* MARK R. FEATHER HAPPY R. PERKINS RICHARD E. PLYMALC DEBBIE F. REI5S ROBERT Y. GWIN VICTOR B. MADDOX JAY MIDDLETON TANHON SCOTT W. DOLSON* OAN L. 0WEN5 SUSAN C. SIMPSON RICHARD L WOOD DAVID B. TACHAU KATHERINE K. YUNKER HELEN LUCIER RICHARD M. HOPOOOD JAMES A.HUOUENARD CHARLES M. PRITCHETT, JR. MICHAEL A. LUVISI KATHRYN ROSS ARTCRBERRY DAVID B. BUECKLER MART ROSS TERRY RUDY A. B1SCI0TT1 JOEL B.TURNER KEITH MOORMAN' DAVID R. RHEIN WARREN J. HOFFMANN* MARSHA T. DULA DONALD L. MILLER lit JOHN G. HUNDLEY . MARYANN GUENTHER t ROBERT W. DIBERT CANDACE GROOTHILL ALAN K. MACDONALD DAVID S. KLINESTIVERt JOHN S. OOWOS ROBERT L. TREADWAY* SCOTT T. DICKENS SUSAN 5. SUNNING* JAMES A. GILS EL CYNTHIA L. STEWART KATHY P. HOLDERt CHRI5T0PHER R. FITZPATRICK **t A. B. CHANDLER III JEFFREY P. 5TOOOHILL CECEUA T. ALLEN1 H. GREGG H0V10U5 STEVEN S. REED LINDA J. THOMAS WILLIAM 0. FLOWERS II JAMES D. COCKRUM W. BRUCE BAIRD ELIZABETH J. TURLEY* DONNA JO JCNKIN5 ROBERT J. DEANGEL1S. JR. JOHN L. DOTSON JULIE R. BAKER BARTON T. ROGERS* FRANCC5 B. JONES BERRY TIMOTHY MAZE HARTLEY TERESA C. BUCHHE1T J. CHRISTOPHER HQPGOOD* JASPERA. HOWARD* K. A. WINKENHOFER SHUMATE tAOMITTED TO B aa K en t u cut a n o In d ia n a HENRY R. HCYBURN PHILIP P.ARDERT MARSHALL P. ELDRED SAMUEL R. WELLS OF COUNSEL KJ7.C4042 8 :mfo January 27, 1989 SIXTEENTH FLOOH CmZEITS PLAZA L o u i s v i l l e , K e n t u c k y 40202-2002 (BOB) 586*3400 TELEX: 8 5 2 9 5 8 TELECOPIES (502) 561 - 1087 (502) 589-8475 , `LEXINGTON OFFICE 2700 LEXINGTON FINANCIAL CENTER LEXINGTON. KENTUCKY 40507*1634 (606) 233*4D6B TELEX; B5 2 9 6 I TELECOPIER (6061 2S2-5I06 "INDIANA OrriCE SUITE 204 ELSBY EA5T 4 0 0 PEARL STREET _ _ P.O. BOX 556 NEW ALBANY, INDIANA 47IS0-0S5B (612) 948*2800 Mr. Thomas E.. Kotoske 540 University Avenue Third Floor Palo Alto, California 94301 Re : David Adams, et al. v. Kentucky Power, et al. Dear Tom: Pursuant to the instructions of the Court and my agreement with David McCrea, I am enclosing the documents outlined in the list of exhibits for Westinghouse. In line with my conversation with David, please note that we deleted item no. 15 from the original list. Best regards. Yours truly, Enclosures cc: Mr. David S. McCrea Adams, et al. v. Kentucky Power Co.# et al C.A. No. 85-CI-1724 AMENDED LIST OF EXHIBITS WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book Dated: Pre-1938. Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book Dated: March, 1938. Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book Dated: January, 1942. Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book Dated: November, 1946 Inerteen Insulating Fluid for Electrical Paratus Dated: February, 1952. Instructions for Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 KA Dated: July, 1965. Instructions for Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM Dated: April, 1968. Instructions for Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers (including Supplement) Dated: September, 1968. Instructions for Handling Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers Dated: August, 1971. Instructions for Handling Inerteen Insulation Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Interteen Transformers Dated: February, 1976. 'C'3 V/ ` .* ^ - 11. Instructions for Handling Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers Dated: June, 1976. 12. Westinghouse schedules of transformer serial numbers and years of manufacture. 13. Summaries of serial numbers, years, KVA work order num bers and dates of Westinghouse transformers from Ken tucky Power Co. retirement work orders. 14. Summaries of serial numbers and years of manufacture of transformers from Westinghouse records corresponding to serial numbers from Kentucky Power Co. "V 2 COMMONWEALTH OF KENTUCKY PIKE CIRCUIT COURT DIVISION I CIVIL ACTION NO. 85 CI-1724 DAVID ADAMS, et al. PLAINTIFFS v. SUBMISSION OF AMENDED EXHIBIT LIST FOR WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION KENTUCKY POWER CO-, et ai. *#* DEFENDANTS Defendant, Westinghouse Electric Corporation, submits here with its Amended Exhibit List in compliance with the Court's instructions and order of November 28, 1988. BROWN, TODD & HEYBURN Charles S. Cassis Mark R. Feather Vj , _____________________ 1600 Citizens' Plaza Louisville, Kentucky 40202 (502) 589-5400 ATTORNEYS FOR DEFENDANT WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE This is to certify that on this 27th day of January, 1989, a true copy of the foregoing pleading and the attachment was mailed to all counsel of record. \ Charles S. Cas'sis / Adams, et al. v. Kentucky Power Co., et al. C.A. No. 85-CI-1724 AMENDED LIST OF EXHIBITS WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION 1 . Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book Dated: Pre-1938. .2 Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book Dated: March, 1938. 3. Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book Dated: January, 1942. 4. Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book Dated: November, 1946 5. Inerteen Insulating Fluid for Electrical Paratus Dated: February, 1952. 6 . Instructions for Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 KA Dated: July, 1965. 7. Instructions for Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM Dated: April, 1968. .8 Instructions for Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Trans formers (including Supplement) Dated: September, 1968. 9. Instructions for Handling Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers Dated: August, 197 10 Instructions for Handling Inerteen Insulation Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Interteen Transformers Dated: February, 1976. fi 11. Instructions for Handling Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers Dated: June, 1976. 12. Westinghouse schedules of transformer serial numbers and years of manufacture. 13. Summaries of serial numbers, years, KVA work order num bers and dates of Westinghouse transformers from Ken tucky Power Co. retirement work orders. 14. Summaries of serial numbers and years of manufacture of transformers from Westinghouse records corresponding to serial numbers from Kentucky Power Co. 2 } W estinghouse INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Instruction Book Westinghouse Exhibit 1 INDEX INERTEEN CHARACTERISTICS Physical - Chemical - Electrical Physiological ................ Page No, .3 .4 INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Shipment...................... Moving Transformera .......... Inspection .................. Grounding and Making Connections Gaskets ...................... Pipe Fittings ................ Pressure Testing ............ Paint * .................... Storage ...................... MAINTENANCE Inerteen E q u i p m e n t ................................ 7 Filling Inerteen Transformers .................... 8 PERIODIC INS PECTIONS Inerteen ................................. Operation of Transformers ............. P a i n t ..................................... Taking Samples of Inerteen ............... Dielectric Testing of Inerteen ........... Drying and Filtering Inerteen ............. The Inerteen Conditioner ................. To Prepare the Conditioner for Operation To Dry Inerteen Transformers ............. Drying Transformers by Hot Air ........... If Inerteen Transformers Fall in Service 6 9 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 13 13 ACCESSORIES FOR INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Pressure Relief Diaphragms ........................ 13 Gas Absorbers for Inerteen Transformers ......... 14 Renewal Parts ......................................... 14 0854708 INERTEEN Inerteen, developed by Westinghouse Engineers, Is e syn thetic non-inflammable and non-explosive insulating and cooling liquid used in Westinghouse Inerteen Transformers. CHARACTERISTICS Color . . ............................ Odor ............... . . . . . . . . Viscosity at 100F. (Saybolt) . . . . Flash Point .......................... Fire Point .......................... Bolling Point Freezing Point ...................... Specific Gravity at 60F............. Coefficient of Expansion per C. . Specific Heat (Cal./cc) . . . . . . . Dielectric Constant ................. Dielectric Strength ................. Straw-Yellow Slightly Aromatic 30 Seconds None None 440F. - 40F. f 1.555,, .00078 .40 4.42 *35 to 40 K.V. Mineral oil is completely miscible with Inerteen. It is practically impossible to separate mineral oil and Inerteen; therefore, it Is important to avoid contamination of Inerteen with any oil as the presence of such materials markedly changes the non-inflammable and non-explosive characteristics of Inerteen. . Inerteen Is chemically stable. It is not affected by reaction with other materials used in the manufacture of Inerteen Transformers. It Is non-oxidizing and non-corrosive at tempera tures considerably above those normally obtained in transformers. Inerteen will not form sludge under any conditions. Inerteen exerts a strong solvent action on most of the ordinary varnishes, gums and paints commonly used in oil-insulated transformers. Such materials, therefore, cannot be used in the design and construction of Inerteen Transformers. It is necessary to use such materials as pure cellulose, cotton, paper and porce lain. This requirement, coupled with the necessory use of tighttonk construction for Inerteen Transformers tends to give Improved operating characteristics. If Inerteen is decomposed by an electric arc, hydrogen chloride gas is evolved. In case of arcing, the products of arc decomposition are definitely harmful and the Inerteen will have to be reconditioned. Where severe arcing occurs, the solid insula tion of the transformer would become saturated with the products of arc decomposition and^ the affected parts must be removed from the tranaformera With reference to the dielectric strength of Inerteen it compares favorably with and under average normal conditions will be found higher than that of transformer oil. The same precau tions are necessary with Inerteen as are taken with transformer oil. Iner'teen should be kept free of moisture, lint and dirt. 0854709 -3- IN E R T E SN Inerteen has an irritating effect upon the akin. This* la more pronounced to some persona than to others. Especially the eyesi nose and lips are affected When coming in contact with Inerteen and certain safety precautions must be observed when handling it. When working with the hands in Inerteen it will irritate skin abrasions or the tender parts between the fingers. Continued ex posure may cause skin eruptions with certain individuals due to absorption of the Inerteen through the pores of the skin. Clean liness among worlonen handling Inerteen is essential and a very good safeguard against such effects. An application of castor oil is recommended for the eyes and castor oil or cold cream for the nose end lips. In case Inerteen comes In contact with the skin, the part should be thoroughly washed and cleaned. A supply of these materials should be kept available at all times where men are working with Inerteen. Hot transformers should not be opened except in well ventilated places. Large quantities of Inerteen should be handled in a closed system. Workmen should be protected from frequent contact with any appreciable vapor concentration and from frequent skin contact with Inerteen. In case Inerteen is spilled on one's clothing, it should be changed as soon as possible and the aolled clothing laundered before it is worn again. Special glovea, M-7530-6, which are re sistant <to Inerteen, should be worn where parts of transformers are handled wet. \ 0854710 < 1 -i> INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS SHIPMENT Inerteen Transformers are always constructed In tight tanks which permit no breathing. Inerteen Transformers are shipped properly filled with Inerteen and ready for Installation. This prevents the entrance of moisture Into the windings during transit and usually makes it unnecessary to dry the transformers prior to Installation. Transformers equipped with switch or terminal chamber which must be opened for Installation, are always shipped with the Inerteen for these chambers In separate cans or steel drums. Inerteen must always be kept In sealed containers to prevent the loss of Its more volatile constituents by evaporation or possible contamination from dirt or moisture. MOVING TRANSFORMERS Lugs are provided for lifting the complete transformer, and when necessary, additional means are provided for lifting the different parts. The transformer should.be lifted by the means provided and when necessary, spreaders should be used to obtain a balanced lift. Transformers should not be moved or lifted by placing jacks or other devices against or under cooling tubes, radiators, valves or other fittings. Skids should be used to distribute the stresses properly over the base when transformers are moved on rollers. INSPECTION Carefully inspect the transformers for possible damage during shipment. This should Include a check of the Inerteen level and at least the removal of the manhole to determine whether any parts have become loose or out of place and whether there is any evidence, of moisture present. Insulation tests of the Inerteen should be made and If the dielectric strength Is less than 22 K.V. or If there Is any evidence of moisture, the transformer should be dried. Inerteen Transformers are carefully tested at the F a c tory and In good condition when shipment Is made but It is. d e sirable to Inspect every transformer carefully before placing It In service. i OROUNPIKO AMD MAKING CONNECTIONS No matter what the type of floor or foundation on which the transformer Is to rest, the tank should be definitely and per manently grounded b y connecting to the grounding connection pro vided for that purpose near the bottom of the tank. 0854711 - 5- IXERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Terminal board tap changer and other connections should never be changed with voltage on the transformer. Do not make any connections except those Indicated on the diagram or the diagram nameplate shipped with the transformer* Any lead or connector not in use should be insulated from any other leads and connectors and from ground. GASKETS Gaskets used on Inerteen Transformers are made from a high grade cork and it Is recommended in replacing any gaskets that they be made of cork. Before replacing a gasket ell gasket surfaces should be thoroughly cleaned free of rust oil grease paint or other foreign materials. The cleaning may be done by scraping or wire-brushing and then wiping the gasket surface with denatured alcohol. Gasket Cernent M-7386 especially developed for use with Inerteen should always be used In applying gaskets to Inerteen Transformers. Thoroughly brush the cement on the tank surface place the gesk9t in position and apply weights or other means to obtain good adhesion of the gasket to the metal surface. The gasket should be allowed to set approximately one-half hour b e fore the weights are removed. Cement M-7386 should then be a p plied to the top surface of the gasket. The gasket surfaces must immediately be bolted together under a uniform pressure. Some transformers are equipped with terminal or switch compartments into which cables enter by means of potheada. In such cases it will he necessary to remove the switch-cover. When transformers are designed for bayonet connections it is only necessary to remove the bayonet pothead make the cable connections and replace the pothead. Extra gaskets with Cement M-7386, are furnished with all Inerteen Transformers where their installation requires the r e moval of any gaskets. Additional gaskets and cement should be ordered from the manufacturer. PIPE FITTINGS Care should he used to see that threads of pipe fittings are not damaged. Their threads should be thoroughly cleaned to remove all dirt greaee etc. After cleaning apply Cement M-7386 to the threads of each fitting. Immediately screw the proper fittings together tightly. PRESSURE TESTING OSS4712 Inerteen Transformers should be pressure tested before ' they are put into service. The tanks including all compartments should be subjected to a pressure of 7 lbs. per square inch for INERTEDI TRANSFORMERS at least six hours. Preferably, this test should be made after the transformer installation Is complete and before voltage is applied to It. It is suggested that the air space above the Inerteen be blown out by using a nitrogen-cylinder after which all vents should be closed and the pressure test applied. The test-pressure In order to avoid subjecting the tank or compartment under test to ex cessive pressure con best be limited b y a regulating valve on the nitrogen-cylinder. A check for leaks above the Inerteen level can be made with a solution of soap fend water applied to all gasketed Joints pipe fittings end wiping sleeve connections. PAINT Inerteen Transformers are finished with a special paint which la resistant.to the solvent action of Inerteen. A suffi cient quantity of this paint, M-7664-1, is furnished with each transformer to "touch up" any damage caused during the normal pro cess of installation. STORAGE Inerteen Transformers must always be stored filled with Inerteen, otherwise a certain amount of moisture will most cer tainly accumulate on account of variations of air temperature. The Inerteen level should always be checked to see that It is at the proper point. Inerteen Transformers should be stored In a dry place, one where minimum temperature changes will occur. If there is any reason to store colls, insulation or other parts for the complete core and coll assembly of an Inerteen Transformer, they should be immersed in Inerteen to prevent any moisture absorption. If such storage is necessary for a long per iod of time, the tank or storage container must be sealed to pre vent the evaporation of Inerteen. Inerteen Transformers which have been idle or stored for an appreciable length of time, should be put into service only after making certain that the transformer is dry and that the d i electric strength of the Inerteen tests 22,000 volts or higher. MAINTENANCE Inerteen Eoulnnent Care must be* exercised in handling Inerteen to prevent contamination since impurities alter its non-inflammable and electrical characteristics. It must be handled In thoroughly clean containers free from oil. If there is any question concerning the cleanliness of the containers, they should be thoroughly washed with Trichlorbenzene, M-o872# and dried before any Inerteen is place in them. The transformer tank or any of its compartments in which Inerteen la used, must be free from oil. -7 - 0854713 INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Inerteen should not he mixed with vegetable oils since these materials affect the deterioration D.C. resistance and other r wise contaminate It Compounds- of asphaltic nature paraffin and ordinary soldering flux are particularly harmful to Inerteen. mended. For soldering a solution of rosin In alcohol is recom All-metal hose must be used in handling Inerteen since the lining used in most hose is soluble in Inerteen. Filling Inerteen Transformers When It is necessary to 1*111 a transformer with Inerteen one should make sure that all joints are tight; Cement M -7386 should be used for this purpose* Steel pipe or metal hose should be used and preferably the transformer should be filled through the drain valve. This will keep oeratlon of the Inerteen to a minimum. See that air vents are open as the transformer is filled. It is desirable to fill a transformer b y passing the Inerteen through an Inerteen Conditioner. If this cannot be done and the Inerteen tests satisfactorily fill the transformer by passing the Inerteen through three thicknesses of tightly woven white cloth which has first been washed in Trichlorbenzene M-6872 and dried to remove any sizing. New cloths should be used for at least every two transformers. When It la necessary to fill Inerteen Transformers outof-doors and particularly on damp days due precaution must be taken to prevent the entrance of moisture into the transformer. PERIODIC INSPECTIONS Inerteen - It is desirable that top and bottom samples of Inerteen be taken from each transformer and tested after a short period of operation. When operating conditions permit routine sampling of the Inerteen at Intervals of six months is recommended. Accurate records should be kept of such inspections and tests end if the Inerteen shows a dielectric strength of less than 16 K.V. the Inerteen Conditioner may be used. This depends somewhat on the transformer load cycle and climatic conditions. If no facili ties are available for making dielectric tests on Inerteen samples should be sent to the Westlnghouse Electric & Manufacturing Com pany Sharon Works Sharon Penna. Each sample of Inerteen should be properly identified by the transformer serial number and it should be recorded whether taken from the top or bottom of; the tank or from a tank-compartment. Samples should be carefully packed to avoid breakage in transit. When any appreciable! amount of Inerteen is removed from a transformer it should be replaced . with an equal amount of new Inerteen of proper dielectric strength so that the liquid level in the transformer is maintained. INERTEEN TRANSFORMEES Operation of Transformers - It la recommended that a periodic check be made or the operating temperatures of Inerteen transformers and that the temperature of the Inerteen be kept b e low 90C* for a maximum-rated self-cooled transformer. Paint - The external tank surfaces of Inerteen Trans formers should be examined regularly for signs of corrosion. If appreciable corrosion Is found, Its cause should be determined and, If possible, remedied. Inerteen Transformer tanks are made from corrosion-resisting, copper-bearing steel, and they are finished with a high grade Inerteen-reslstlng paint which Is baked on at high temperature. Any surface which Is found corroded should be thoroughly cleaned to the bare metal and refinished with one coat of paint, H-6930, and two coata of paint, M-7664-1. Allow twelve hourS' drying time between each coat of paint. TAKING SAMPLES OF INERTEEN All sampling and testing equipment must be thoroughly dry and clean. It Is recommended that sampling and testing equip-' meet used for Inerteen Transformers be used for no other purpose. Care must be used In obtaining and sealing samples of Inerteen taken from a transformer. Use only small tin containers with acrew-metal gasket caps or small glass bottles with sealed glass stoppers for holding . Inerteen samples . If It becomes necessary to use other than Factory samp ling containers, such containers should be thoroughly rinsed with clean gasoline, washed with strong soap suds and rinsed thoroughly In hot water, and then dried In an oven at approximately 110C. for one hour. If the containers are not used Immediately after clean ing, they should be sealed tightly and stored In a dry, clean place. Inerteen sampling packages may be obtained from the Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Company, S h a r o n P e n n a . Tfci? package consists of two 1-plnt cans of Inerteen, packed and shipped In cardboard cartons. This Inerteen may be used to replace that rnnoved from a transformer as a sample. If samples are not taker, immediately after emptying the containers, the empty containers' should be kept capped anugly to prevent admittance of moisture. The containers and carton should be used to return the samples of Inerteen to the Westinghouse Company. It la desirable that samples of Inerteen be removed from a transformer tank or from a drum on clear days only and when the Inerteen Is at least as warm as the surrounding air. The sample of Inerteen should preferably be removed from the top of the tank and at a point 2 or 3" under the level of the Inerteen. It la recommended that a sample be taken also from the. -9- 0854715 INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS bottom of the tank* If the sample Is withdrawn through a valve connection this connection should be flushed by allowing a small amount of Inerteen to run out before collecting the sample. The sample should be Immediately placed In the container and the cap screwed on tightly. The sticker on each container should be marked to Identify the sample of Inerteen with the transformer from which It was taken. Before taking samples from a drum, the Inerteen should be allowed to settle for approximately twelve hours. Semples from the top of the drum should be removed by means of a clean glass sneak-thief The same precautions to prevent moisture contamination should be used In sampling Inerteen as are observed in taking trans former oil samples. The samples of Inerteen properly Identified and packed In cardboard cartons should be shipped to the Westlnghouse Electric k Manufacturing Company Sharon Works Sharon Penna. DIELECTRIC TESTING OF INERTEEN The same rules and precautions bs normally followed In testing oil should be used In testing Inerteen except as herein stated. The test cup should be wiped clean with a clean, dry chamois and thoroughly rinsed with clean gasoline and allowed to dry before being used. The electrode spacing should be checked. To determine whether the test cup Is suitable for testing Inerteen fill it with dry gasoline and test this under a stands;*:! voltage rise of 3 K.V. per second. If the dielectric strength of the gasoline Is not less than 22 K . V . the test cup Is suitable fc testing Inerteen after the cup has been dried In an oven to rF.ir.iv all traces of gasoline. Care should be exercised in h a n d i n g gasoline. In testing do not make but one "shot" per filling of the test cup. Five different fillings should be made aui the average result used. DRYING AND FILTER IMG INERTEEN Inerteen may be dehydrated and filtered by mer.ns of an oil filter press but In order that It may not be contaminated, it Is necessary that the filter press be used for Inerteen only. A different procedure than that followed for oil Is re- . qulred to purify Inerteen. Contamination In Inerteen cannot be removed entirely by filter paper alone. To clean Inerteen thor oughly It must be filtered through "activated clay" which absorbs Impurities. In practice It Is only necessary to pass the Inerte^r. through the clay and to separate the clay mechanically from the Inerteen to obtain clean Inerteen of proper dielectric strength. -10 08S4716 r< k INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS 'THE INERTEEN CONDITIONER' The equipment recommended for conditioning Inerteen con sists of a filter press with suitable Inlet and outlet connections and the necessary fittings* The clay is contained In five frames mounted In a yoke. Plates are used on both sides of these frames between which one piece of blotting paper Is used to provide a gasket-seal and to remove fine particles of cloy from the Inerteen. The discharge In the plate Incorporates a trap to avoid pumping Into the transformer air which might result from a leak In the suction line* A strainer la provided on the suction side of the pump, so constructed that all dirt collected Is removed with the screen. A by-pass connection fitted with a needle valve Is used for testing the suction line from the transformer for leaks. A pressure gage and a by-pass valve Indicate the operation of the conditioner and they also serve as a check to avoid over loading and stalling the motor. The valve is set to by-pass the Inerteen at a pressure of 0 to 70 lbs* per square Inch. Another pressure gage and by-pass valve are provided on the discharge side of the conditioner connecting to the transformer* This by-pass valve, releasing at a pressure of approximately 5 lbs. per square Inch, will avoid breaking the transformer relief diaphragm when no other relief Is provided. TO PREPARE THE CONDITIONER FOR OPERATION Release the pressure-screw and remove the frames. Fill each frame with activated clay, K- 693^ to within 1/2" of the cover. Replace the frames in the conditioner, placing one sheet of nA n size blotting paper between the face of each frame and plate. Care should be used to see that the holes through the plates, frames end paper are In proper alignment before the pressure-acrew la tightened. Close the discharge, suction and suction-teat valves. Four sufficient Inerteen Into the drip pen to fill the conditioner and to wet the clay. This will require approximately 8 gallons of Inerteen. Start the motor and open the drip-pan valve so that not leas than 5 minutes are required to fill the conditioner, saturating the clay with Inerteen. With the valve at the transformer closed, open the auction-test valve to check the suction line for leaks. Since the density of Inerteen is considerably greater than that of water, moisture will float on the surface of the Inerteen. It is therefore considered advisable to condition Iner teen from the top and return it to the bottom of the tank. To b e gin conditioning Inerteen In a transformer, close the suction-test valve and stop the motor. Open the transformer valves. Open the conditioner discharge and suction valves. Close the drip-pan valve and start the motor. 0854717 - 11- I f v' INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS One charge of clay will condition approximately 3000 gal lons of Inerteen, depending upon the amount of contamination pres ent. To change the clay, remove the frames and turn them over to allow any free Znerteen to drain out of the openings at the top. Dump the used clay and fill the frames with fresh clay as pre viously described. When It is necessary to change the blotters or the clay, first close the valve in the suction line, then stop the motor and close the discharge valve before releasing the pressure-screw. Follow the procedure outlined above when starting up the con ditioner again. If the system-seal la not broken, It will only be nec essary to open the discharge and suction valves and start the motor to again resume conditioning the Inerteen. TO DRY INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Inerteen Transformers above 100 Kv-e. should be dried by the short-circuit method with the trensformer In Its tank Immersed In the Inerteen. During the heating and drying process, the top of the tank should be vented to the air to prevent moisture con densation. The desired load current should be obtained by shortcircuiting one winding and Impressing.the proper voltage on the other winding. If the full load Impedance of the transformer Is not known or not engraved on the transformer nameplate, It should be obtained from the Westlnghouse Electric & Manufacturing Company by Identifying the transformer with Its serial number. Trensformer windings in Inerteen should first be heated under a partial load. A higher top Inerteen temperature car be obtained more quickly by blanketing the tank with the cover re moved to prevent condensation. If the transformer Is at or lower than room temperature at the start of the drying process, from 123$ to 150# full load current will hasten the heating. The temperature should be care fully watched and when the Inerteen reaches temperature of 60C., the load should be reduced to obtain an approximately constant Inerteen temperature based on the following table. These tem peratures should not be exceeded for a given load. Short Circuit Amperes in Percent of Load 50 75 85 ' Max. Temperature of Too Inerteen . 80 75 70 The transformer may be dried more quickly If It is possible to filter the Inerteen during the drying process. If the INERTEEN TRANSFORMER 3 filtering is continuous, care should be taken to avoid letting the Inerteen temperature become top low. If any moisture condenses on the underside of the cover, the temperature should be decreased until it stops, and it should not be increased again until after a period of time of approximately four to eight hours, depending upon the site of the transformer. The drying should be continued until dielectric tests of samples of the Inerteen taken from the top and bottom of the tank show 22 X.V. or higher. The tests should be made in a standard test cup and it is recommended that at least two consecutive tests of both the top and bottom Inerteen be made at least 24 hours apart while the Inerteen is near a maximum temperature. Tests of the Inerteen should not be made during the filtering process. DRYING TRANSFORMERS BY HOT AIR Inerteen transformers may be dried by blowing clean, dry hot air through them. The air should be at a temperature of ap- proximately 90C* end it should be blown through the core and colls . from the bottom of the transformer end allowed to pass out at the top. The amount of air required to dry the transformer must be such that the temperatures of the ingoing and outgoing air are ap proximately alike. IF INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS FAIL IN SERVICE Should an Inerteen transformer fall in service, the near est V. E. & M. Company District Office should be notified as soon as possible. Give the rating of the transformer and its serial number and, if possible, the conditions under which the failure took place. Samples of the Inerteen should be taken so that an analysis of it can be made. The transformer should be kept im mersed In Inerteen and it is recommended that no work be done on the transformer except under advice from the District Office. ACCESSORIES FOR INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Pressure Relief Diaphragms - All transformers of ratings larger than 25 K v - a , are furnished with pressure relief diaphragms. This device is made in different sizes to provide ample venting for different ratings. Relief diaphragms are regularly supplied with covers arranged for a pipe connection to carry the gases to the outside atmosphere in case of a transformer failure and after the dia phragm ruptures. It is recommended that this type of Installation be used for indoor transformers. For outdoor transformers, the relief device is regularly provided with a perforated outlet which allows the gases to escape directly to the outside atmosphere. The outlet is covered by a hood which prevents the entrance of moisture and dirt. A screen under the diaphragm prevents broken pieces from felling into the transformer. 0854719 - 13- INERTEPF TRANSFORMERS The relief diaphragm unit assembly, which is bolted to the trassformer cover or other suitable place, consists of a sup porting flange In which the gloss diaphragm is mounted between two cork gaskets. A tight joint between gasket and diaphragm on the supporting flange Is mode by a pressure-ring against the lower gasket, all of which Is clamped In place b y stud bolts. It Is necessary to be very careful In bolting down the pressure-ring to avoid breakage of the glass diaphragm for Its rupture strength depends largely upon having an even distribution of clamping pressure applied to the diaphragm. Make sure that gasket seats are thoroughly clean. Apply Cement M-7386 to both sides of the upper gasket and put the glass diaphragm In place, being sure that both the gasket and the dia phragm are centrally located In the supporting flange. Lay the cushion or lower gasket In place over the glass diaphragm and assemble the pressure-ring over this gasket. Then tighten the assembly by means of the nuts end lock washers on the stud bolts. An even distribution of pressure on the glass diaphragm can be obtained only by tightening the nuts uniformly. This should be done by tightening alternate nuts until the lock washers are nearly compressed. The other nuts should then be tightened in a similar manner. This alternate nut tightening should be continued until the face of the pressure-ring Is against the metal gasket-stop. Diaphragm relief devices are assembled on the transformer at the factory and they are then pressure-tested at 7 lbs. per square Inch and shipped In place. Two spare diaphragms and the necessary gaskets and cement are shipped with each transformer. Additional diaphragms, If needed, should be ordered from the V . E . & M. Company, Sharon, Pennyslvcnla, Identified by the serial number of the transformer. I Gas Absorbers for Inert-fen Transformers - When Iberteen transformers are equipped with ges absorbers, separate Instructions are shipped with each transformer describing the device end Its Installation, operation and maintenance. RENEWAL PARTS When Information Is required concerning a transformer, always give Its serial number, particularly whenever renewal or stock parts are ordered. The aerial number will be found engraved on the nameplate attached to the transformer tank and on the small nameplate attached to the top or end of the core end colls assembly. Whenever possible, a sketch showing the pert or parts end their exact locations, will materially help to assure that the proper parts are supplied by the Factory.. This sketch should always Indicate the direction or side of the transformer from which the view Is made. 0854720 -14 INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS N O T E S Some transformers are orderod designed for Ine'rteen but are to be operated first as oil-inaulated. transformers. Consequently, they are shipped from the factory filled with oil. Whenever It is desired to operate these transformers with Inerteen complete instructions for the removal of the oil, the cleaning of the transformer and filling it with Inerteen should be obtained .from the W. E. k M. Company, Sharon, Pennsylvania. 0854721 - 15- 0 W estinghouse INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Instruction Book rio,I--K9 KfiIntTRn ThJVMKii W estinghouse Electric & M anufacturing Com pany Sharon Works, Sharon, Pa. s' \ Printed in U J.A , (R if. J- ) ai a i? a t.B. SI02 Filine N. 00-200 0834742 Westinghouse Exhibit T) f\ LJ /neri* TVsnjforfncr INDEX IKERTEEH Characteristics Page Ifo. Physical - Che d e a l Electrical ...................... P h y s i o l o g i c a l ............................................ IKERTEEN TRAH3F0RMEB3 3 * Shipaant . . . . . . . ......... . ...................... Moving T r a n s f o r m e r s ............................ Inspection ................................................ Grounding and Making Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . Gaskets .................................................... Pip f i t t i n g s .............................................. Pressura T a s t i n g ............................ P a i n t ....................................................... S t o r a g e .................................................... M a i n cananea 3 3 % A * * % * * Inerteen Equlpne.nt . . . . . filling Inerteea Transforaera Periodic Inspections 5 5 I n e r t e e n ........... ................. Operation of Transforaera........... Paint Talcing Sasples of I n e r t e e n ........... Dielectric Testing of Inerteen . . .*. Drying and filtering Inerteen ......... The Inerteen C o n d i t i o n e r ............. To Prepare the Conditioner for Operation To Dry Inerteen Transforaera........... Drying Transforeers by Hot Air . . . . If Inerteen Transforaers Pall In Service 5 5 5 6 6 7 7 l Accessories for Inerteen Transformers Pressure Relief D i a p h r a g m ............................ Gas Absorbers for Inerteen Transforaers ............. Reneval farts . . . . . . . ............................... 8 8 8 a \ 1 O S S **7 4 3 r- V .. * t /niriin Trtnafarmtr INERTEEN i M r u t n , developed by Vestinghouse Engineers, la a . synthetic non-inflaceadla and non-explosiva insulating and cooling liquid uaad ln Vestinghouse Inerteen Transformera. Charas tarlatlc Color ...................... Strav-Yellev O d o r ...................... ( Slightly Aromatic viscosity at 100F. (Saybolt)50 Soeonda Flash Point . . . . . . . . Nona Fire P o i n t ............... Hone Bolling Point .............. **00F. Freezing Point ........... -*0F. Specific Gravity at 60F. . 1.355 Coefficient of Expansion per C ........................ 00078 Specific Heat (Cal./cc. . . .*0 Dielectric Constant . . . . *.**2 Dielectric Strength . . . . 55 to *0 K.Y. Mineral oil Is completely slsclble vith Inerteen. It la practically Impossible to separate alneral oil and Inerteen; therefore it Is Important to avoid contamination of In erteen with any oil as the presence of such nacerais markedly changes the non-Infleasable and non-explosive characteristics of Inerteen. Inerteen Is chemically stable. It is not affected by reaction vith other materi als used ln the manufacture of Inerteen Trans formers. It Is non-oxldlilng and non-corrosive at temperatures considerably above those no r mally obtained In transformers. Inerteen vlll net form sludge under any conditions. Inerteen exerts a strong solvent a c tion on most of tne ordinary varnishes, gums and paints e o a o n l y used in oll-lnsulated transformers. Suet materials, thersfore, can not be used ln the design and construction of Inerteen Transformers. It la necessary to use such materials as pure cellulose, cotton, paper and porcelain. This requirement, coupled vith tne neeessary use of tlght-tank construction fcr Inerteen Transformers tends to give Im proved operating characteristics. if inerteen.Is dscomposed by an electric arc, hydrogen chloride gas is evolved. In ease of arching, the products of arc deecspr sltlon are definitely harmful and tne Ine.-t-en vlll have to De reconditioned, here severs arcing oeeurs, the solid insulation of tne transformer vould become saturated vitn tne products of are decomposition and tne affeeteo parts must bo removed from tne transformer. vith reference to tne dielectric strength of Inerteen it compares favorably v:tr. and under average normal conditions will oe found hlgnsr than that of transformer oil. Tne same precautions are neeessary vitn Ir.erteer. as are taxen vitn transformer oil. Ir.erteer. snsul: be kept free of moisture, lint and dirt. Inerteen has an irritating eff-rt -p:r the skin. This is more pronounced to sort per sons than to others. Especially the eye*, r.ose a n d -lips are affected hen coring lr. c o n s t : *L* Inerteen and certain safety preci-t :=r.s m.stoe served hen handling it. *hen working **.:r tr.e ns ln Inerteen, it ill Irritate skin aonsicr.s or tender parts between the fingers. Continued exp: ure may cause skin erruptlons with certain ini*-, uais due to absorption of the Inerteen through : pores of the skin. Cleanliness among worteer. har ling Inerteen is essentia: and a very good safe guard against suen effects. An application of :s tor oil Is recommended for the eyes and eastor : or eold cream for the nose and lips. I n c a s e lr erteen comes in eor.tact with the skin, the par: should be thoroughly ashed and cleaned. * suppl of these materials should oe kept available at a times hers stn are working with Inerteen. Hot transforaers should not be opened except in veil ventilated placet, large quan tities of Xnertssn should be handled In a cool ed eyetem. Vortaen should be protested from frequent contact vith any appreciable vapor concentration and from frequent sidn contact vith Inerteen. In ease Inerteen Is spilled on one's clothing, It should be cnanged as soon as pos sible and the soiled clothing laundered before It is v c m again. Special gloves, M-?55C-e vnich are resistant to Inerteen, should be vorn where parts cf transformers art handled vet. INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Shipment Inerteen Transformers are alvsys constructed In tight tanks vhlch permit no breathing. Inerteen Transforaers are shipped properly filled vith Inerteen and ready for Installation. This prevents the entrance of moisture into the windings during trans it and usually makes It unnecessary to dry the transforaers prior to installation. Transformers equipped vith switch or terminal chamber vhlch aust be opened for Installation, are always shipped vith the Inerteen for these chambers ln separate eans or steel drums. Inerteen aust always be kept in sealed containers to prsvent the loss of its more volatile constituents by evaporation or possible contamination from dirt or m e 1st ure. Moving Traniforners Lugs are provided for lifting the complete transformer, and when r.eeestsry, additional means are provided for lifting the different parts. The transformer should be lifted by means provided and when O . . ' ** ' * tm 0854744 IntrUtn Trmntformtrt necessary, spreaders should bo uaad to obtain a balanead lift, Transformers should aot bo aovad or llfttd by piscine Jacks or othor dsvlcss against or undor coollog tubas, radiators, valvas or ocnar fittinga. Skids should bo usad to dlstribuca tho atrasaos propsrly ovar tho ossa vnan eransfonsara ara aovad on rollara. ISSPSCTIO Carefully Ins pact tha transformers for posslbla dsaaga during shlpnent. This should Includa a ehaek of tha. ^Inerteen laval sad at laast tha raaoval of tha sannolo to do carmina vhathar any parta ha va bacoaa loosa or out of plaea and vhathar thara la any ovldonca of aolaturo praaant. Znaulatloa casts of tha Zaortaan should bo mada and If tho dlsltetrle stroagth is lass than 22 E.V. or If thara la any ovldonca of aoistura, tha trans formar should bo drlad. Inartaoa Transformara ara carafully tostad at tha factory and la good condition vnan shlpaeot is mada but It is daslrablo to lnspaet ovary tranafoimar carafully baforo placing le In sarvico. Grounding and Kaklng Connactlona Vo sattor vhat tha typo of floor or .foundation on vhlch tha transformar la to raat, tha tank should bo definitely and per manently grounded by connecting to the ground-img connection provided for that purpose near the bottom of the tank. Terminal board, tap changer and other connections should never be changed vith voltage on tha trana former. Do not make any connections except those indicated on tha diagram or the diagram nameplate shipped vith tha transformer. Any lead or eonneetor not in use should be insulated from any other leads and connectors and from ground. Gaskets Gaskets used on Inartaan Transform ers are made from a high grade cork and, It Is racaaaanded, in replacing any gaskets that they be made of cork. He fore replacing a gasket, all gasket surfaces should be thor oughly cleaned free o f rust, oil, grease, paint or other foreign materials. The clean ing may oa done, by seraplag or vire-brushing and tnan viplng tha gasket surface vith d e natured alcohol. Gasket Cement, W-7386, especially developed for uee vith Inerteen, should alvays be used In applying gasketa to Xnerteen Transformers. Thoroughly brush the eeaent on the tank surface, place tne gasket In position and apply volgnts or othsr moans to obtain good adhesion of tho gasket to the metal surface. Tho gasket should be allowed \ to set approximately one-half hour before the veights are removed. Cement M-7366 should then be applied to the top surface of the gas ket. The gasket surfaces must l m d l s t e l y be boltsd togsthsr under a uniform pressure. Some transformer! are equipped vith terminal or sviteh compartments into vnich cablss enter by mesne of potheads. In such cases. It vlll bs necessary to remove the sviteh-cover. When transformers art designed for bayonet connections, It is only ntesstary to removs tha bayonet pothead, asks the cable connactlona and replace the potnead. Extra gaskets vith Cement M-7}66, ore furnished vith all Inartaan Transformers vhere thsir installation requires tha re moval of any gaskets. Additional gaskets and eemont should be ordered from tne manu facturer. Tips Fitting Care should be used to see that threads of pips fittings are not Their threads should be thoroughly cleaned to reaov* mil dirt, grease, etc. After cleaning, apply Cement -7386 to the threads of each fitting. Z M e d l a t e l y screw tns proper fittings togsthsr tightly. Pressure TSstihg Inerteen Transformers should bs pressure teeted before they are put into service. The tanks, including all compart ments, should be subjected to a pressure of 7 lbs. per square inch for at least six hours. Preferably, this teat should be made after the transformer Installation la complete and bafore voltage la applied to It. It la suggested that the air space above the Inerteen be blovn out by using a nltrogsn-cyllndsr, after vhleh all vents should be closed and tha pressure test a p plied. The test-pressure, in order to avoid subjecting the tank or compartment under test to excssslvs pressure, can best be limited by a regulating valve on the nitrogen-cylinder. A check for leaks above the Inerteen level Canute made vith a solution of aoap and va t a r a p p l l e d to all gasketed Joints, pipe rittinga and viplng alseve connections. Paint Inartaan Transformers are fin ished vith a special paint vhlch la re als tant to the eolvent action of Inerteen.^ A sufficient quantity of this paint, N- l 7664-1, la furnished vith each transformer to "toueh up* any damage eaueed during the' normal process of installation. Storage Inerteen Transformers must alvajs 4 0554745  /nv< un rrni/rm *ri be stored m i l d with Xnartaan, otherwise a certain amount of moisture *111 moat cartainly ^**n *ahad In Triehlorber.tene N-6872, and dried to raaova any sizing. Bav aceuaulata oa aeeouat of varlatloaa of air tarn- eloths ahould ba uaad for at least vary two psratura. tto Xaartaaa leval ahould always ba transforsars. chaekad to aaa that It la at tha proper point. Xaartaaa traaaforaara should ba atorad la a dry Whan it la noeassary to fill Inar- piece, oaa where alnlaua temperature change* taan tranaforaara out-of-doors and particularly will occur. on damp days due precaution oust ba taken to pravant the entrance of o o l s t u TM into the trans If thara la any raaaoa to atora colls, former. laaulatloa or otbar parta for tha coaplata cor* and coll asstmbly of aa Xnartaao Tranaforaar, Periodic Inspection thay ahould ba laaaraad la Xaartaan to pravant aof aolatur* absorption. If such storage la Xnortaan - It la dailrablt that top necessary for a long parlod of tlaa, tha tank and bottom aaaplaa of Xnartaan ba taken froa r or storage eootalaar must ba aaalad to pravant each transformer and teatsd aftar a short tha avaporatloa of Znartaaa. parlod of operation. When operating conditions permit, routine sampling of tha Xnartaan at Xnartaan TTanaforaara which hava baan intervals of ilk nonths la raeoamanded.. A c ldla or atorad Tor an appraclabla langth of curate raeorda ahould bo kopt of such Inspec tlaa, ahould ba put Into aarvlca only aftar tion* and taata, and If tha Xnartaan shows a Baking certain that tha transformer la dry and dlalactrle atrangth of leas than 16 X . V . , the that tha dielectric strength of tha Xnartaan Xnartaan Conditioner nay ba uaad. This da- taata 22,000 volta or higher. panda somewhat on the tranaforaar load ejele and elioatlc conditions. Xf no facilities are Maintenance available for asking dielectric teats on inertoon, sanplss ahould ba sent to tha Veating- Inertcan Iqulpaont - Cara auat ba ex- housa Xlectrle h Manufacturing Company, Sharon arelaad In handling Xnartaan to pravant eontaal- Vorka, Sharon, Faana. Zaeh aaspla of Xnartaan natlon a Inca Impurities altar Ita non-loflaa- ahould ba properly Identified by tha trans aabla and alaetrlcal char*ctarlaties. It auat former aerial number and It should ba raeordad ba handled In thoroughly claan contaInara frao whethar takan from tha top or bottom of aha fro* oil. Xf thara la any question conearnlng tank or from a tank-compartment. Sasples tha claanllnaai of tho contain#TM, thay ahould should ba carefully packed to avoid breakage ba thoroughly waahad with Triehlorbanxene, In transit. Whan any appraclabla amount of M-6872, and drlad before any Xnartaan la placad Xnartaan la removed from a tranaforaar, it In than, Ihe tranaforaar tank or any of Ita ahould ba replaced with an equal amount of new eoapartaents la which Xnartaan la used, auat ba Xnerteen of proper dlalactrle atrangth so that free froa oil. tho liquid level in tho transformer la main tained. Irerteen ahould not bo alxad with vagatabla alia aInca thaa aaterlala affaet tha Operation of Tranaforaara - It la datarloration, D.C. raalatanca and otharvlaa recommended that a periodic cneck bo aada of eontaalnato it. Coapounda of asphaltic natura, tho operating temperature* of Xnartean trans paraffin and ordinary aoldarlng flux ar* par formers and that tha temperature of tna Xnar ticularly harmful to Xnartaan. taan ba kept below 90C. for a maximum-rated self-cooled transformer. For aoldarlng, a solution of roaln In alcofiol'la raeomended.- Faint - The external tank surfaces of Ins r t a o n T r a n a former a ahould b* examined All-natal hoaa auat ba uaad la hand regularly for signs of corrosion. Xf a p ling Xnartaan alAca tha lining uaad in noat preciable eorroalon la found, its cause should hoaa la aolubla la Xaartaaa. ba determined and. If possible, remedied. Ir.- Filling Xnartaan Transformers - Whan it la necessary to n i i tranaforaar with Xnartaan oaa ahould mala aura that all Joints ara tight; Cement M-7J66 ahould bo uaad for thli purpoaa. Steel plpa or natal hoaa ahould bo usod, and preferably tha transferor should ba fIliad through tbs drain valva. This will tesp aeration or tha Xoartaao to a alnlaua. 9ao that air vents a n opan as tha tranaforaar artaan Transformer tanka ara made from corro sion-resisting, copper-bearing steal, and thay ara finished with a nigh grads Inerteen-raalitIng paint which la b & e d on at high temperature. Any surfaea whieh la found corroded should be thoroughly cleaned to tha bare metal and reflnlshed with one coat of paint, M-69>0, and two coats of paint, M-766A-1. Allow twelve hours drying tlaa between each edit of paint. la rilla. Taking Samples of Xnartaan It lo dealreble to fill a traneforaar by passing tha Xnartaan through an Xnartaan Condltlensr. Xf this eannot ba dona and tha All sampling and tasting equipment auat ba thoroughly dry and claan. Xt is * Xnartaan taata satisfactorily, fill tha trans recommended that sampling and tasting equip former by patting tha Xnartaan through three ment uaad for Xnartaan Trentforaeri ba used for thleknesaas of tightly woven white crpth, no other purpose. Cara must be uaad In obtain- J r If* IT > * 0854746 0 /n rliin T ra m fotm trt and line samples of Inertsen taken from a tra.-ufarner. Us* only snail tin containers with serev-ostal gasKt: pa or small glass bottles vltn sealed glass stoppers for holding Inor;ien espies. Zf it bsesses necessary to uso othor tna.n Factory sampling containers, such con tain* ra anould b* thoroughly rinsed with el*an gassllne, washed with strong soap suds and rlnaad thoroughly in hot water, and chan drl*d in an ovon at approximately 110C. for ona hour. Zf the containers are not usad immedi ately after cleaning, they should ba sealed * tightly and scored In a dry, clean plaea. Znerteen sampling packages 30 1065658 eay be obtained froa the Vestlngnouse Electric k Manufacturing Coopany, Sharon, Fenna. This package consists of two 1 -plnt cans of Xner- taan, packed and shipped in cardboard eartons. Dili In*-teen say be used to replaes that reoved from a transformer as a sample. If emaplet are not taken imsediacaly aftar emptyIng the containers, ths snpty containers should be kept capped snugly to prevent edslttance of moisture. Die containers and carton snould be used to return the staples of Zner teen to tne Veatlnghouse Company. Zt Is dsslrabls that samples of Znertsan oe removed froa e transformer tank or from a drum on clear days only and when the Xnerteen Is at least as warm as the surround ing air. The sample of Znerteen should prefer n ably be removed froa the top of the tank and at a point 2 ar 5" under the level of the Znerteen Zt Is recommended that a sample be taken also froa the bottom of Che tank. .Zf the sample la wltndrevrr through a valve connection, this con nection snould be flusned by allowing a small amount of Znerteen to run out before collecting the sample. The sample snould be l M e d l e c e l y placed in the container and the cap screwed on tightly. The sticker on each container ehould be marked to identify the simple of Znorteen with the transformer froa which it waa taken. Before taking samples from m drum, the Znerteen should be allowed to settle for approximately twelve noura. Samplee from the top of the drum should oe removed by mean s of a clean glass sneak-thief. The same precautions to prmvont m o i s ture contamination should be used In sampling Znerteen at are observed la taking transformer oil samples. The samples of Xfierteea properly identified and packed la cardboard cartons snould ba shipped to the Veotlaghouae Bleetric V Manufacturing Company, Siaron Works, Siaron, Anna. Dielectric Testing of Znerteen The same rules and precautions as norm ally followed In testing oil should be used in testing Inertsen, except es herein stated.. The teat cup should be wiped clsan with e clean, dry chamois and thoroughly rinsed with clean gasoline and allowed to dry before being used. Ths sleetrode spacing should be checked. To determine whether the test cup is sultebie for tssting Inertesn, fill it with dry gasoline and cast this under e standard voltage rise of 3 E.V. per second. Zf the dielectric strength of the gasoline is not less chan 22 E.lt, the test cup is suitable for testing Znerteen, after the cup has been dried in an oven to re move all traces of gesollnt. Care should be exercised in handling asoline. In testing, do not asks but one "shot" per filling of the test cup, Five different fillings should be made and the average result used. Drying and Filtering Znerteen Znerteen may be dehydrated and filter ed by seane of an oil filter presa but in order that it may not be contaminated, It la necessary that the filter press be used for Inertesn only. A. different procedure than that fol lowed for oil Is required to purify Znerteen. Contamination In Znerteen cannot be removed en tirely by filter paper alone. 0 olean Znerteen thoroughly it must be filtered through "ectlvatod elay" whleh absorba Impurities. In praetlee, It Is only necessary to pass the Znerteen through the elay and to separate the elay me chanically from the Inertesn to obtain clean Znerteen of proper dleleetrle strength. The Inertesn Conditioner The equipment recommended for condi tioning consists of a filter press with suitable inlet and outlet connections and the necessary fittings. The clay la contained in five frames mounted in a yoke. Plate* are used on both Ides of these frames between whleh one pleee of blotting paper la used to provide a gaskettsal and to remove fine particles of elay from the Znerteen. The discharge In the plate incorpor ates a trap to avoid pumping Into the trans former air whleh might result from a laak la tha suetion line. A strainer la provided on the suction side of the pump, so constructed that all dirt colleetad la removed with the screen. A by-pass connection fitted with e needle valve is used for testing the suetion line from the transformer for leaks. A preaeure gage and a by-pass valve Indicate the operation of the conditioner and *m 4 it <r 0854747 r~^ c 4 /ncr/acn Trmntftrmmrt they also larva aa a chaek to avoid overloading To Pry Inerteen Transformers and tailing the aotor. The valva la set to by pass tbs Inerteen at a praasura or 60 to 70 lbs. Inerteen Transformers above 100 gv-a. par aquara Inch. Another prassura gage and by should be dried by the short-eireult aetnoo vith pass valva aro provided oa tha discharge side the transforaer In Ite tank leaersed in tne iner of tha conditioner connecting to the transforaer. teen. Ikirlng the heating and drying process, th< This by-pass valva, releasing at a prassura of top of the tank should be vented to the air to p: approxlaately 6 lbs. par square Inch, v m avoid vent aolsture condensation, lhe desired load eu: breaking tha transforaer relief dlaphraga when rent should be obtained by short-circuiting one no other relief Is provided. winding and lapresalng the proper voltage on tne other winding. If the rull load Impedance or the To Prepare The Conditioner For Operation transforaer Is not known or not engraved on ths Palease tha pressure-acrev and reaove transforaer naaeplate, It should be obtained froe the Veatlnghouae Electric k Manufacturing Coapany the frases. fill eaeh fraae with activated by Identifying the transforaer with Its serial clay, 11-6935. to within 1 /2" of the cover. Re number. place the fraaes in tha conditioner, placing one sheet of "A" site blotting paper between Transforaer windings in Inerteen should the face of each frane and plate. Care should first be heated under a partial load. A higher be used to eee that the holes through the top Inerteen teaperature ean be obtained more plates, fraaes and paper are in proper align quickly by blanketing the tank with the cover re - ment before the pressure-screw Is tightened. aoved to prevent condensation. Close the discharge, suction and suction-test valves, four sufficient Insrteen Into the drip pan to fill the conditioner and to wet the clay. l h U vill require approximately 8 gallone of Inerteen. Start the aotor and open the drip pan valve so that not less than 5 alnutea are required to fill the conditioner, saturating the clay with Inerteen. With the valve et the transforaer closed, open the sue- tlon-test valve to cheek the euetlon line for leaks. If tha transforaer la at or lower tha-. roes teaperature at the start of the drying pro eess, froa 1250 to 1500 full load currant will hasten the heating. The teaperature should be carefully watched and when the Inerteen reaches, a temperature of 6 0C.( the load should be reduce, to obtain an approxlaataly constant Inerteen tem perature based on the following table. These tea peraturcs should not be exeeeded for a gfcven load Short Circuit Amperes Max. Teaperature Since he density of Inerteen is in fercant of Load _ _of TOP |nerteer. considerably greater than that of water, aoleture will float on the surface of the Inerteen. It is therefore considered advisable to condi 50 8 75 70 tion Inerteen froa the top and return It to the bottoa of the tank. To begin conditioning. The transforaer aay be dried a are Inerteen In e transforaer, d o s e the suction qulekly If it is posslbls to flltsr the Iner teat valve and stop the aotor. Open the trana- teen during the drying process'. If the filter foraer valves. Open the conditioner discharge ing Is continuous, care should be taken to void and suetlon valves. Close the drip pan valve letting the Inerteen teaperature beeooe too low. and start the aotor. If any aolsture condenses on the underside of the eover, the teaperature should be decreased until One charge of clay will condition It stop, and it should not be Increased again approxlaataly 3000 gallons of Inerteen, de until after e period of time of approximately pending upon the aaount of contamination pre four to eight hours, depending upon the site of sent. To change the clay, renove tne fraaes the transforaer. and turn then over to allow any free Inerteen to drain out of the opening at the top. Duap The drying should bt continued until the used clay and fill the fraaes wit;, fresn clay as previously dsscribed. dleleetrle teste of samples of the Inerteen taker, froa the top and bottoa of the tank show 22 K.Y. or higher. The teats should be made in a stand Vhen it is necessary to cn^.-.^e tne ard teat cup and it Is r e e o e n d e d that at least blotters or the d a y , first close tne valve in the suction line, then stop the aotor and two consecutive testtfi^f both the top and bottoa Inerteen be made at least 2b house apart wnile d o s e the discharge v d v e before re levsing the Inerteen Is near a aaxiaua teaperature. Tests the pressure-screw, follow the procedure out of the Inerteen should not be made during tne lined above when starting up the conditioner filtering process. again. Drying Transforaer by lot Air If the eyatca-seal is not brocen, it will only be necessary to open the dlscnarge Inerteen transforaers aay be dried by and auction valves and start the aotor to bloving elean, dry hot air through thee. The air again resuae conditioning the Inerteen. should be at a teaperature of approxlaataly 90C. t * 0- t*m OHS4748 4 In ertten Trm nt/erm vt *nd It should to blows through tho cor* and eolls froa tho bottom sf tho transformer and allowod to pass out at tho top. Bie aaount of air roqulrod to dry tho transformer suit bo sueh that tho toaperatures of tho Ingoing and o u t - _ going air art approxlaatoly silks. If Intrtoon Trantforaora Foil in Service of the upper gasket and put the glass diaphragm la place, being sure that ooth the gasket and the diaphragm are centrally located In the sup porting flange. Lay the cushion or lover gasket In place over the glass diaphragm and assemble the pres sura ring over thin gasket. Then tighten the ssseably by means of the nuts and lock earn ers on tho stud bolts. Should aa Inortoon transformer fall la An evon distribution of pressure on aorvleo, tha naaraat V. I. k N. Coapany District the glass diaphragm can be obtained only by Office should bo notlflod aa soon aa posalblo. tightening the nuta uniformly. Thla snould be Glva tho rating of tho tranaforaor and Its aer- done by tightening alternate nuts until tne lock lal nuabsr and. If possible, tho conditions un- washers are nearly compressed. The other nuta dor whleh tno ralluro took plaeo. Samples of should then be tightened In a similar manner. tho Inortoon should bo takon so that an analy- This alternate nut tightening should be continued * ala of It can bo aada. Tha tranaforaor should until the face of the pressure-ring is against eo kopt laaorsod In Inortoon and It la recomr tha metal gaaket-atop. ondod that no work bo dona on tho transformer except under advice froa tho District Offlee. Diaphragm relief devices are assembled Accessories for Inortoon Transformers on the transformer at the factory and they are then pressure-tested at 7 lbs. per square inch and shipped In plaee. Pressure Belief Diaphragms - All transforaors of ratines larger tnea- 25 Kv-a., Two spare diaphragms and the necessary are furnished with pressure relief dlaphra^. gaskets and cement are shipped with each trans This device la made in different sixes to pro vide ample ventins for different ratinsa. former. Additional diaphragms, if needed, should be ordered from the V. 1. k M. Company, Sharon, Pennsylvania, Identified by the serial number of Je'iof diaphragms are regularly sup tho transformer. plied vltl .vara arranged for a pipe connec tion to ea5Fy ho gases to the outside atmo- Oaa Absorbers for Inortoon Transfora- k spharo in case of a transformer failure and ers-- Whan Inortoon tranaformers are equipped aft^r the diaphragm ruptures. It Is recom with gas absorbers, separate Instructions are mended that this type of installation be used shipped with each transformer describing tne for indoor transforaors. for outdoor trans device and Its Installation, operation and main formers. tho relief devlee is regularly pro- tenance . ytfod with a perforated outlet which allows tho gases to escape directly to the outsled at Ponaval Parte mosphere.. The outlet is covered by a hood whleh prevents the entrance of moisture and When Information is required concern dirt. A screen under the diaphragm prevents ing a transformer, always glva its serial nusbsq broken ploeoa froa falling into the trans particularly whantver renewal or stock parts are former. ordered. The aerial nuaber will be found on- ravod on the nameplate attached to the trans- The relief d l a p h r a ^ unit assembly, ormer tank and on the email nameplate attached which Is bolted to the transformer cover or to the top or ond or the core and colls assembly. other suitable plaeo, consists of a supporting Whenever possible, a eketen shoving the part or flange in which the glass dlaphraga la mountad parts and tftelr exact locations, will materially between two cork gaskets. A tight Joint be help to assure that the proper parte are sup tween gasket end diaphragm on the supporting plied by the factory. Thla sketeh should always flange Is mads by a pressure ring against tha ihdleate tha direction or aide of tha transform lower gasket, all of which la clamped In place er from whlcn the view is made. by stud bolts. H O B : Some transformers are ordered It la necessary to be were careful bolting down the pressure-*1,34, *pld break designed for inerteon but a r e t o be operated first as oll-lnsulettd translWasrs. Consequent age of the glass diaphragm 'cr -t rupture ly, they are shipped from the factory filled strength depends largely upi* having an even with ell. Whenever It la desired to operate distribution of clamping pressure applied to these *tranefonters with Inert eon,* complete In the d l a p h r a ^ . structions for tha removal o f the oil, the clein- lng of tho transformer and filling It with Iner- Make cure that gaskat seats are thor teon should be obtained from the V. I. g M. Coa oughly clean. Apply Cement M-73&6 to both sides pany, fearon, Pennsylvania. 4 V 1 *a a ir * me 085*1749 /nerteen TVom/ormer# L ' v\ - INDEX Title INERTEEN Characteristics Physical - Chemical - Electrical - Physiological Page Na ,3 INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS S h i p m e n t ........................................................ M o v i n g T r a n s f o r m e r s .............. I n s p e c t i o n ...................................................... G r o u n d i n g & M a Icing C o n n e c t i o n s ............................. G a s k e t s ............................... Pipe F i t t i n g s ................................................... P a i n t ............................................................. S t o r a g e ........................................................... Maintenance 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 I n e rte e n E q u i p m e n t .......................................... F i l l i n g T r a n s f o r m e r s ....................................... F i l l i n g S w i t c h & T e r m i n a l C h a m b e r s ...................... 5 5 5 Periodic Inspection X n e r t e e n ...................... .. .............. O p e r a t i o n of T r a n s f o r m e r s ................... P a i n t ............................................ Talcing S a m p l e s of X n e r t e e n ................... D i e l e c t r i c T e s t i n g of I n e r t e e n .............. D r y i n g It F i l t e r i n g I n e r t e e n . . . . . . . . . The I n e r t e e n C o n d i t i o n e r ...................... To Prepare the Conditioner for Operation . . To D r y I n e r t e e n T r a n s f o r m e r s ................. If T r a n s f o r m e r s F a l l I n S e r v l e t .............. 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 B Accessories for Inerteen Transformers P r e s s u r e R e l i e f D i a p h r a g m .................................. R o t a r y T y p e S a m p l i n g D e v i c e ................................ 6 9 G a s A b s o r b e r s f o r I n e r t e e n T r a n s f o r m e r s .................... 10 R e n e w a l P a r t s ...................................................... 10 0854723 1 /nerfeen Tr mntfor m art INERTEEN Inerteen la# synthetic non-lnflassabl# becomes saturated with hydrogen ehlorld# and the and non-explosiva Insulating and eoo H a g liquid affected parts Bust b e removed in the repair of used la beatlnghouae Iatrt##o Transformers. the transformer. Characteristics C o l o r ......................... Straw Yellow Viscosltr at 100E. (Saybolt). 5** Seconds Fire feint .......... .......... Mone Specific Oravlty at 60F. 1.56k Dielectric Constant ......... k.5 The dielectric strength of Inerteen compares favorably with and under average ncraal conditions will be f o u n d higher than that of transformer oil. The tame precautions are nec essary with Inerteen aa are taken with trans former oil. Inerteen. should be kept free of moisture, lint and dirt. Mineral oil Is completely miscible with transformer Inerteen. It Is practically impossible to separate mineral.oil and Inerteen; therefore It Is Important to avoid contamination of Inerteen with any oil as the presence of such materials markedly changes the non-inflammable and non-explosive characteristics of Inerteen. Inerteen Is chemically stable. It la not affected by reaction with other materials used In the manufacture of Inerteen Trans f o r m e r s . It is non-oxidizing and non-corrosive at tempera tures considerably above those normally obtained In transformers. Inerteen will not form sludge under any conditions. Inerteen exerts a strong solvent ac tion on most of the ordinary varnishes, gums and paints commonly used In oll-lnsulated transform ers. Such materials, therefore, are not used in the design and construction of Inerteen Trans formers. It is necessary to use such materials as pure cellulose, cotton, paper and porcelain. This requirement, coupled with the necessary use of tight-tank construction for Inerteen Trans formers tends to give Improved operating charac teristics. The operating experience with Iner teen Transformers indicates that Inerteen re quires less maintenance than oil. If Inerteen Is decomposed b y an e l e c tric are, hydrogen chloride gaa is evolved. The products of are decomposition are harmful to the transformer structure. Where aevert arcing occurs, the solid Insulation of the transformer Inerteen has a n Irritating affect upon the akin. This la m ore pronounced to some per sons than to others. Especially the eyes, ncse and lips are affected when coming In contact with Inerteen and certain safety precautlcns must be observed when handling It. When working with the hands in Inerteen, it will Irritate kin abrasions or the tender parts between the fingers. Continued exposure may eause skin erup tions with certain Individuals due to absorption of the Inerteen through the pores of the skin. Cleanliness among w o r k m e n handling Inerteen is essential and a very good safeguard against sueh effects. An application of castor oil Is recom mended for the eyes and castor ell or cold cream for the nose and lips. In ease Inerteen comes In contact with the akin, the part should be thoroughly washed and cleaned. A supply of these materials should be kept available at all times where men are working with Inerteen. * Hot transformers should not ba opened except la well ventilated placet. Large quanti ties of Inerteen should be handled in a closed system* Wortanea should be protected from fre quent contact with any appreciable vapor concen tration and from frequent akin contact with Intrtten. In onae Ine r t e e n la spilled on one'a clothing* It should be changed aa aoon as possi ble and the soiled olothing laundered before It la worn again. Olovaa* V 1 1 8 *650, which are r e sistant to Inerteen, should ba worn vhere It is necessary to put o n e 1a hand In Inerteen or vimra parts of transformers are handled vet. INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Shipment Inerteen Transformer! are always con structed in pressure-tight tanks. Insrtaen transformers are shipped properly filled with Inerteen and ready for in stallation. This prevents the entrance of molsture into tlm windings during transit and usually makes it unnecessary to dry tbt transformera prior to lnatallstlon. Transformers equipped with switch or terminal chamber* which must ba opened for In stallation, era shipped with the Inerteen for these chambers In separata containers, A small amount of moisture will, reduce the dielectric strength of Inerteen. It m a y be present in vapor form In the gas spaee above the Inerteen level or from minute leaks. Activated clay hat a high affinity for moisture and absorbs other materials which may contaminate Inerteen. To keep the Inerteen in the best condition b o n d e d tubes of activated clay are Installed and shipped in place In switch and terminal chambers of n e w transformare. When the Inerteen Is shipped I n separate containers the tubes art also shipped separately, enclosed In elr-tlght containers. Inerteen muet always be kept in sealed containers to prevent the losa of Its more vola tile constituents b y e vaporation or possible con tamination from dirt or moisture. Moving Transformers Lugs are provided for lifting the com plete transformer, and whan necessary, addition al means are provided for lifting the different parts. The tranaformer should be lifted by the means provided and w h a n naeassary, spreaders should ba used to o b t a i n a balanced lift. Trans formers should not be moved or lifted by placing jacks or othar devices against or under cooling tubes, radiator* valves or other fittings Skids should ba used to distribute the stresses proper ly over the basa whan transformers are moved on rollers. 3 0854724 t V, fnartaan Transform er* in* ptetion Cap*fully Inspect the transformers for possible damag* during shipment. This ahould Includ* a cheek of the In* ,erteen laval and at laaat Cha removal of tha man- bola eovar to dataralna whether a n y parta ha va b a e o M loot* or out of placa and vhathar there la any avidone* of moisture present. Insulation tests of tha Inerteen should bo made and If tha dleloctrle strength is lass than 22 JCV or if there la any evidence of moisture, tha t rans former should be drlad. cables enter by means of pothesds. In some cases, it will be necessary to remove tha iwiteh-eov*r to make the cable connections. Vhen transformers are designed for bayo net connections, it is only necessary to remove the bayonet pothsad, make the cable connections and replace tha pothead. Ixtra gaskets and Cement 3#47l660 are furnished with all Inertaen Transformers where their installation requires the removal of any gaskets. Additional gaskets and cement ahould be ordered from the manufacturer. Where transformers are to be used at high altitude (mor* than 3000 ft. above sea level) a fitting above tha liquid level should be open ed to equalise tha Internal and external p r e s sures at a temperature of approximately 25C. be fore placing tha transformer in service. Be sure that tha fitting is closed after equalising tha pressure* Pipe Fittings Care should be taken to see that threads of pips fittings are not damaged. All threads should be thoroughly cleaned 0 remove dirt, trees*, eto. After cleaning, apply Cement 9# 7 IB0O to the threads of e a c h fitting. I m e d l ately screv the proper fittings together tightly. All transformers are carefully tested Pr*ur* Twting at tha Factory and in good condition v hen ship ment Is made but It la desirable to inspect each All Inertaen transformers are pressure transformer thoroughly before placing It In se r tasted at the factory and shipped free of leaks. vice. After Installation and before voltage is applied, It Is desirable to pressure test e ach transformer C fo u n d in f and M aking Connection* especially if any fittings or covers have been removed and replaced during the installation. Ho matter vhat the type of floor or foundation on vhleh tha transformer la to rest, Dry compressed nitrogen or air should be used at a test pressure of 7 lbs. per square Inch for a the tank should be definitely and permanently parlod of six hours. It is suggested that tha grounded by connecting a lead to the grounding air space above the In*rteen be blown out with connection provided Tor that purpose near the nitrogen, all vents closed and the pressure test bottom of tha tank. applied. The test pressure can best be limited by tbs use of a regulating valve on the nitrogen n Terminal board, tap changer and other cylinder. A cheek for leaks above the Inertaen connections should nsver be changed vlth voltage level may be made vlth a aolutlon of soap and en the transformer. Do not make any connections water applied to all gasketed-Joints, serswsd- except those indicated on the diagram or tha d i a flttlngs.and vlplng-sleev* connections. gram namsplata shipped vlth the transformer. Paint An y lead or connector not in use should be lnsuleted from all other leads and connector* and from ground. C*h*t* Oaskets used on Znerteen Transformers are made from a high grad* of eork and* It la recommended, la replacing any gaskets that they be made of eork. Before replacing a gasket, all gasket surfaces should be thoroughly eleentd fres of rust, oil, groase, paint or other foreign m a terials. The cleaning may be done by eeraping or vire-brushing and then vlplng the gasket aurfae* vlth denatured alcohol Oasket Cement V * 7 l6$0* especially d e veloped for use vlth Znerteen, should always be used in applying gaskets. Thoroughly brush the cement on the tank surface and on the bottom side of the gasket. Flees the gasket In position and apply velghts or other means to obtain good a d hesion of the gasket to the at tal surface. The gasket ehould be allowed to eet approximately one-half hour before the weights are removed. Ceaent ahould then be applied to the top surface of the gasket. The gasket surfaces oust immedi ately be bolted together under e uniform pressure. Transformers are frequently equipped with terminal or svltch compartments into which Znartaaa Transformer saw finished with a special paint, which 1 s resistant to the sol vent action of Xnerteea. A sufficient quantity of this paint V 302509 is furnished vlth each transformer to "toueh up" any places damaged during the process of Installation. Storey Inertaen Transformer! must always be stored filled to the proper level with Inerteen, otherwise a certain amount of moisture may accu mulate on account of variations of air tempera ture. Znerteen Transformers ahould be stored in a * 7 pises, mid where m i n i m u s temperature change will occur. Where It la n ecessary to temporarily store colls, Insulation o r other parts for the complete core and eoll assembly of an Inerteen Transformer, they should be imaersed in Znsrteen to prevent moisture absorption. If such storage ie necessary for a long p e r i o d of time, the tank or storage container must be sealed to prevent the entrance of moisture m a d the evaporation of Inertaen. Inerteen Transformers vhleh have bsen idle or stored for an appreciable length of time, ahould bo put into servloe only after making car- * Quart Can. 0854725 4 /nerteen Transformar tain that the transformer la dry and that tht d i The tubes ahould not be removed from electric strength of the Inerteen tasti 22,000 their containers until ths terminal chamber is volti or higher. Tha inspection Instructions ready for their Installation. The tubes should should alao bo follovsd. not be exposed to air more than approximately Maintenance thirty minutes before eloslng up the chamber preparatory to filling it with Inerteen unless Inertaaa Equipment - Cara mist be ex ercised In1 handling Inert*an to prevent eontam- Inatlon since impurities altar Ita non-inflammable they are first dried for two hours at a tempera tura of approximately 250C. or for twelve hours at 135 to 150C. and electrical characteristics. It mist be If it become* nee ess ary to drain the handled in thoroughly clean containers free from Inerteen or to open the chamber after a period oil. If there is any question concerning the of aervice, It la reeosnended that new tubes be cleanliness of the containers, they should be Installed. To do this, It Is only necessary thoroughly ashed with Trichlorbenzene M-6872 to remove the bolts holding the spring clips, and dried before any Inerteen Is plaeed In than. remove the old and insert the new tubes, and r e Tha transformer tank or any of Its compartments place the d i p s and bolts. In which Inerteen Is used, must be free from oil and other contaminating materials. When an Inerteen Conditioner is not available for use In filling chambers with In Inerteen should not be mixed with v e g e erteen, It la recommended that the Inerteen be table oils since these materials affect the d e strained through two or three layers of tightly terioration, D.C. resistance and otherwise c o n woven white cloth and poured through a container taminate It. Compounds of asphaltic nature, In whleh three or four clay tubes have been paraffin and ordinary soldering flux are partic broken Into small pleees. This will materially ularly harmful to Inerteen. reduce the possibility of contamination of the . Inerteen from dirt and moisture. For soldering, a solution of rosin In alcohol la recoimnended. Bonded clay tubes ahould ba ordered at Style 41150140 from tne Vsstlnghouae Xlactrlc k All-metal hose must be used In handling Manufacturing Company, Sharon, Penna. It is also Inerteen since the lining used In most hose is desirable when ordering new tubes to Identify soluble in Inerteen. the transformer for which they are required by Including the aerial number of tha transformer. Filling Transformers - W h a n It Is n e c essary to rill a transformer with Inerteen one Periodic Inspections should make sura that all Joints are tight; Cement S#*7l380 should be used for this purpose. Steel Inerteen - It Is desirable that top pipe<r metal hose should be used, and preferably, and bottom samples of Intrtetn- bs taken from tha transformer should be filled through the each transformer and tested after a short period drain valve. This vill keep aeration of tha Xn- of operation. When operating conditions permit, erteen to a minimum. See that air vants ara open routine sampling of the Inerteen at intervals of as tha t r u j f o r a a r la filled. six months Is recocaended. Accurate records should be kept of such Inspections and tests, and It Is desirable to fill a trana forM r If the Inertesn shows a dielectric strength of by passing the Inerteen through an Inerteen C o n less than 16 Zf th e Inerteen Conditioner m a y ditioner. If this cannot be done and the Inar- be used. This depends somewhat on the trans teen testa satisfactorily, fill tha t r a a s f o r M r former load eyele and climatic conditions. If by passing the Inerteen through three thlekneases no facilities are available for making dielec of tightly voven vhlte cloth, which has first tric tests on Inerteen, samples should bs sent bean washed in Trlehlorbenxeae and dried to re- to the Vvatlnghoust Ileetrle Manufacturing aove any siring. Hew cloths should be used for Company, Sharon, Penna. Each sample of Inerteen at laaat avary two tranifonera. ahould be properly Identified by the transformer serial number and It should bo recorded whether When it la neeassary to fill Inerteen taken from the top or bottom of the tank or from transformers out-of-doors and particularly on a tank-eompartaent. Samples should be carefully damp days due precaution must be taken to prevent packed to avoid breakage In transit. W h e n any the entrance of moisture into the transformer. appreciable amount of Inerteen Is removsd from a transformer, It should bs replaced with an e^ual E U l t i L Switch Terminal Chambers - amount of new Inerteen of proper dielectric Care should be exercised when rilling sviten and strength so that the liquid level In the trans terminal chamber with Inerteen, and during ser former Is maintained. vicing to avoid contamination by moisture or dirt, which M y lover the dielectric strength of the Operation of Transformers - It Is Inerteen. the moisture may be present during tne rcommended that a periodic check be made of the filling operation due to condensation and abso r p operatize temperatures of Inerteen transformers tion on the lnsids of the chamber walls, or may and that the temperature of the Inerteen be kept appear as vapor la tht gas spaee above the I n e r below 90C. for a maximum-rated self-cooled teen or from any minute leaks. transformer. The use of bonded tubes of activated clay In Inerteen-fllled chambers of transformers In service Is recommended where routine tests show the Inerteen to have unsatisfactory dlelsctrlc strength. Paint - The external tank surfaces of Inerteen Transformers should bs examined regu larly for signs of corrosion. If appreciable corrosion is found. Its cause should be deter mined and, if possible, remedied. Inerteen' Transformer tanks are made from eorroalon-resls- 5 0854726 I n trittn Tranaform irt V ting, copper-bearing steel, and they ir* f lai s h inerteen as are observed la taking transform#!, ad w i t h a high (rada Inertsea-realating paiat oil s a m p l e s . Sampling equipment should be u b j w h i c h Is bnkad on at high temperatura A n y s u r only for Inerteen. 4 face wh i c h la found corroded should ba thorough ly cleaned to tha bara t a l and re fini shad with one coat of prlmar, and two coats of finish paint Dielectric Testing of Inerteen 9#302509> Allow twelve hours drying tlaa between, each coat of paint. The same rules and precautions at nor mally followed la testing oil should be used in Taking Semples of Iwrteen testing Inerteeo* except as baralo stated. All sampling end testing equipment must be thoroughly dry end clean. It is recom mended that sampling and testing equipment used for loerteeo Transformers be used for no other purpose. Cere must be used In obtaining and eeallng samples of Inerteen taken from e trans former . Use only l u l l tin containers with screwed metel-gaatcet caps or small glass bottles with glass stoppari for holding Inerteen samples. If It becomes oeeessary to use other than Factory sampling containers, such containers should bo thoroughly rinsed with clean gasoline, washed with strong soapsuds and rinsed thoroughly in hot water, and then dried In an oven at a p proximately 1 1 0 % . for ooe hour . If the containers ere oot used t o e d lately aftar cleaning, they hould be sealed tightly end etored in a dry, clean place. The teat cup should be wiped with e clean, dry chamois and thoroughly rinsed with clean gasoline end allowed to dry before being used. The electrode spacing should be checked. To determine whether the teat cup Is suitable for testing Inerteen, fill it with dry gasoline end test this under a standard voltage rise of 3 KV per eecond. If the dielectric strength of the gasoline la not less than 23 KV, the test cup is suitable for testing Inerteen, after the cup has been dried in so oven where the temperature does not exceed 5 0 % . to remove all traces of gasoline. Care ahould be exercised In handling gasollna as it la highly Inflexible. In testing Inerteen, make only one "shot" per filling of the teat cup. Five different fillings should be made and tha average result used. Prying end Filtering Inerteen Inerteen sampling package 3# 1065658 may be obtained from the Veitlnghoute fleetrlc A M anu facturing Company, Sharon, Penna. This packiga eooalita of four 1-plot cans of loerteeo, packed aod shipped In cardboard cartons, This Inerteen nay be used to replace that removed from a trans former as e sample. If.samples are oot taken Im mediately after emptying the containers, the emp ty containers should be tightly capped to prevent admittance of moisture. It Is desirable that sample* of In erteen be removed from a transformer tank or fren drum on clear days only end when the In erteen Is at least as warm aa the surrounding sir. The sample of loerteen m o u l d be re moved near the surface of the fluid. This can te done readily through the rotary stapling device and valve. Xt Is slso r e e o m e n d e d that a sample be taken from the bottco of the tank, particu larly from the bottom of switch or terminal-cham bers. If tbe sample la withdraws thr o u g h e valve connection, tbli connection should be flushed by allowing a small amount of Xnertaao to run out b e fore collecting the sample. The sample should be toiedletoly placed la tha container aod the cap screwed on tightly. The stleker on tech container ahould be u r k e d to identify the staple of loer teen with the transformer from which It was taken and whether taken from tha top or bottom. Before taking samples from a drum, the Inerteen should be allowed to settle for approxi m a t e l y twelve hours. Samples from the top of the drum ahould be removed by mesne of a clean glass aoeak-thlef. The same precautions to prevent m o i s ture contamination should be used in sampling Ioertaan may ba dahydratad and filtered by means of an oil filter press but la order that it may not be contaminated, it la necessary that the filter prees be used for Xaerteen only. A different procedure thao that followad for oil le required to purify loerteen. Conteainetlon la Inerteen cannot be removed e n tirely by filter paper alone. To clean Xnertevn thoroughly It must be filtered through "activa ted clay" which absorbs Impurities. Xn practice* it Is only D e c e n a r y to pass tbe loerteeo through the elsy and to separate the eley mechanically from the Inerteen to obtain clean Inerteen of proper dielectric streogtb. Tha Intftttn Conditioner The equipment recoaaended for condi tioning loerteeo conelata of aa activated clay chamber end filter presi with suitable inlet and outlet connectlona end other necessary fittings. The activated clay la contained in a tank mounted on one sod of the filter preis. Th* Inerteen Is pumped up through the eley Insuring thorough agitation of tbe clay end Inerteen. Th? Inarteeo is passed through e wire screen prior to entering tbe filter press to remove practical ly all of the eley. The cover of tbe tank Incorporate* an air-trap end veot to avoid pumping air Into the transformer which might result from a leek lo th* suction line. A strainer la provided on th* suction side of tbe p p , so constructed that all dirt collected Is removed with the screen. A by-paia eoonectloc fitted with a needle valve is used for testing tbe auction line from the transformer for leaks. /6 0854727 / n irliin 7Vni/*rmrf The filter press consists of 15 fronts and 16 pistes alternately spaced mounted in s yoke. One sheet of blotting psper is used b e tween eseb piste end frsne to provide s gasketseal and to remove sll traces of clap froa the Inerteen. valve, the tank inlet valve and the tank drain valve, if these valves are open. Open the tank outlet valve and apply air pressure to the air vent until the free Inerteen has been driven out of the blotting papers. Then release the pres sure-screw and reaove Che papers. A pressure gage indicates the opera If the system-seal Is not broken, it tion and two by-pass valves assure safe o pera will only be neeeaeary to open the discharge and tion of the Conditioner b y preventing excessive suetlon valves and start the motor to again re pressures and serve as a check to overloading sume conditioning the Inerteen. and stalling the motor. One valve, connected across the pump, la set to by-pass the Inerteen To P ry Inerteen Transformers at a pressure of 60 to 70 lbs. per square inch. The other valve is provided on the discharge Inerteen Transformers should be dried side of the Conditioner connecting to the t rans by the short-circuit method with the transformer former. This by-pass valve, releasing at a m e a in its tank l m e r s e d i n the Inerteen. During sure of approximately 5 lbs. per square inch, the heating and drying process, the top of the will avoid breaking the transformer relief d i a tank should be vented to the air to prevent mois phragm when no other relief la provided. ture condensation. The de.sired load current To Prtpsrs the Conditioner for Operation should be obtained b y short-circuiting one wind ing and Impressing the proper voltage or. the other winding. If the full load Impedance of Remove tho cover and scrosn from the clay tank and fill the tank vlth activated clay, H-6954 to vithln four inehes of the bottom edge on the inner flange. Replace screen and cover. Release the pressure-aerev of the filter press the transformer Is not taown or not engraved on the transformer nameplate. It should be obtained from the Vestlnghouse Electric 4 Manufacturing Company b y Identifying the transformer with its serial number. and loosen plates and frames. M a c s one aheet of "B " size blotting paper betveen the face of eaeh frame and plate. Care should be used to see that the holes through the placet, frames and Transformer windings In Inerteen should first be heated under a partial load. A higher top Inerteen temperature can be obtained nore paper are In proper alignment before the pressure- quickly by blanketing the tank with the cover screw Is tightened. Close the discharge, talk by removed to prevent condensation. pass, tank drain, suction and suction-test valves. Pour sufficient Inerteen into the drip pan to If the transformer is at or lower than fill the clay tank and vat tha clay. this will room temperature at the start of the drying pro require approximately eight gallons of Inerteen. cess, froa 12 5 ? to 1 5 G f full load current w m Start the motor and open the drip pan valve ao hasten the beating. T h e temperature should be that hot leas than 5 minutes are requlredto fill 'carefully watched and when the Inerteen reaches the elsy tank, saturating the clay vlth Inerteen. a temperature of 6oC., the load should be r e Vlth the valve at the transforaer closed, open 'duced to obtain an approximately constant Iner the suction-test valve to subject the suction teen temperature based on the following table. line to pressure and thus eheek it for leaks. These temperatures should not be exceeded for a given load. Since the density of Inerteen is con siderably greater than that of water, moisture will float on the surface of the Inerteen. It Is Short Circuit Amperes Max. Temperature therefore considered advisable to condition In- In ferccnt of Load of Too Inerteen erteen from the top and return it to the bottom of the tank. To bagln conditioning Inerteen in 50 80 a transformer, elose the auction teat valve and 75 75 stop the notor. Open tha transformer valves. 85 70 Open the Conditioner discharge and auction valves. motor. Close the drip pan valve and start the The transf ormer may be dried more quickly if it is possible to filter the Inerteen One charge of elay will condition ap proximately 3000 gallons or Znortsen, depending upon the amount of contamination present. during the drying process. If the filtering is continuous, care should be taken to keep tne Inerteen temperature above 6 oC. IT moisture condenses on the underside of the cover, the rate When it is necessary to change the elay, first elose tho valve la tbs suetlon line, elose the tank inlet and outlet valves, open the tank by-pass valve and tank drain valve to of temperature rise snould be decreased until condensation eeaaes. To prevent condensation tne tank temperature nay be raised by blanxeting tne tank. permit the free Inerteen in the tank to drain into the lower drip pan. Opan the drip pan valve The drying should be continued until and pump the Inerteen froa the drip pan through dielectric testa of samples of the Inerteen tho filter press. Additional Inerteen 'may be taken from the top and bottom of the tank show forced out of the clay by applying air pressure 22 KV or higher. The tests should be made in to the air vent. Shut down the motor and remove a standard test eup and it is recommended that the elay froa tha tank and refill v l t h fresh at least two consecutive tests of both the top elay as previously described. and bottom Inerteen be made at least 24 hours apart while the Inerteen is near a maximum tem To change tha filter or blotting p a perature. Tests of the Inerteen should not be pers, stop the motor, cloee the tank by-pass made during the filtering process. 0854728 7 /nr(itfl Trana/armarc If T r a m f o r m c n Fill In S t n t o Tha rallaf diaphragm unit-assembly, anould An Xnartaan Transformer fall In servlee, the nearest Waatlnghouse tlactrle k Manufacturing Company District Office should be notified At toon At poatlblt. Olva tht rotine or tht transformer and Ita atrial number and, If poaalblt, tht eondltlona undar vhleh tht rtllurt took placa. Sample* of tht Xnartaan should bt talean ao that an analyala of l,t can bo vhleh la bolted to tha tranaformar eovar or other suitable place, eonalata of a supporting flatiga In vhleh the glass diaphragm la nountad batvaan tvo $ork gaakata. A tight Joint betvaan gasket and dlaphragt on tha supporting flange la aada by a pra t a u r ring against the lover gaskst, all of v h l e h la elaapod In place by stud bolts. adt. Tht transformer ahould bt leapt Immersed It It o t e t a t a r y to be vary careful In Xnartaan and It It recommended that no vork bt bolting down tha pressure-ring to avoid breakage dona on tht tranaforaer except undar advice froa of the glass diaphraga for Its rupture strength tha Olatrlet Offlea. depends largely upon having an svs& distribution of eleaping pressure applied to tha dlaph r a ^ . Acctnoria for Inartaan Tran>formar frasaura Relief Diaphragms -All transfonaars abova 25 IVA ara furalahad vlth a prci- Maks sura that gasket scats ars thor oughly clean. Apply Cement 3#*71880 to both sides of the upper gaskst and put tha glass d i a tura rallaf diaphragm. Tig* #1 ahova a sectioo- phragm in place, being sure that both tha gasket al Tiav. Thla dovlea la made In different tlsat and tha dlaphrapi era centrally located In tha to provlda aspla venting for different ratines. supporting flange, lay tha cut hi on or lover gas ket In plaeo over tha glass diaphragm and assem ble tha pressure ring over thla gasket. Then tighten tha assembly b y means of tha nuts and Kellif diaphragm* art regularly supplied, ' lock washers on the stud bolts. arranged to that a flaoga vlth tha nacasaary pip ing tar ba appllad to carry tht gate a to tha out side atmosphere la eaaa of tranaforaar fa Hurt, and after tha diaphraga rupturaa. Thla typa or LniUllatlon ahould pa aada vhara poaalbla on tranaforaara Inatallad indoor. for outdoor tranaforaar, tha rallaf device 1 regularly provided vlth a vent ed outlet vhleh allova gaaea to oaeapo directly to tht outalda atmosphere. A screen'undar tha d l a p h r a ^ prevanta broken piece froa falling Into tha traniforaer. An even distribution of pressure on tha glass diaphragm can ba obtained only by tightening the nuts uniformly. This ahould be dona b y tightening alternate outs until the lock mashers are nearly eompreaaed. The other nuts ahould then be tightened In a similar manner. This alternate nut tightening ahould b# continued until the face of tha preseure-rlng le against tha metal gasket-stop. Thr e a d a mire through the hdles in the studs and fasten Its ends securely. PIPE FLANGE FOR EXTERNAL VENT CONNECTION 7 HOOD FOR INDOOR USE UNLESS FLANGE - PIPE CONNECTIONS ARE INSTALLED FLANGE ETAINING WIRE SCREEN PRESSURE RING fig. 1 - Westinghouse fraaure Relief Devlee Sectional Vlev 8 0854729 o e d t 's s o /nr<M Ji f u iu / r m f r Diaphragm relief devices ere assembled on tba transformer at th# factor; and they art then pressure-tested at 7 lb, per quart Inch and shipped in plae. Two apart diaphragms and the stetaaary gasket* aad eeatat art shipped with taeb transforstr. Additional diaphragms, If needed, should be ordered froa the Wsstisghouse Electric A Manufacturing Company, Sharon, Pennsylvania, Identified by the serial nunber of the trans former. ftotarr Type Sampling Pet let - The rotary type saapiing device supplied on Inerteen Transformers provides a convenient means of draining a sample of Xnerteen for test purposes. Due to the high specific gravity of Inerte*n, eater tends to collect on the aurface of the I n erteen. Therefore, la order to obtain a sample that elll be representative of tbe surfsee Xnertssn in ths transforatr, tbs sampling valve is locatsd near tbe Inerteen level. Thla device le designed to skim a sample from tbs surface, and may alao ba used la applying pressure teata. Pig. #2 shove a sectional vlev of the rotary type valve. The tube should be left in a vertical position as shown. A sample le taken by turning tbe operating knob to tbe right. The trsvel la limited to 90 degs. b y poeltlon-atops on the body of tbe device. A position indicator is made a part of the operating knob, attached to the shaft la the same plane as the tube. A packing gland praventa the leakage of Inerteen along the operating shaft. When ths knob is turned, ths sad of ths tube pssaes under the Inerteen level, allow ing the Inerteen to eater the tube aad flow to the gapllng-plug. The deviee nay be equipped with a plug type Beltaiap saapiing valve. Pigs. 990-A or 992* * sprlng-el os lag be Menap valve. Pigs. 999 or 99* or spring-closing Waterbury valve # 108. The saapiing device la easily rsaovtd ss a unit f r o m the tank* A 1-1/* hex is provldsd for this purpose. If the deviee le equipped with a spring-closing valva, remove the duet cap frea the valve.* Remove the inner duet cep froa the proper operating davlee and screw the operating deviee tightly onto the valve. This reltasss tne ball-check in tne valve. Rotate Che o pera ting tenob slowly, u s i n g a vreneb to fit tns 1-1/B" hex on this knob; until the Inerteen begins to flow. At this point tbe rotation should be stopped to insure obtaining a true sample of th# top liquid. A screw driver or coin may be used to open and close the plug type valve, Belknap Pig. 9 9 0 -A. The Bellmap 992 valve is operated by turning ths knurled knob. When, pressure teats are required, they should bs mads' before withdrawing samples of In erteen. To make a pressure test, the indicator arm should be I4 the vertical position. If a spring-closing vtlve is used, remove duet eaps Pig. 2 - Vestlnghouse Rotary Type Sampling Valve Sectional Vl*v 9 /nr(fn JV .nf/.rm fres pressure-testing device end attaeh Che de-. Oas Absorbers for fnerteen Tr***. vice to the spring d o s i n g valve. To apply formers - when Inerteen transformers are equip pressure, attach operating device to pressure- ped with gas absorbers, operate Instructions testing device. Any pressure In the tranaforaer are shipped with saeh transformer describing the i tank say be released by removing the operating- device and Its installation, operation and main device and releasing the check valve In the pres tenance. sure-testing device. If a plug type valve la used, eoaneet the pressure gage to the valve by R sn tw sl Parts sans of a setal tube or hose. Open valve, using a scree driver or coin, and note pressure W hen laformat loa la requ lred co n on gage. If sample of gas is desired, connect cerning a transformer, always give Its serial hose to a suitable container. number, particularly whenever renewal or stock parts are ordered. The serial number will bo If the Inerteen is above the 25C. found engraved on the nameplate attached to the level, the pressure wlllbe somewhat above a t m o s transformer tank and on the small nameplate pheric while if the Inerteen is below the 25C. attached to the top or end of the core and colls level there will be a partial vacuum in the tanfc assembly. Whenever possible, a sketch showing It is therefore advisable to take the sample the part or parts and their exact locatlons,will w h e n the gage shows the Inerteen to be at, or materially hel p to assure that the proper parts slightly abovs the 25C. level. If the sample is are supplied b y the Factory. This sketeh should taken at a higher or lower Inerteen level, pro-' always indicate the d i rection or aide of the vision should be made to relieve any pressure or transformer from which the v iew is mads. vacuum which may be created. This may be done by restoring the pressure to the proper point by forcing air into or pumping air out of the tank. MOTE: Some transformers are ordered This should be done with the tube <tf the sampling designed for Inerteen but are to be operated device la a vertical position. first as oll-lnaulatsd transformers. Consequent ly, they are shipped f rom the factory filled The rotary type sampling device Is w ith oil. Whenever It le desired to operate ruggedly constructed and requires very little these transformers with Inerteen, complete In servicing or maintenance. If-there is a slight structions for the removal of the oil, ths clean leakage through the packing gland the gland nut ing of ths transformer and filling It with In should be tightened. In ease this does not stop erteen should be obtained f r o m the Westinghouae the leakage the gland should be repacked. Pack Electric k Manufacturing Company, Sharon, Penn ing Style #1066507 may be obtained from Wsstlng- sylvania. bouse Electric i Manufacturing Company, Sharon, Penna. In ordering. Include the transformer aerial number. levlsedt January 1942 I 0854731 10 /ntrfnn T rm niform trs INERTEEN Inerteen isa synthetic non-inflammable and ncn-exploalvo insulating and cooling liquid used in Westinghouse Inertsen Transformers. Characteristics C o l o r ......................... 'Straw Yellow Viscosity at 100F. (Saybolt), 54 Seconds Fire Point ...... .............Nona Specific Gravity at 60F. ... 1.564 Dielectric Constant .......... 4.5 Mineral oil is completely miscible with transformer Insrteen. It Is practically Impos sible to separate mineral oil and Inerteen; thereforeIt Is important to avoid contamination of Inerteen with any oil as the presence of such materials changes he non-inflammable and n on explosive characteristics of Inerteen. Iharteen is chemically stable. It Is not affected by reaction with other materials used in the manufacture of Inerteen Transformers. It Is nrn-oxldizing and ncn-corroslve at tempera tures considerably above those normally obtained in transformers. Inerteen will not fora sludge undr any conditions. Inerteen exerts a strong solvent ac tion on moat of the ordinary varnishes, gums and paints commonly used in oil-insulated transformra. Such materials, therefore, are not used in the design and construction of Inerteen Trans formers. It is necessiry to uss such material as pure cellulose, cotton, paper and porcelain. This requirement, coupled with the necessary use cf tight-tank ecnstructlcn for Inerteen Trans formers tends to give Improved operating char acteristics. If Inerteen it decomposed by an elec tric arc, hydrogen ehlorlde gas is evolved. The products of arc decomposition are harmful to the transformer structure. Where severe arcing occurs, the solid insulation of the transformer becomes saturated with hydrogen chloride and the affected parts must be removed In the repair taf the transformer. j The dielectric strength of Inerteen compares favorably with and under average normal conditions will be found higher than that of .transformer oil. The same precautions are nec essary with Inerteen as are taken with trans former oil. Inerteen should be kept free of moisture, llht and dirt. Inerteen has an irritating effect upen the akin. This is more pronounced to some per sons than to others. Especially the eyes, ncse and lips are affected when coming in contact with Inerteen and certain safety precautions must be observed when handling it. When working with the hands In Inerteen, It w i n irritate skin abrasions or the tender parts between the fingers. Continued exposure nay cause akir. erup tions with certain Individuals due to absorption of the Inerteen through the pores of the skin. Cleanliness among workmen handling Inerteen is essential and a very goed safeguard against such effects. An application of castor ell is recom mended for the eyes and castor oil or ecld cream for the nose and lips. In ease Inerteen cones In contact with the skin, the parts should be thoroughly washed and cleaned. A supply of these materials should be kept available at all tines where men are working with Inerteen. Hot transformers should not be opened except In well ventilated plaees. large quanti ties of Inerteen should be handled In a closed system. m Workmen should be protected from fre quent ccntact with any appreciable vapor concen tration and frem frequent akin ccntact with Ir.erteen. In ease Inerteen is spilled cn -.ne's clothing, it should be changed as scon as p'ssible and the soiled clcthlng laundered before It Is worn again. Gloves, S? 1154653, which i r r-slstant to Inerteen, shruld be wr.ru vhcr<* ; ;s necessary to put one's hind In Inortr^n r parts of transformers are handled wet. t I INERTEEN TRANSFORM ERS Shipment Inerteen Transformers are always con structed In pressura-tight tanks. are Installed and shipped in place In switch =r.J terminal chambers of new transformers. When th? Inerteen Is shipped In separate cent liner: t;v: tubes are also shipped separately, cncl'.scl ir. air-tight containers. i {i Inerteen transformers are ehlpped prepr Inerteen must always be kept ir. izzlzl erly filled with Inertetn end ready for installa tion. This prevents the entrance of moisture Into the windings during transit end usually stakes It containers to prevent the less ef its mere tlle constituents by evaporatlsn cr pt.ssicl- staminatlcn frum dirt or moisture. unnecessary to dry the transformers prier to In stallation. A snail amount of moisture will re Moving Transformers duce the dielectric strength of Inerteen. It may be present in vapor fora In the gas space above the Inerteen level or from minute leaks. lugs are provided for lifting ths plete transformer, and when necessary, adiiti-.r.ai means are provided Ti.r lifting the difr-'r'r.: Transformers equipped with twitch cr terminal chambers which must be opened for In stallation, are shipped with the Inerteen for these chambers in separate containers. parts. The transformer should be lifted ty tivs means provided and when necessary, spn-siiirs should be used tc obtain a balanced lift. Trans formers should not be neved cr lifted b7 plscirs: Jacks or other devices against or under c\ *ling Activated clay has a high affinity fer moisture and absorbs other materials which nay contaminate Inerteen. To keep the Inerteen in the best condition,bonded tubes of activated clay tubes, radiators, valves cr ether f it:ir.gs .Ckids should be used to distribute the stresses p.*- er ly over the base when transformers are n. .ej ;r. rollers. 913066 3 W estin gh ouse Exhibit 4 1\ J i /nerfcen Trmnafortncr* Carefully inspect the transformer* for damage during shipment. This should Include a check o f the In le v e l and the tig h te n in g o f any p arts v e become lo o se or cu t o f p la c e and there Is any evidence o f m oisture having the transform er. Inerteen used fo r f l l l sfcrm ers should have a d ie le c t r ic stren gth 7 or h ig h e r . When th e d i e l e c t r i c s t r e n g th teen in transform ers In se rv ice reaches r lover i t should be f i l t e r e d . I f the r i c e tr e n g th i s very low or i f th e re i s ;e c f fre e v a te r ,th e core and c o lls should .d. Where tra n sfo rm e rs a re to be used s t l t l t u d e (mere than 1003 f t . above see l e v e l ) in g above the liq u id le v e l should be opene q u a lize the In te r n a l and e x te r n a l p res a t a temperature o f approxim ately 25cC . belacing the transform er in s e r v ic e , fie sure the f i t t i n g Is closed a ft e r e q u a liz in g the are. A ll transform ers are c a r e fu lly tested .e F a c to r y and in good c o n d itio n when s h ip l s made but i t i s d e s ir a b le t o in s p e c t each .form er thoroughly b efo re p la c in g I t In s e r- ndint and Mekint Connections No n a t t e r v h a t th e typ e o f f l o o r or ia t ie n on v h ich the tran sform er la to r e s t , tank should be d e fin it e ly and permanently nded by connecting a lead to the grounding le c tlc n provided fo r th at purpose near tho -.cm o f the ta n k . Terminal beard, tap changer and other n eetlcn s should never be changed v it h voltage the tra n sfo r m e r. Do n ot make any co n n e c tio n s ept these in d icated on the diagram or the d ia .3 nameplate shipped v it h the tran sfo rm er. Any load or connector not in use should In su lated from a l l other leads and connectors i frem ground. kets G askets used on In tr ta e n Transform ers e made frtm a h ig h grad a o f co rk a n d , i t is c em ended, in re p la cin g any gaskets that they * made o f c o r k . B e fo r r a p la c in g a g a s k e t,- a l l isk et surfaces should ba thoroughly elaaned free r u s t , o i l , g r e a s e , p a in t o r o th er fo r e ig n Ra e r a i s . The c le a n in g may be done by s c r a p in g c r ire-brushing and then w iping the gasket surface ith denatured a lco h o l. G asket Cement 3#k7lSSG* e s p e c ia lly de veloped fo r use w ith In e rte e n , should always be jsed in applying gask ets. Thoroughly brush the cement on th e tank s u r fa c e and on the bottom s id e o f the g a sk e t. P la ce the gasket in p o s itio n snd a p p ly w eights or o th e r means to o b ta in good a d h esion o f the gasket to the m etal s u r fa c e . The gasket should be allow ed to se t approxim ately c n e -h a lf hour b efore the w eights are removed. Cement should then be a p p lie d t o the top s u r fa c e o f the g a s k e t. The gasket s u r fa c e s must immedi a t e l y be b o lte d to g e th e r under a u niform preasur. Transformers are fre q u e n tly equipped -ith term inal or sw itch compartments in to which c a b le s e n te r by means o f p e th e a d s. I n some c a s * s . I t w i l l be n e c e s s a ry t o remove the s w itc h -c o v e r t o make the c a b le c o n n e c tio n s . Vhen transformers are designed fo r b iy o n e t c o n n e c tio n s , i t i s o n ly n e c e ssa ry t o remove the bayonet p o th e a d , make the c a b le c o n n e c tio n s and rep lace the pothead. E x tr a g a s k e ts and Cement S#471880 are fu rn ish e d v i t h a l l Zn erteen Transform ers where th e ir in s ta lla tio n requ ires the removal of 3-7 g a s k e t s . A d d itio n a l g a s k e ts and cement sh ou ld be ordered from the m anufacturer. Pipe Fittings Care should be taken to see th a t threads o f pipe f i t t i n g s are not damaged. A ll threads should be thoroughly clean ed to remove d i r t . Sr e s s e , e t c . ' A ft e r c le a n in g , a p p ly Cement 5# 71880 to the threads o f each f i t t i n g . Immedi a t e ly acrev the proper f i t t i n g s to geth er t ig h t ly . Pressure Testing A ll Inerteen transform ers are pressure te ste d a t the fa c to ry and shipped fr e t o f eak s. A fte r in s t a lla t io n and before voltage Is a p p lie d . I t is d esirab le to pressure te s t each transform er e s p e c ia lly i f any f i t t i n g s or covers have bev*i removed and rep laced d u rin g the i n s t a lla t i o n Dry compressed n itro gen or a ir should be used a t : \a t e s t p re s s u rt o f 7 l b s . per square In ch fo r period o f s ix hours. I t Is suggested th at the a i r space above tho In e r te e n be blown out v i t h n itr o g e n , a l l vents e lo s c J and the preesure te s t a p p lie d . The t e s t p ressu re eon b e st be lim ite d by the use o f a re g u la tin g valve on the n itro g e n c y lin d e r. A check fo r leaks above the Inerteen l e v e l may be made v i t h a s o lu t io n o f soap and water ap p lied to a l l g a s k e te d -Jo in ts , screwedfit t in g s and v lp in g -sle e v e connections. Paint In erteen Transform ers are fin is h e d v it h a s p e e ia l p a in t, which la r e s is ta n t to tno v i v e n t a e t i o n o f I n e r t e e n . A s u f f i c i e n t eu'r.tl-.y o f t h is p a in t 3*302599 la fu rn ish ed w ith tra n sfo rm e r to "to u c h up" ar.y p ia e e s de--'.--d during the process o f in s ta ll t lor.. Storage In e r te e n T ran sform ers must >.v .v m bstored f i l l e d to the proper le v e l w ith In erteen, o th e rw ise a c e r t a in amount o f m o istu re may a c c u m u late on acco u n t o f v a r la t io n e o f a i r te -.e e ra t u r e . In e r te e n T ran sfo rm ers sh o u ld bo c:ov.-d in s d r y p la c e , snd where minimum tem peratu re rr.or.sa3 w ill occur. \ Where I t i s n e e e s s a r y .t o te m p o ra rily Store c o i l s , in su la tio n or other p arts fo r the com plete core and c o ll assembly o f an In erteen T ran sform er, they should be immersed in In e rte e n to prevent moisture ab sorp tion . I f such storage is necessary fo r a long period o f t in s , the tank or sto ra g e c o n ta in e r must be s e a le d to prevent the entrance o f m oisture and the evap oratio n o f In e rte e n . In e rte e n Transform er* which h*ve boon id le or stored fo r an ap preciable length of t Lr* , sh ou ld be p u t In to s e r v ic e only a f t e r making e e r- t 913067 /nerfccn TVanx/ormcri t a i n t h a t th e tra n sfo r m e r la dry and t h a t the d i The tubes sh o u ld not be rcmovi? 1 ;' e l e c t r i c s t r e n g th o f 'the In e r te e n t e s t s 2 2 ,COO t h e i r c o n ta in e r s u n t i l the tc r m ir .r l ch r-b er* v o lts or h ig h e r. The In sp e ctio n In s tru c tio n s ready fe r th e ir in s t a lla t io n . The tuj-.a should a ls o be fo llo w e d . n o t be exposed to a i r more th**n -i-p.-; .- t h ir t y m inutes before c lo s in g tc: the c.; r':;:* Maintenance p r e p a r a to r y to f i l l i n g i t w ith In ert-; 1 ' . - z z th e y a re f i r s t d r ie d fo r two hours a t * In e rte e n Equipment - Care must be e x tu r e o f ap pro xim ately 250C. or f e r z:vr:--> - - - - - e r c is e d in h a n d lin g in e r te e n to p reven t feontan- a t 135 t o 150C. .................. ln a tlo n since im p u ritie s a lt e r its non-inflam m able and e le c t r ic a l c h a r a c t e r is t ic s . I t must be I f I t becomes neeess.ary to r z L - tw handled in tho rou gh ly cle a n co n ta in e rs fr e e from in e r teen or to open the chamber a ft e r a z z r : - - . o i l . I f th e r e la any q u e s tio n co n ce rn in g th e o f s e r v i c e , i t i s recommended t h a t r .- : - .,, b o : - c le a n lin e s s o f the c o n t a in e r s , th e y sh o u ld be i n s t a l l e d . To do .t h i s , i t i s or.'.;* r/'ce.-.s-.r-; th o ro u g h ly washed w ith T rle h lo rb e n z e n e M-6072 to remove th e b olt's h o ld in g the s ' rir.g c i i . o i and d r ie d b e fo re any In e r te e n I s p la c e d in them. remove th e o ld and i n s e r t the new tu b e s , t r .; r e The transform er tank or any of I t s compartments p la c e the c lip s and b o lt s . In which In erteen Is used, must be fr e e from o i l and other con tam in atin g m a te r ia ls . When an In e r te e n C c r .d !t!o r ." r :s n : t a v a ila b le fo r use in f i l l i n g chembera w 'th In e rte e n should not be mixed w ith vege e rteeri, i t is reeoewended th a t the In erteen = - t a b le o i l s s in c e th e se m a te rl& .s a f f e c t the d e s t r a in e d throu gh two or th r e e la y e r s o f t e r i o r a t i o n , D .C . r e s is t a n c e and o th erw ise co n woven w h ite c lo t h and poured through a ccr.t a tam in ate i t . Compounds o f a s p h a l t ic n a tu r e , In w hich th re e or fo u r c la y tub es have beer, p a r a ffin and ordinary sold erin g flu x are p a r tic broken in to sm all p ie c e s . This w in m a te ria lly u la r ly harm ful to In erteen . reduce the p o s s ib ility of contam ination cf the In erteen from d ir t and m o istu re. For so ld erin g, a so lu tio n of ro sin In a lc o h o l is recommended. Bonded e la y tubes should be oroered as S t y l e #113011(0 from the W estlnghouse E l e c t r i c 1 A ll-m e ta l h ost must be used in h a n d lin g M an ufacturin g Company, Sh aron , Fenna. I t i s a lto In e r te e n s in c e th e l i n i n g used In most hose i s d e s ir a b le when o r d e rin g new tu b es to i d e n t if y soluble in Inerteen. the transform er fo r which they are re q u ire ! by In c lu d in g the s e r i a l number o f the tra n sfo rm e r. F illin g Transform ers - Vhsn I t is nec e s s a r y to f i l l a tra n sfo rm e r w ith In e r te e n one Pariodic Inspections ` sh ou ld make sure t h a t a l l J o i n t s are t i g h t ; Cement &M 71880 should be used fo r t h is purpose. S t e e l Inerteen - I t is desirable that t r p ip e * m etal hoae sh o u ld ba u se d , and p r e fe r a b ly and bottom sam ples c f In e r te e n be tak en f r - the transform er should bs f i l l e d through the each transform er and te ste d a fte r a s.n .rt p eri d r a in v a lT a . T h is w i l l keep a e r a t io n o f th e I n c f o p e r a t io n . When o p e r a t in g c c n d i t i .r .s 7 t i t . e r t e e n to a minimum. See t h a t a i r wants a re open r o u t in e ca m p lin g o f th e In e r te e n a t i n t e r - s l ? * as the transform er Is f i l l e d . s ix months i s recommended. A ccureto r . c : r : ' hculd be kept o f such in s p e c tl:n s and t e s t s . ? r.: Zt Is d esirab le to f i l l a transform er I f the Inerteen ihcvs a d ie le c t r ic stren gth f by p a ssin g the In e r t e e n through an I n e r t e e n Con le a s Chan 22 KV the In erter-r. s h iu ld be c - d i t i o n e r . I f t h i s cannot be done and the I n e r t i c n e d . T h is depends sem evhat wn th * t r r e teen teats s a t is fa c t o r ily , f i l l the transform er by p assin g the In e rte e n through three th ick n esses o f t i g h t l y woven w h ite c lo t h , w hich has f i r s t been washed In T rleh lorb enzen e and d rie d to r e move any s i t i n g . Hew c lo t h s sh ou ld be ueed f o r a t l e a s t ev ery two tr a n s fo r m e r s . former lead cy cle end c lim a tic e n d i z i 'n : . I: no f a c i l i t i e s a re a v a i l a b l e fo r - - .k in s f'* . ! t r i e t e s t a on In e r t e e n , sam ples c .-.- u li 0 to th e V e stin g h tu se E le c t r ic r v*r . f c :***- ~ Company, S h a r c n , Penna. Each to: ..-.1^ : f I :- ...- sh ou ld be p r o p e r ly i d e n t i f i e d ty tr.-: . -r When I t la n e c e s s a ry t o f i l l In e r te e n transform ers o u t-o f-d o o rs and p a r tic u la r ly on damp day* due p r e c a u tio n must be ta k e n to p reven t the entrance o f m oisture in to the transform er. s e r i a l number and i t s h t u li r;c r ii j taken from the top or b e t: : f th t tar..: . r f: a tan k -een p artn en t. Samples z h - u li b? c a ro f-l*..- packed to avoid breakage ir. t r a n s it . t-./ a p a r e c ia b le amount c f In e r te e n i t v-t.-.t .* *'*. fr - F i l l i n g Sw itch and Term inal Chambers - transform er, i t am runt o f n ev should be r e p l a t 'd -`.1th _r. In e rte e n of p.rtpvr r .i t l i c t r i o Care should be e x e r c is e d when f i l l i n g s v it e n and s t r e n g t h s c t h a t the l i q u i d le v -ri in the t r a n s term in al chambers w ith In e r te e n , and during s e r form er i s m ain tain ed . v ic in g to avoid co n tam in ation by m oisture or d i r t , i w hich may lo v e r the d i e l e c t r i c s tr e n g th o f tn e In e r t e e n . The m o istu re may be p re se n t d u rin g tn e f i l l i n g operation due to condensation ana absorp t io n on the In s id e o f the chamber v a l i d , or may appear as vapor in the gas space above the In e r teen or from any minute le a k s . Orcr^iion cf Trsnsf "rr.^r- ~ ", reeoanended th a t n p e r io d ic c r.tc .; t - : i r : :.r o p e ra tin g tem peratures o f In e rte e n .trand t h a t the tem perature o f the I r ..r t : - r . be below ?0 C . fe r 1 maximum-rated t .- l f - c . transform er. i : t The use o f bonded tubes o f a c tiv a te d c la y In I n e r t e e n - fille d chambers o f transform ers in s e r v ic e is recommended where ro u tin e t e s t s show the In e r te e n to have u n s a t is fa c t o r y d i e l e c tr ic strength. P a in t - The e x te r n a l tank s u r f - c * : In e r te e n Transform ers sh o u ld bo t : -: :i:t : la r ly fo r signs of corrosio n. I f c co rro sio n is feu n d , Its ecu?'' c . c . t -and, I f .. S9 *b ,.<, l r ` * T ran sform er ta r.::: -r e r.:a .* : i- : . ' ' r * . .- s 913068 t /nerfccn T ru n a fo rm a ra tin g i eopper-bearlag 'a t a e l, and they are fin is h Inerteen as are observed in taking transformer ed w ith a h ig h grad * I n a r t e e n - r e a ls t ln g p a in t o i l sa m p le s. Sam pling equipment should be uo-d which la baked on a t h ig h tem perature > Any su r only fo r In e rte e n . face which la found corroded should be thorough ly cleaned to the bare m etal and re fln la h e d w ith one co at o f prim er* and two c o a ts o f f i n i s h p a in t Dielectric Testing of Inerteen S#?02S09> A llow twelve eaeh eoat o f p a in t. hours drying time between .m ally The same follow ed In ru le s and precautions t e s t in g o i l should be as ncrused in Taking Sample of Insrtttn te s tin g Inerteen* except as herein sta te d . A ll sam pling and te s tin g equipment must be tho rou gh ly dry and c le a n . I t la recom mended th a t sam pling and t e s t in g equipment used fo r In erteen Transform era be used fo r no o th er purpose. Care oust be used in o b tain in g and se a lin g samples of Inerteen taken from a tr a n s form er. Use only sm all t in co n tain ers w ith screwed m etal-gask et caps or sm all g la s s b o ttle s with g lass steppers fo r holding Inerteen sam ples. I f I t becomes n e ce ssa ry to use o th er than Factory sampling containers* such containers should be th o rou gh ly r in s e d w ith c le a n g a s o lin e * washed w ith s tro n g soap su ds and rin se d th o ro u g h ly In hot water* and then d ried In an oven a t ap p roxim ately 1 1 0 % . fo r one h o u r. I f th e c o n ta in e r * are not used la a e d la te ly a ft e r cleaning* they should be se a le d t i g h t l y and sto red in a dry* c le a n p la c e . The t e s t cup sh o u ld be wiped with a clean * dry chamois and thoroughly rinsed with cle a n g a so lin e and allow ed to dry before being u s e d . The e le c tr o d e sp a cin g should be ch eck ed . To determ ine w hether the t e s t cup is s u it a b le f o r t e s t in g I n e r t e e n , f i l l i t v:itn -icy g a s o lin e and te a t th is under a standard r i s e o f 3 KV per secon d. i f the d i e l e c t r i c s tr e n g th o f the g a s o lin e Is not lt.e s than 22 77, the te a t cup is su ita b le fo r te s tin g In e rt?--., a f t e r the cup has been d r ie d in an ove:> where tne tem perature does not exceed 5 0 C . to 1 -move a l l tra c e s o f g a s o lin e . Care should be e x e r.Is e d in handling gasoline as i t la highly in f l i v a b l e . In t e s t in g In e r te e n , make o n ly one " s h o t '\ per f i l l i n g o f the test cup. Five d iffe re n t flllv n g s sh o u ld be made and the average r e s u lt u se d . Drying and Filtering Inerteen In e rte e n sam pling package 3# 1065658 may In e rte e n may bo deh ydrated and f i l t e r e d be obtained from the b e a tln g h o u se E le c tr ic k Manu by means o f an o i l f i l t e r p ress but In order th a t fa c t u r in g Company* Sharon* Fenna. T h is package i t may not be con tam in ated , I t la n e c e ssa ry th a t c o n s is ts of fo u r 1 -p ln t cans o f In erteen * pecked th e f i l t e r press be used f o r In e rte e n o n ly . and s h lp p n in cardboard c a r to n s . T h is In erteen may be used to r e p la c e t h a t removed from a t r a n s A d iffe r e n t procedure than that f o l former as a sam ple. I f samples are not taken im lowed fo r o i l is req u ired to p u r ify Tr.:"t-i-ir.. m ed iately a f t e r emptying the c o n t a in e r s , th e emp C o n tam in ation In In e rte e n cannot be rcncve-l en ty c o n ta in e rs should be t i g h t l y capped to prevent t i r e l y by f i l t e r paper a lo n e . To c le a n In'*rt?c!i adm ittance of m oisture. thorou gh ly I t must be f i l t e r e d through " t .- t lv i- ted c la y " which absorbs Im p u ritie s . In p r a c tic e , I t is d e s ira b le th a t samples of In erteen be removed from a transform er tank or from a drum on c le a r daya on ly and when the In erteen la a t le a s t as warm a t th e surroun din g i t is on ly necessary to pass th e Inerteen thre :?n the c la y and to separate the cla y m cctnni .c l l y from th e In e rte e n to o b ta in c le a n In ^ r tr -n *:f proper d ie le c tr ic strength. a ir. , The Inwtim Conditioner The sample o f In arteen anould be r e moved near the s u r fa c e o f the f l u i d . T h is can be dene r e a d ily through the ro ta ry sam pling d ev ice ar.d v a lv e . I t I s a ls o recommended t h a t a sample be taken frem th e bottom o f the tank* p a r t ic u la r ly from the bottom o f sw lteh or term inal-cham The equipment reecm ended f e r c r a t io n in g In e rte e n c o n s is ts c f an a c tiv e * ,'-4, cl;chamber and f i l t e r press w ith s u ita b le in le t nr.i o u t l e t co n n ectio n s and o th er n e ce ssa ry f i t t i n - s . b e rs. I f the sampla la withdrawn through a v a lv e co n n e ctio n , t h i s co n n e ctio n should be flu s h e d by allo w in g a sm a ll amount o f In erteen to run out be fo re c o lle c t in g the am ple. The sample should be im m ediately p la ce d In th e c o n ta in e r end the cap screwed on t i g h t l y . The s t ic k e r on each con tain er should be marked to Id e n t ify the sample o f In e r teen w ith the tran sfo rm er from which I t was taken The a c tiv a te d c la y la c o n t a in :! in e ta n k mounted on one end o f the f i l t e r T.r:- In e rte e n la pumped up through the c la y ir.-.v.r. - thorough a g it a t io n c f the c la y ar.d I n e r t . The In erteen la passed through a wire scre-n r r l : r t o e n te r in g the f i l t e r press to remove p r o c t l-n I- ly a ll of the c la 7 . and whether taken from the top or bottom . The cover o f the tan k in c o rp o ra te s cr. Before tak in g samples from a d ru n ,\ th e In erteen should be allo w ed to s e t t l e f o r a p p r o x i m ately tw elve h o u rs. Samples from the top o f the drum should be removed by means o f a c le a n g la s s s n e a k -th ie f. a i r - t r a p and vent to avoid pumping e l r in to the tran sform er which n ig h t r e s u lt frem a l 'e k in th e a u c tio n l i n e . A s t r a in e r Is p r e v id :I zr. s u c tio n s id e o f the pump, ao co n stru c te d th e : a l l d i r t c o lle c te d la removed with the r c r ;e r .. A by-p ass ccn n e e tlo n f i t t e d w ith a need 1t ---live The same p re ca u tio n s to prevent m o is la used fo r t e s t in g the s u c tio n l in e from t ; e ture contam ination should be used In sam pling transform er fo r le a k s . fi 913069 % `r' In tr titn T rtn tfo rm trt The filter reas(conslsta of 15 frames tad 16 plates alternately' spaced mounted In a yoke. One sheet of blotting paper Is used b e tween each plate and frame to provide a gasket - seal and to remove all traces of clay from the Inerteen. valve, the tank inlet valve and the tank drain valve, If these valves are open. Open the tank outlet valve and apply air pressure to the air vent until the free Inerteen has been driven out of the blotting papers. Then release the pres sure-screw and remove the papers. A pressure gage Indicates the opera If the system-seal is not broken, it tion and two by-pass valves assure safe opera will only be necessary to open the dlcehnrpe and tion of the Conditioner by preventing excessive suction valves and start the motor to again r e pressures and serve as a check to overloading sume conditioning the Inerteen. and stalling the motor. One valve, connected aeroas the pump, la set to by-pass the Inerteen To P ry Inerteen Transformers at a pressure of 60 to 70 lbs. per square Inch. The other valve Is provided on the discharge Inerteen Transformers should be dried side of the Conditioner connecting to the trans b y the short-circuit method with the transformer former. This by-pass-valve, releasing at ajres- in Its tank lneiersed In the Inerteen. During sure of approximately 5 lbs. per square Inch, the heating and drying process, the top of the will avoid breaking the transformer relief di a tank should be vented to the air to prevent m ois phragm when no other relief is provided. ture condensation. The desired lead current To Prepare tht Conditions for Operstton should be obtained b y short-circuiting one '.rind ing and Impressing the proper vcltage or. the other winding. If the full load impec3.noe of Remove the cover and screen from the clay tarjc and fill the tank vlth activated clay* M-6931* ' to within four Inches of the bottom edge on th.\ inner flange. Replace sereen and cover. Release the prassure-screv of tha filter press the transformer is not known or not engraved on the transformer nameplate, It should be obtained from the Westinghouse Electric 4 Manufacturing Company b y Identifying the transformer with Its serial number. a-.c loosen plates and frames. Place one aheet >of "B" size blotting paper between the face of each frame and plate. Care should be used to see that the holes through the plates, frames and . Transformer windings la Inerteen should first be heated under a partial load. A higher top Inerteen temperature can be obtained more paper are in proper alignment before the pressure- quickly b y blanketing the tank with the cover screw is tightened. Close the discharge,tank by removed to prevent condensation. pass, tank drain, suction and suction-test valves. Pour sufficient Inerteen Into the drip pan to If the transformer la at or lower than fill the elay tank and vet the clay. This will room temperature at the start of the drying pro require approximately eight gallons of Inerteen. cess y- from 125$ to 150$ full load current will Start the motor and open tha drip pan valve so that not less than 5 minutes are required to fill the elay tank, saturating the clay vlth Inerteen. hasten the heating. The temperature should b- carefully watehed end when the Inerteen reaches a temperature of 6oC., the load should be re Vlth the valve at the transformer closed, open duced to obtain on approximately constant Iner the euctlon-test valve to subject the euctlon teen temperature based on the follo'.'inr. line to pressure and tus check It for leaks. These temperatures should not be exceeded for p load. Since the density of Inerteen is co n siderably greater thin that of water, moisture will float on the surface of the Inerteen. It is therefore considered advisable to condition In 9hort Circuit Amprrea In Percent of Load Mn-.. T'.rr,; r.*iro f Tut: I o - n erteen from the top and return it to the bottom of the tank. To begin conditioning Inerteen in 50 a transformer, close the suction test valve and stop the motor. Open the transformer valves. X5 35 . Open .the Conditioner discharge and suction valves. motor. Close the drip pan valve and start the The transformer uay be iii quickly If It is possible to filter ch- J One charge of elay will condition ap proximately 5000 gallons of Insrtesn, depending upon the amount of contamination present. Bhen It is nscsssary to change the clay, first close the valve in the suction line, close the tank inlet and outlet valvss, open the tank by-pass valve and tank drain valve to during the drying process. If tne i'll: continuous, care anould be taken Inerteen temperature above to -- t*.z<m condenses on the underside cf thw cav e.-, ; r.-ta of temperature rise condensation ceases. snould To p r ce ove n de t crc can a1r_c.-1- . until tank temperature may be rained by b lan-i; :i:i- tr._ tank. permit the free Inerteen in the tank to drain Into the lower drip pan. Open the drip pan valve The drying sheuld be continued <r.til d i and pump the Inerteen from the drip pan through electric tssts of samples cf the Inerteen taker, the filter press. Addltlonsl Inerteen may be from the top and bottom cf the tank shiv 73 KV forced out of the clay by applying air pressure cr higher. The tests should be nx-'e in 1 to the air vent, dhut down the motor and remove standard teat cup and it is r e c e m e n d e d chat at the clay from the tank and refill vlth fresn least two conascutlve tests of both the tip and elay as previously described. bottom Inertsen be made at least 2*1 hours spar: while the Inerteen Is neara maximum temperature. To change the filter or blotting pa Tests of the Inerteen should not be made during pers, stop the motor, close the tank by-pass t h * B P eeesi. i 913070 /ncrfttn rraW arnw n If TrwniforratrB Fail I w jg n jA snould an Inerteen Transformer fall In service, the nearest Vestinghouse Electric k Manufacturing Company District Office should be notified as soon as possible. Give the rating of the transformer and Its serial number and, If possible, the conditions -under vhleh the failure took place. Samples of the Inerteen should be taken so that .an analysis of it can be sade. The transforaer should be kept immersed In Inerteen and it Is recommended that no work be done on the transforaer except under advice from tne District Office. Accessories for Inerteen Transformers Pressure Relief Dlaphra^s - All trans formers above 25 EVA are furnished with a pres sure relief diaphrena. Flg.'#l shows a section al view. This device Is made In different sixes to provide ample venting for different ratings. R e lie f diaphragms are regularly supplied, arranged so that a flan ge v lth the necessary p ip ing asy be applied to carry the gases to the o u t side atmosphere in case o f tra a sfo rra r f a i l u r e , and a ft e r the diaphragm ruptures. This type of I n s t a l la tio n should be mde where possible on transform ers in sta lle d Indoors. For outdoor transform ers, the r e li e f device Is regularly provided v lth a vent ed o u tle t which allow s gases to eseape d ir e c tly to the outside atmosphere.A screen under the diaphragm prevents broken pieces from f a l li n g Into the tran s former. The relief diaphragm unit-assembly, vhleh is bolted to the transformer cover or other suitable place, consists of a supporting flange In which the glass diaphragm is mounted between two cork gaskets. A tight joint be tween gasket and diaphragm on the supporting flange is made by a pressure ring against the lover gasket, all of vhleh la clamped In place by stud bolts. It Is necessary to be very careful bolting down the pressure-ring to avoid breakage of the glass diaphragm for Its rupture strength depends largely upon having an even distribution of clamping pressure applied to the diaphrngn. Make sure that gasket seats are thor oughly clean. Apply Cement 3#<*7i0Qo to both aides of the upper gasket and put the glass dia phragm in place, being sure that both the gasket and the diaphragm are centrally located in the supporting flange. Lay the cuehlon or lover gas ket In place over the glass diaphragm and assen- bls the pressure ring over this Basket. Then tighten the assembly by means of the .nuts and lock washers on the stud bolts. *.n. X* An even distribution of pressV'rp on che glass d l a p h r a ^ can be obtained only: by tightening the nuts uniformly. This should'? e done by tightening alternate nuts until the loo! mashers are nearly eoopreesed. The other nutX should then be tightened In a similar manner/ This alternate nut tightening should be continued until the face of the pressure-ring Is against the metal gasket-stop. Thread a wire through the ho^es In the studs and fasten Its ends securely. PIPE FLANGE FOR EXTERNAL VENT CONNECTION HOOD FOR INDOOR USE UNLESS F L A N G E - PIPE C O N N E C T I O N S A R E INSTALLED FLANGE TANK COVER G L A S S DIAPHRAGM `R E T A I N I N G \7 SCREEN PRESSURE Fig. 1 - Westinghouse Fressure Relief Device Sectional View RING 8 913071 in e r ititi T rm niftrm tra Diaphragm Ve-lief devices are assembled on the transformer at the factory end they ere then pressure-tested *t 7 lbs. per square lneh end shipped In piece. Two spore diaphragms end the necessary gaskets end ceaent ere shipped with each trans former. Additional diaphragms, If needed, should be ordered from the Meetinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Company, Sharon, Pennsylvania, Identified by the serial number of the trensfonaer. Rotary Type Sampling Device - Tho rotary type stapling device supplied onInerteea Transforners provides a convenient means of draining a seaple of Inerteen for test purposes. Due to the high specific gravity of Inerteen, water tends to collect on the surface of the In erteen. Therefore, In order to obtain a sample that will be representative of the surface I n erteen In the transformer, the sampling valve is located near the Inerteen level. This device is designed to skim a sample' from the surface, and may also be used in applying pressure testa. * Pig. #2 shows a sectional view of the rotary type valve. The tube should be left in a vartical position at shown. A sample Is taken by turning the operating knob to the right. The travel la limited to 90 degs. b y position-stops on the body of the device. A position Indicator Is made a part of the operating knob, attached to the shaft In the same plane as the tube. A packing gland prevents the leakage of Inerteen along the operating shift. When the knob la turned, the end cf the tube passes under the Inerteen level, allow* ing the Inerteen to enter the tube and flow to the sampling-plug. The device may be equipped w i t h -a plug type Bellcup sampling valve, Figs, 99 0 -A or 992, a spring-closing Be .'knap valve, Figs. 993 or 99* or spring-closing Waterbury valve #108. The sampling device is easily removed at a unit from the tank. A l-l/*" hex is pro vided for this purpose. If the device Is equipped with a spring-closing valve, remove the dust cap fr-m the valve. Remove the Inner dust cap frsr. the proper operating device and screw the ope rat ir.~ device tightly onto the valve. This relent the ball-cheek In tne valve. Rotate the opera ting knob slowly, using a wrench to fit m * 1-1/3" hex on this knob, until the Inerteen begins to flow. At this point the rotation should ba stopped to Insure obtaining a true sample of the top liquid. A screw driver or coin may be used to open and plose the plug type valve, Belknap Fig. 99 0 -A. The Belknap 992 valve Is operated by turning tha knurled knob. When pressure tests are required, they should bo made before withdrawing samples of In erteen. To make a pressure test, the Indicator arm should be in tha vertical position. If a spring-closing valve la used, remove dust caps TUBE OPERATING 3/4 PIPE THREAD TANK WALL Fig. 2 - Westinghouse Rotary Type Sampling Valve Sectional View 9 013072 /ncr(n Transformer* t from pressure-testing'device and attach the de- R tn tw l Parti vica to tha spring ` closing valva. To apply f' pressure, attach operating daviea to prsaaure- When Information is required con tastlng device. Any pressure In tha transformer cerning a transformer, alvaya give it: serial tank may ba released by removing tha operating- number, particularly whenever renewal or stock device and releasing the check valve In the pres parts are ordered. The serial number v i n be sure-testing device* If a plug type valve Is found engraved on the nameplate attached to the used connect the pressure gage to the valve by transformer tank and on the small nameplate moans of a metal tube or hose. Open valve attached to the toper end of the core and colls using a screv driver or coin* and note pressure assembly. Whenever possible, a eketeb shoving on gage. If sample of gas is desired connect the part or parts and their exact location* will boss to a suitable container. materially help to assure that the proper parts are supplied by the Factory. This sketch should If the Inerteen Is above the 25 C* always indicate the direction or side of the level the pressure will be sonsvhat above atmos transformer from which the view 1 made. pheric vhile If the Inerteen le belov the 25C. level there vlll be a partial vacuum In the tank. It is therefore advisable to take the sample MOTE 1 Soie transformers are ordered when the gage shovs the Inerteen to be at or designed for Inerteen but ar* to ba operated slightly above the 2 level. If the sample Is first as oil-insulated transform *r s . Consequent- taken at a higher or lo/er Inerteen level pro ly, they, are shipped from the 'ctory filled vision should be made to relieve any pressure or vith oil. Whenever It la desiren to operate vacuum vhlch may be created. This may be done these transformers vith Inerteen, cu-iplece in by restoring the pressure to the proper point by structions for the removal of the oil, t.e clean forcing air Into or pumping air out of the tank. ing of the transformer and filling It vlih In This should be done vith the tube of the sampling erteen should be obtained from the Westinghouse devlcs la a vertical position. Electric k Manufacturing Company, Sharon, . m n - sylvania. The rotary type sampling device la ruggedly constructed and requires very little servicing or maintenance. If there Is a slight MOTE: "Inerteen 7336-8 Is regularly leakage through the packing gland the gland nut used In all u v Westinghouse Inerteen trans should bs tightened. In ease this does not stop formers. Inerteen 7336-3 supersedes 'Inerteen ths leakage the gland should be repacked. Pack 7336-7. Inerteen 7336*6 has Improved character ing Style #1066507 may be obtained from Vesting- istics so that If arelng occurs in an Inerteen house Electric A Manufacturing Company Sharon, transformer, the Ineulatlng materials are not so Penna. In ordering, Include the tranaforaar quickly or so greatly impaired as a result of atrial nusber. the formation of hydrogen chloride. This im proved characteristic of 7336-8 Inerteen may be Gas Absorbers for Inerteen Trans obtained from 7336-7 Inerteen by adding a cer formers - When Inerteen transformers are equlp- tain concentrate to 7336-7 Inerteen. . if it is ped with gas absorbers, separate instructions desired to make this conversion, complete in are chipped vith each transformer describing the structions for doing It should be obi.ftlr.od frtn device and Its installation, operation and main the Westinghouse Electric A Manufacturing Con* tenance . peny, Sharon, Pennsylvania." Revised: Ilovember, 19 \ \ 10 013073 1 K a _ j i 9 INSTRUCTION BOOK BhQ ^ INERTEEN ; '' H | INSULATING FLUID 1 for 1 Electrical Apparatns 00200318 -- : ' '& - k -- ^J Westinghouse Electric Corporation- I B. 44-960J Westinghouse Exhibit 5 r > V, '1 C --------SPECIAL INQUIRIES-------- When communicating with Westinghouse regarding the product covered by thi Instruction Book, indude all data contained on the nameplate attached to the equipment.* Also, to facilitate replies when particular information is desired, be sure to state fully and dearly the problem and attendant conditions. Address all communications to the nearest Westinghouse represen* tatire as listed in the beck of this book. i *For a permanent record, it ia suggested that all nameplate data be duplicated and retained in a convenient location. j i t I I I \ oc-2 :c RECEIVING TESTING RECONDITIONING INERTEEIT INSULATING FLUID P.D.S. 7336-9 for Electrical Apparatus WESTINGHOtJSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION SHARON PLANT TRANSFORMER DIVI5ION SHARON, PA. NEW INFORMATION Pitalad laUJJL FEBRUARY, 1952' C022C22*?' INERTEEN* INSULATING FLUID P.D.S. 7336-9 Inerteen is a synthetic non-inflammable and non-explosive insulating and cooling liquid. It has proved its suitability lor use in all Westinghouse Inerteen insulated apparatus. In order to insure the proper performance of the apparatus, only Westinghouse Inerteen should be used. This publication gives the instructions for handling, inspection, and maintenance which experience has shown are important in obtaining the best' service from the Inerteen. * Registered trade-mark for Westinghouse Askarel \ 2 C022C321 INERTEEN iNSULATING FLUID RECEIVING, HANDLING, STORING SH IP M EN T Inerteen is shipped in tank cars, drums, or cans. The modem tank cars are usually lagged to prevent rapid fluctuations in temperature during transit and thus reduce the amount of expansion and contrae* tion of Inerteen. Changes in the volume of the Inerteen due to temperature changes tend to cause breathing in of moist air resulting in condensation of moisture inside the container, and lowering of the dielectric strength of the Inerteen. When shipped in drums, the Inerteen and the drums are both heated above room temperature while the drums are being filled, and the bungs are tightened immediately after filling. After cod* ing to normal temperature, the bungs are again tightened. The drums are provided with screw bungs having gaskets to prevent admission of water. When shipped in cans, the cans as well as the Inerteen are heated above room temperature while being filled and are hermetically sealed immediate ly after filling. STORING Drums. As soon as a drum of Inerteen has been unloaded, the bung should be examined and tight* ened if it is loose. It is possible for bungs to become loosened by change in temperature or rough hand* ling in transit. If loosened, be sure Inerteen is tested before using, or combining it with good Inerteen. It is very desirable that Inerteen in drums be stored in a closed room. Outdoor storage of Inerteen is always hazardous to the Inerteen and should be avoided if at all possible. U it is necessary to store Inerteen outside, protection against direct contact of rain and snow should be provided. Drums stored outdoors should be placed so that bungs will be protected from moisture. It is desirable to cover the drums with a tarpaulin. Cans. Cans containing Inerteen must not be exposed to the weather. Seals should be kept intact until the Inerteen is actually needed. Screw caps are provided on the cans to use when the Inerteen is only partially removed after hermetic seal has been broken. By replacing the screw caps, contamination by moisture and dirt will be retarded, but the Inerteen must be tested just before using. Storage Tank. The storage tank should be mounted on piers so that it will not touch the ground, and will be accessible to all points for inspection for leakage. It is desirable to maintain the temperature of the Inerteen and tank a little above the temperature of the surrounding air as this prevents condensation of moisture in the tank which would affect the di* electric strength of the Inerteen. The tank should preferably have a convex bottom, allowing for the installation of a drain cock at the lowest point for removing dirt or tank scale which might settle out. As Inerteen is heavier than water, most all of any water present will, in time, rise to the top of the Inerteen. A valve somewhere near the normal top level of the Inerteen should be provided for drawing off water*contaminated Inerteen. Pro vision for drawing off the Inerteen should also be made near the bottom of the tank. HANDLING Caution: Inerteen ii a akin irritant. Un* necessary contact with this liquid or its vapor, particularly when it ia hot, should be avoided. Especially the eyes, nose, and lips are affected when Inerteen comes in contact with them. Certain safety precautions must be observed when handling Inerteen. In case Inerteen comes in contact with the skin, the parts affected should be thoroughly washed in soapy water and followed by an application of cold cream. A supply of these materials should be kept available at all times where personnel are working with Inerteen. Continued exposure may cause eruptions on certain individuals due to the absorption of Inerteen through the pores C0Z2C222 3 of the kin. Cleanliness among workman handling Inartaan if a vary good safeguard against such effects. Application of castor oil is raeommandad for tha ayas, castor oil or cold eraam for tha nosa and lips. Hot apparatus should not ba opanad azcept in well-ventilated places. Large quantities of Inartaan should ba handled in a closed system. Workman should be protected from frequent contact with any appreciable vapor concentration and from frequent sldn contact with Inartaan. In case Inartaan is spilled on one's clothing, tha clothing should ba changed as soon as possible and tha soiled clothing laundered before it is worn again. Gloves such as Westinghouse 5*' 1389 974 should ba worn when it is necessary to put one's hand into Inartaan or whan parts of apparatus must ba handled wet. Mineral oil is completely miseible with Inartaan and it is practically impossible to separata them. . Therefore, it is important to avoid contaminating Inartaan with any kind of oil, since its presence changes the non-inflammable and non-explosive characteristics oi Inartaan. Not*: The /aeriean should a sampled and tested before being transferred from tha con tainer to tha apparatus, particularly to eases where tha wire Jock-sea/ has baan hrakan. In cases where tha apparatus is received with the Inartaan installad, tha Inartaan should he sam pled and tastad balora tha apparatus is put into service, as described later in this hook. When putting new apparatus into service, see that the apparatus tank is free from moisture and foreign material. Although the drums and tank cars are thoroughly washed and dried at the refinery before filling, a certain amount oi scale is sometimes loosened from the inside in transit. Therefore, Inartaan which has not been filtered should be strained through three or more thicknesses of muslin, or ether closely woven cotton doth which has been thoroughly washed and dried to remove the siring. The straining cloths may 'be stretched across a funnel of large size and should be renewed at frequent intervals. Important: Extreme precautions must be taken to insure the absolute dryness xand cleanliness of the apparatus before filling it with Inerteen, and to prevent the ennance of water and dirt during the transfer of the Iner teen to the apparatus. 4 The preparation and filling of outdoor apparatus should preferably be done on a .dear, dry day; if this is not possible, protection against moisture must -be provided. All vessels used for transferring the Inerteen should be carefully inspected to see that they are absolutely dry and free from contamination. Important: Always use all-metal hose or pipe when handling the Inerteen. A hose made of natural rubber should not be used. Inerteen can easily become contaminated from the sulphur in the natural rubber, and should not be allowed to come in contact with it. Whan it is necessary to transfer Inerteen from warm surroundings toapparatus exposed toextreme ly cold weather, even when the dielectric strength at room temperature is high, it is desirable to cir culate the Inerteen through an Inerteen conditioner at room temperature. A similar procedure is also advisable in the case of apparatus erected inside and later exposed to cold weather, the reason being that Inerteen will absorb more water at higher temperatures which will be thrown out of solution at lower temperatures. The remainder will be in suspension in the Inerteen and will lower the di electric strength. A drum of cold Inerteen when taken into a warm roomwill "sweat", and the resulting moisture on the surface may mix with the Inerteen as it flows from the drum. Before breaking the seal, the drumshould therefore be allowed to stand long enough to reach room temperature, whieh may require eight hours, or even longer under extreme temperature condi tions. Cleaning Contaminated Drains. The clean ing of drums which have contained used Inerteen requires great care in order to insure a thoroughly clean drum. It is preferable to return such drums to the supplier where adequate cleaning facilities are available, rather than to attempt to clean them. If it is necessary to dean such drums, the following procedure is recommended: i Rinse the drum thoroughly with gasoline or bensine, using about one gallon each time, until the solvent shows no discoloration after using. Allow it to drain, than pump out the last traces of solvent with a vacuum pump, using a brass pipe flattened at the lower end to explore the comers of the drum. C022C223 Caution: Do not u u a stool pips because of tho danger of a spark igniting the gasolino or benzine vapor. Next, boat tho drum with bunghole down, in a vontilatod ovon at a temperature of at loast 88C. (190*F.) for sixtoon boors.- (A simple ovon for this purposo may bo mado from sboot motal and boatod with steam or an oloctric boator.) Blow out tho drum with dry nitrogan or dry air to romovo any linger* ing explosive vapors. Sciow tbo bung on tightly boforo romoving tbo drum from tbo ovon. Uso a now washor with tbo bung to insuro a tight soal. Caution: Opon flamos must always bo kopt away from tho ovon to provont igniting in flammable gaaos which might bo remaining in drum whan placed in tho ovon. Refilling Drama. Tbo practice of refilling drums with Inerteen is undesirable and should bo avoided whenever possible, for unless tbo utmost precautions art taken, tbo Inerteen is likely to become contaminated. INERTEEN INSULATING FLUID If it is necessary to refill them for storage, drums which have been used only for dean, dry Inerteen should be reserved for this purpose. They should be closed immediately after being amptied, to ex clude dirt and water. After refilling, they should be examined to see that they do not leak. Whenever a drum is to be filled with Inerteen, the temperature of the drum and of the Inerteen should be at least 5.5C. (10*7.) higher than the air, but the temperature of the drum need not be the same as that of the Inerteen. A new washer should be used with the bung each time the drum is refilled, to insure a tight seal. These washers may be obtained from the nearest Westinghouse Office and it is recommended that a supply be kept on hand. Natural rubber composi tion washers should newer be used as they would be attacked by the Inerteen. Drums to be refilled with Inerteen for storage shouldbe plainly markedwith paint for identification. SAMPLING AND INSPECTION A good fireproof insulating liquid is one that will act as an insulating liquid, will carry the heat away from the apparatus, and is fireproof. Westinghouse Inerteen meets these requirements with the follow ing characteristics: 1. High dielectric strength. 2. Freedom from inorganic acid, alkali, and cor* rosive sulphur. (To prevent injury to insula tion and conductors) 3. Low viscosity. (To provide good heat transfar) 4. Low pour point. 5. Fireproof. CAUSES or DETERIORATION The principal causes of deterioration of Inerteen are: 1. Presence of water. 2. Ardng. Condensation from moist air due to breathing of the apparatus, especially when the apparatus is not continuously in service, may injure the Inerteen. (The moist air drawn into the apparatus condenses moisture on the surface of the Inerteen and inside of the tank.) The Inerteen may also be contaminated with water through leakage such as irom^eaky cool ing coils or covers. Arcing or burning in Inerteen produces finely divided carbon and gases which are mostly hydro gen chloride. Hydrogen chloride in the presence of moisture forms hydrochloric add which may soon damage the in the apparatus and cause rusting of ferrous materials. Since hydrogen chloride is formed quickly after the arcing occurs, neither the Inerteen nor the apparatus should be exposed to the atmosphere (which always contains more or leu moiAure) until an attempt has been made to remove the hydro gen chloride. See Reconditioning, Page 7, for the method of purification. SAMPLING INERTEEN The dielectric strength of Inerteen is affected by the most minute traces of certain impurities, partic ularly water. It is important that the greatest care be taken in obtaining the samples and in handling them to avoid contamination. There have been low di electric test results reported from the field which, upon investigation, have been found to be largely a matter of carelessneu in handling. All sampling and testing equipment must be thoroughly dry and clean. It is recommended that sampling and testing equipment used for handling Inerteen and servicing Inerteen be used for no other purpose. Care must be used in taking samples of Inexteen and sealing them prior to testing. It is C022C324 5 desirable that samples oi Inartaan be r a o v * c from any rc o n t a i n on daar days only, and whan the temperature oi the Inartaan is at laast as high as tha temperature of tha surrounding air. Usa only tin containars with scrawad matal caps or glass bottlas with Inerteen-resistant stoppars to hold Inartaan samples. Ii it bacomas nacassary to usa othar than factory sampling containars, thay should ba rinsad with daan naphtha, washad with strong soap suds, and rinsad thoroughly in hot watar, and than driad at approzunataly 110*C. for four hours with nack down in a circulating air oven. Ii tha containars ara not usad immadiataly after daaning, thay should ba saalad tightly and storad in a dry, daan placa. Provision is mada on all Inartaan transionnars to obtain a top sampla of tha Inartaan, howavar on a txansforear that is in oparation, a sampla may ba takan from aithar tha top or bottom sinca any moistura praaant will ba misad in, dua to circula tion of tha Inartaan. In sampling, allow a small amount oi Inartaan to run out to flush tha sampling connaction daan bafora collacting tha sampla. Tha Inartaan should ba put into tha sampla containars immadiataly and tha cape scrawad on tightly. Tha Label for each container should ba marked dearly with tha serial number of tha transformer or com partment from which tha Inartaan was takan. Before taking from a storage tank, tha Inartaan should ba allowed to settle for approxi mately twelve hours so that if there is any moistura present, it, having a lower specific gravity, will rise to tha top where tha sampla is to ba takan. A daan sneak-thiei should ba usad to obtain the samples. Essentially, the same precautions to prevent mois ture and dirt contamination should be used as out* lined above. Qvaatity si Sample. It is recommended that one 16 ox. bottle of Inartaan be takan as a sample for tasting. At laast one sampla should ba takan from a **"k car of Inartaan. One sample may be taken from each drum, or if desired, a composite sample may be made from Inartaan from five drums, pro vided all of the drums are airtight. When the bung is first loosened, a hissing sound should be heard, which indicates that the drum has been airtight. Ii the test oi the composite sample is not satisfactory, a sample from each oi the drums represented should be tested. \ When drumj have been stored sxposed to the weather, a sample from each drum must be tested to determine ii it is suitable for usa. 6 PERIODIC INSPECTION It is desirable that periodic inspections oi Inartaan apparatus ba mada and that samples oi Inartaan ba takan from each and from all compartments oi any apparatus and tasted after a short panod oi service (approximately three months for transfor mers). Following this, whan operating conditions permit, routine sampling and tasting oi tha Inartaan at intervals oi six months to one year ara suggested. Accurate records should ba kept oi such inspec tions and tests and ii tha Inartaan shows a di electric strength oi leu than 22 kv, it should ba conditioned. If facilities ara not available for tasting Inartaan, sea ''Wastinghousa Inartaan Tast ing Sarvica" below, and also P.L 44-660. Whan an appreciable amount of Inartaan is removed from any apparatus, it should ba replaced with an equal amount of new Inartaan so that tha liquid laval in tha apparatus is maintained Tha Inartaan usad for replacement purposes should have * dielectric strength of not leu than 30 kv. ZNERTEEN TESTING SERVICE Many users of Inartaan do not have tha nacassary facilities for tasting it. In ordar that thaea usars may ba abla to make tha pariodie tasts recom mended, Waatinghousa Bactric Corporation has astahlishad an Inartaan tasting aarvica to provide a careful teat by experienced engineers, and a prompt report of test results. Two special 16 os. sampla bottlas par mailing container (W) S%1608 629, as wall u nacassary packing and printed matter, may ba obtained by contacting tha nearest Wastinghousa Ofhce. (Tha bottle and tha container will not ba returned to tha customer.) After drawing tha sampla of Inartaan, tha cus tomer shouldseal tha bottle and mail it to theWestinghouse Bactric Corporation, Plant Laboratory, Sharon, Pa. To simplify these details, an instruction and ordar sheet and a printed return label have bean included in tha carton container. Tha instructions cover tha taking oi tha sampla and its proper prep aration for mailing. The ordar sheaf must be gent to the nearest Westinghouse Office. Whan samples oi Inartaan ara received for tast ing, thay ara sent to tha Plant Laboratory and tasted in accordance with methods described under 'Tast ing Methods," which follows and is part of this Instruction Book. In addition to dielectric tasts, Wastinghousa is also prepared to make a physical and chemical ex amination ii so requested. (Tha customer should plainly indicate tha type oi service desired.) C322C325 A N D I N S P E C T I O N __ * The phytic*! *ad chemical examination consists oi *a examination ol the Inerteen by * coinpatent chemist. Recommendations will be made as to the suitability ol the Inerteen for continued use, whether it would be desirable and economical to dean it, and in a general way, the preferred method oi dean* ing. In submitting samples for this service, the INCHTEEN INSULATING FLUID history of the Inerteen>represented should be given as completely as possible.' Power factor test of Inerteen at 60 cycles can be made. (For details refer to the nearest Westinghouse Office.) CHARACTERISTICS AND RECONDITIONING CHARACTERISTICS Inerteen is chemically stable. It is straw-yellow in color. It is not affected by reaction with other materials regularly used in the manufacture oi Inerteen apparatus. It is non-oaddizing and non* corrosive at temperatures considerably above those normally obtained in Inerteen apparatus. Inerteen will not sludge under any operating condition. The dielectric strength oi Inerteen will compare favorably with that of insulating oil when tested under the same conditions. Quality samples oi Inerteen tested under laboratory conditions may show a dielectric strength in excess oi 40 hr. Care must be exercised in handling and testing Inerteen. Inerteen must be kept in dean, sealed containers to prevent Iocs by evaporation or contamination by moisture or dirt. Inerteen exerts a strong solvent action on most varnishes, gums, and paints. Such materials are not used in the construction of Inerteen apparatus. No materials should be used in Inerteen apparatus except those approved by the Westinghouse Dectric Corporation. Inerioen has an. irritating affect upon the slon. If it is necessary to handle it, see the caution note under Receiving, Storing, and Handling. (See Page 3.) It should be remembered that mineral oil is completely miscible with Inerteen; in fact, it is practically impossible to separate mineral oil and Inerteen. Specific Characteristics of Inerteen. As outlined in "Method of Testing Askarels A.S.T.M. D901-49T", the specific characteristics of Inarteen are: 1. Bum point: None 2. Chemical stability: No generation of free chlorides undernormal operating conditions 3. Color: (Maximum) 150 .P.H. 4. Condition: Clear 5. Dielectric constant: At 1000 cycles 7 77 (25*C), 4.0 to 4.3 At 1000 cycles 2127 000*0, 3.5 to 3.8 6. Dielectricstrength: (Minimum)7 7 7 (25C) At point of shipment, 35 kv At point of receipt, 30 kv 7. Electrical resistivity: (Minimum) 100 x 10* ohms/cm3 (2127 (100*C) at 500 volts d-c) 8. Fixed chlorine content: (Minimum) 59.1 percent 9. Free chlorides: Less than 0.10 ppm 10. Neutralisation number: Leu than 0.010 mg. ol NaOH/gram. 11. Pour point: (Maximum) minus 25.67 (minus 32*C) 12. Refractive index At 7 77 (25*0,1.6137 to 1.6157 13. Spcifi gravity: (Minimum) At 6 0 7 / 6 0 7 (15.5*C/15.S*C), 1.560 14. Viscosity: (Maximum) At 1007 (37.8*0, 54 seconds RECONDITIONING Inerteen P.D.S. 7336-S has an improved char acteristic so that, when arcing occurs, the in sulating materials are not so quickly or so greatly Reconditioning will be. necessary to remove water, dirt, and hydrogen chloride which may be present and contaminating the Inerteen. impaired as a result of the liberation of hydrogen The blotter filter press and the Iierteen condi*. 1 chloride. Inerteen 7336-7, which was supplied in tioner (both of which will be explained later in this Inerteen transformers previous to September 1,1945, book under "Apparatus for Reconditioning") will can easily be converted to 7336-9 Inerteen. For remove water and d:*t deposits which may be pres i. complete information on this conversion, request ent. Of the two methods, the Inerteen conditioner Engineering Data Letter No. 1337-A from any West is the most effective in removing these two contam inghouse Electric Corporation Office. inating agents. Any equipment used for filtering ; ), C022C326' 7 J (\ Inerteen should first be thoroughly deaaed with benzine or naptha. Every trie of any materiel foreign to Inerteen must be removed. If at all pos sible separate equipment should be used for filtermg Inerteen only. Hydrogen chloride, caused by arcing, may be eliminated by vigorously bubbling dry nitrogen through the Inerteen. The nitrogen should be passed through the drain valve at the bottom of the appara tus and allowed to escape through a vent at the top. The nitrogen should be discharged through a pressure regulator attached to a stand pipe above the level of the Inerteen in the apparatus to prevent the Inerteen irom flowing into the regulator.: The nitrogen should be bubbled through the Inerteen at a rate of one to three cubic feet per minute for a period of four to six hours. This will require from two to eight cylinders (220 eu. ft. each) of dry nitrogen, based on apparatus containing 150 to 2000 gallons of Inerteen. Immediate application of the bubbling process will reduce the destructive action of the hydro chloric acid on the working parts and insulation, thereby making it likely that the materials not dam aged by arcing may be usod in repairing the appa ratus. Also, use of the process will in most cases make it possible to satisfactorily reclaim the arced Inerteen. After the hydrogen chloride has been removed by the' bubbling process, the Inerteen should be reclaimed by use of an Inerteen conditioner. There is no commercially suitable method for separating transformer oil from Inerteen. TESTING METHODS Instructions for all tests listed correspond in gen eral to the recommendations of the American Society for Testing Materials. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH TEST Apparatus. The testing transformer and the source of supply of energy shall net be less than V& leva, and the frequency shall not exceed 100 cycles per second. Regulation shall be so controlled that the high tension testing voltage taken from the secondary of the testing transformer can be raised gradually without opening either primary or second ary circuit. The rate of rise shell approximate 3000 volts per second. The voltage may be measured by an approved method which gives root-mean-squere values. Some protection is desirable to prevent exces sive flow of current when breakdown of the Inerteen takes piece. This protection preferably should be in the primary or low voltage-side of the testing transformer. It if not especially impfriant for trans formers of 5 kva or less, as the'currant is limited by the impedance of the transformer. - The standard fast cup for biding the sample of Inerteen shall be made of e material having a suit able dielectric strength. It must be insoluble in end unattached by Inerteen or gasoline, end non-absorb ent as far as moisture, Inerteen, or gasoline ere concerned. v The electrodes in the test cup between which the sample is tested shall be circular discs of pelished brass or copper, 1 in. in diameter, with square (90*) edges. The electrodes shall be mounted in the test cup with their axes horizontal and coincident, with e gep of 0.100 in. between their adjacent feces, end with tops of electrodes about V/i m- below the top of the cup. (A suitable test cup is shown in Figl 1, and portable testing outfits in Figs. 2, 3, end 4.) PROCEDURE The spacing of electrodes shall be checked with e standard round gauge having e diameter of 0.100 in., end the electrodes then locked in position. _ The electrodes end the test cup shall be wiped dean with dry, calendered tissue paper or with a dean, dry chamois skin and thoroughly rinsed with Inerteen-free, dry gasoline or benzine until they are entirely free from fibers. The test cup shall be filled with dry, lead-free gasoline or benzine, end voltage applied with uni formincrease at the rate of approximately 3000 volts (rms) per second until breakdown occurs. If the di electric strength is not less then 25 kr, the cup shall be considered in suitable condition for testing the Inerteen. If e lower test value is obtained the cup shall be deaned with gasoline and the test repeated. Note: Evaporation of gasoline from the electrodes may ch ill them sufficiently to cause moisture to condense on their surface. For this reason,' after the final rinsing with gasoline, the test cup should be immediately filled with the Inerteen which is being tested, and *he test made at once, or the electrodes should\ be thoroughly dried before using. 8 0022C3 2 7 , The temperature of the test cup and of the Inerteen when tested shall be the same as that of the room, which should be between 68F and 86F. (20'C and 30C.) Testing at lower temperatures is likely to give variable results which may be mis* leading. ?' The sample in the container shall be agitated with a swirling motion (to avoid introducing air) to as to mix the Inerteen thoroughly before idling the test cup. This is even more important with used Inerteen than with new Inerteen as the impurities may be precipitated and the test may be misleading. The cup shall be idled with Inerteen to a height of no less than 0.79 in. (20mm) above the top of the electrodes. The Inerteen shall be gently agitated by rocking the cup and allowing it to stand in the cup for three minutes before the first and one minute before eaeh succeeding puncture. This will allow air bubbles to escape. Voltages shall be applied and increased uni formly at a rate of approximately 3000 volts (rms) per second until breakdown occurs as indicated by a continuous discharge across the gap. (Occasional momentary discharges which do not result in a per manent arc may occur; these should be disregarded.) FIG. 1. Fluid T t Cup for Dielectric TWt TESTS a- Except as specified in (b) one breakdown test shall be made on each of five fillings of the test cup. If the average deviation from the mean exceeds 10 percent or if any individual test deviates more than 25 percent from the average, additional tests shall be made. The dielectric strength shall be deter mined by averaging the first five tests that conform to the allowable variations. fe. When Inerteen is tested in considerable quan tity, to that the time required for testing is excessive and when it is merely desired to determine whether the breakdown safely exceeds the limit specified, or in those cases where the amount of Inerteen avail able for test may be very limited, one breakdown test shall be made on each of two fillings of the test cup. If neither breakdown is below this value, the Inerteen may be considered satisfactory and no further tests shall be required. If either of the breakdowns is less than the specified value a break down shall be made on each of three additional fillings end test results analyzed in accordance with (a). Report. The report shall include the volts (rms value) at each breakdown and the average of the two or five breakdowns and the temperature of the Inerteen at the time of the test. H e . 2. Portable Oil Testing Set. Yl Kva, 35,000 Volta FOUR TEST Note: The procedures covered by the following instructions for the pour test, and especially the neufro/izofion test, require spec- C022C320 9 aJ equipm ent. The neutralization text must be made by a competent chemist, preferably one specialism g in this partie ular field. Customers who do not possess these facilities are offered, at nominal cost, the use of the Westinghouse Inerteen Testing Service. Contact the nearest Westinghouse Office for details. The pour point oi Inerteen is the lowest temper* sture et which it will pour or flow when it is chilled without disturbance under certain definite specified conditions. Apparatus. The test jar (see Fig. 4) shell be deer glass, of cylindrical shape, approximately l Vi in. inside diameter and 4I/2 to 5 in. high, with a flat bottom. An ordinary 4 oz. Inerteen sample bottle may be used if the test jar is not available. The cork shall fit the test jar, and shall be bored centrally to accommodate the test thermometer. The thermometer shall conform to A.S.T.M. spec* ifications for pour test. It may be ordered as: A.S.T M. thermometer low doud and pour, *70F (--56.78C) to 7 0 ? (+21.1#C). The jacket shall be of glass or metal and be watertight, of cylindrical fora, flat bottomed, about 4V2 ia* deep, with inside diameter in. greater than outside diameter of the test jar. A disc of cork or felt Viin. thick and of the same diameter as the inside oi the jecket kali be placed in the bottom of the jacket. The ring gasket shall be about in. thick, made to fit snugly around the outside oi the test jar and loosely inside the jacket. This gasket may be made of cork, felt, or other suitable material, elastic enough to ding to the test jar and hard enough to hold its shape. The purpose of the ring gasket is to prevent the test jar from touching the jacket. The cooling bath shall be of a type suitable for obtaining the required temperature. The dze and shape of the bath are optional but a support suitable for holding the jaeket firmly in a vertical position is essential. For determination of very low pour points, a smaller insulated cooling bath may be used and the test jar placed directly in it The required bath temperature may be maintained by refrigeration if available, otherwise by suitable freezing mixtures. n C . 3. Portt! Trunk Typo Insulating Liouid and Insulating Tasting Sat, 5 Ka. 30,000/60,0(X) Volts 10 Procedure. The Inerteen to be tested shall be brought to a temperature at least 25?. (14*C.), above the approximate doud point. Moisture, if present shall be removed by any suitable method, as by filtration through dry filter paper until the Inerteen is perfectly dear. (Such filtration shall be made at a temperature at least 25?. (14*C.), above' the approximate doud point.) The Inerteen shall be poured into the test jar, to a height of not less than 2 in. or more than 2Vi in. When necessary, the Inerteen shall be heated in a watar bath just enough so It will pour into the test jar. The test jar shall be tightly dosed by the cork carrying the test thermometer in a vertical position in tbs centsr of ths jar; the thermometer bulb should be immersed so that the beginning of the capillary shall be Vl io- below the surface oi the Inerteen. Heat without stirring to a temperature d 115F. (4.1*C.) in a bath maintained at not highar than 118?. (47.8aC.). The Inerteen shall then be cooled to 90?. (32.2*C.) in air or in a water bath approxi mately 77?. (25C.) in temperature. The cork or felt disc shall be placed in the bottom of the jacket and the test jar, with the ring gasket, 1 in. above the bottom, shall be inserted into the jacket. The disc, gasket, and inside oi jacket shall be dean and dry. e c 2 :c 2 2 ? During th* cooling of lb Inerteen, c m shall oe taken not to disturb the mass of th* Inerteen nor to permit th* thermometer to shift in th* Inerteen. Th* temperature of the cooling bath shall be adjusted so that it is below the pour point--approxi mately *25.6F (-32'O --of the Znerteen by not less than lST. (8.3C) nor more than 30F. (16.7#C), and th* cooling bath shall be maintained at this temperature throughout the test. Th* jacket con taining the test jar shall be supported firmly in a vertical position in th* cooling bath so that not more than 1 in. of the jacket projects out of the cooling medium. Beginning at a temperature 20*F. (11.1"C.J above th* expected pour point, at each lower test-thermom eter reading which is a multiple oi 5F. (2.8` C), the test jar shall be removed from the jacket care fully and shall be tilted just sufficiently to ascertain whether there is a movement of th* Inerteen in th* test jar. The complete operation of removal and replacement shall require not more than three sec onds. As soon as th* Inerteen in th* test jar does not flow when the jar is tilted, the test jar shall be f lG . 4. Apparatus for Pour T e t held in a horixontal position for exactly five seconc as noted by a stop watch or other accurate' Wwidevice, and observed carefully. If th* Inertee: shows any movement under these conditions, th* test jar shall be immediately replaced in th* jacke and th* same procedure repeated at th* next tem peratur* reading 5*F. (2.8C.) below the previou: reading. The test shall be continued in this manner until c point is reached at which the Inerteen in the tes jar shows no movement when the test jar is held iz a horizontal position for exactly five seconds. The reading of the test thermometer at this temperature corrected for error if necessary, shall be recorded Th* pour point shall be taken as the temperature 5*F. (2.8*C.) above this solid point. NEUTRALIZATION TEST The Neutralization Number is the number oi milligrams of potassium hydroxide required to neu tralize the add in one gram oi Inerteen. Solutions Required. a- Standard Potassium Hydroxide Solution (alco holic, 0.1 N)--add 6 g. of c.p. solid KOH to 1 liter oi e.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol Boil, add 2 g. of c.p. Ba (OH)j and boil again. Cool, filter and store in a chamically resistant bottle protected by a guard tube containing soda lime and soda asbestos (Ascent*). Standardize against pure potassium acid phthalate using phanolphthalein as an indicator. b. Titration Solvent--Add 500 ml. oi c.p. benzene and S ml of watar to 495 ml of c.p, anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. c. Alpha-Naphtholbaazein Indicator Solution-- Prepare a solution containing 10 g. of alpha-naptholbenxein per liter of e.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. Procedure. Into a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask introduce 40 g. of Inerteen weighed accurately. Add 100 ml of the titration solvent and 3 ml of the indicator solution. Titrata immediately at a tempera ture below 30*C. Consider th* end point definite if th* color change to green persists for 15 seconds. A blank shell be determined on th* solvent. Calculations. The neutralization number or mg. KOH per g. of Inerteen--(-A---B---(N--)-x--5-6--.1 A-m l KOH solution required for sample. B- ml KOH solution required for blank. N--normality oi KOH solution. W - grams of sample used. A*O ^ APPARATUS FOR RECONDITIONING There axe several types oi reconditioning appa- tion, incorporating the top screen for the inner Titus available, the relative advantages oi each of and the solid cover for the outer tank. The Inerteen which a as follows: is pumped into the lower space and is forced up 1. The Inerteen Conditioner is the most effective method oi removing moisture, dirt, end other con* laminating materials fxom Inerteen. 2. The filter press is suitable for treating Inerteen containing only small quantities of water and dirt. through the activated day, insuring thorough agita tion of the day and Inerteen. The Inerteen is passed through the fine mesh upper screen and out into the space between the two tanks. The discharge pipe is at the lower end of the outside tk and any air in the Inerteen is trapped in the upper space of INERTEEN CONDITIONER the outside tank where it may be drawn off. The Inerteen Conditioner consists of a day con* tainer, clay filter, a motor-driven positive pressure pump, attendant valves, gauges, and relief devices, all mounted on a common base. Since the density of Inerteen is considerably greater than that of water, moisture will float on the surface of the Inerteen. It is, therefore, considered advisable to condition Inerteen from the top and return it to the bottom oi the Inerteen filled appara The motor and pump are combined as a unit and tus. a strainer is provided on input to the pump to pre* vent entrance of large particles. The units are de signed to operate under working pressures up to 60 psi. However, the usual operating pressure is 30 psi to 40 psi. Excessive pressures are prevented by two automatic by-pass valves. One by-pass valve connected across the pump is set to by-pass the Inerteen at a pressure of 60 psi to 70 pci. The other by-pass valve is connected on the discharge side of the conditioner. This latter by-pass valve, releas ing at a pressure of approximately 5 psi, will avoid breaking the transformer relief diaphragm whan no other relief is provided. Pump pressures ere in dicated by a pressure gauge. One charge of day is composed of approximately 40 pounds of 15-30 mesh activated day. * This rela tively Urge vdume of day makes only occasional changes of day necessary, depending of course on the amount and condition of the Inerteen filtered. Normally one charge will condition approximately 3000 gallons of Inerteen. The coarse granulated day used gives surface contact between day and liquid and makes possible a rapid and thorough mixing of the day and Inerteen to accom plish complete reconditioning of the Inerteen as it passes through the day tank. The day granules are removed from the Inerteen by means of fine screen in the 3 GPM filter and by screen and paper Seven GPM Unit. The activated clay is con in the 7 GPM filter. tained in a tank mounted on one end of the filter frame. This tank is provided with a cover which incorporates an air-trap and vent to remove air which might be present in the tank and piping. The Inerteen is pumped up through the day, insur ing thorough agitation of the day and Inerteen. The The day never passes through the pump to cause wear on pump parts and consequent loss of pump ing capacity. As soon as the charge of activated day is pUced in the tank and the cover damped in pUce, the unit is ready for immediate use. Inerteen is passed through a wire screen prior to Neither clay nor filter paper can-be effectively entering the paper filter to remove practically all of dried of water after they have .nee become the clay. The paper filter consists of 18 frames and saturated with Inerteen. Therefore,-Extreme care 17 plates, alternately spaced, mounted in a yoke. should be taken to see that both day and filter paper One sheet of filter paper is used between each are thoroughly dried when pUced in the filter. plate and frame to provide a gasket seal and remove all traces of day from the Inerteen. (See Fig. 8) The day may be dried in a high temperature oven at 200 deg. C. for six hours and shallow pans Three GPM Unit. This unit utilizes two tanks, are preferred as containers for the day while drying. one within the other. The activated day is held A paper drying oven may be used if a High tempera in the inner tank by suitable screens at top And ture oven is not available, with a drying time ex bottom. The space below the inner tank is complete tended to approximately twenty-four hours at the ly sealed off from the rest of the space between the oven's highest temperature. The filter paper should two tanks. The cover is of double-deck construc be dried six to twelve hours at 85*C. to 100C,, Tihthhi ud cUtatr ManarfIraslla WmuiWmSA*im Flail 12 0 0 2 2 0 3 3 1 1 V tf ! FIG . 5. Three Gallon-par-Minute Conditioner depending on the condition of the paper and the spacing of tho shoots in tho oven. Both papor and day should bo placed directly in the filter after the drying process as either, if exposed, will absorb considerable moisture from the atmosphere in a ery short time. Each fresh charge of clay will absorb about three gallons of Inerteen. This should be provided for to prevent depleting the supply in the apparatus, but most of this Inerteen may be recovered when chang ing clay. This can be accomplished most effectively by re moving the used clay from the filter and placing it in a tank of approximately 30 gallons capacity con taining about 5 gallons of water. The tank should have a drain valve at its bottom edge and should be tilted somewhat toward this valve. The clay thus placed in water, having a greater affinity for water, will give up the Inerteen it has absorbed and become saturated with water. The Inerteen being heavier than water will sink to the bottom; the clay and water will float on top. After settling for several hours, most of the Inerteen may be drawn off through the valve. This Inerteen may be reconditioned and used again in recharging the conditioher. The used clay should be discarded. To Prepare the 7 6PM Conditions lor Operation. Remove the cover and screen from the INERTEEN INSULATING FLUID clay tank and fill the tank with activated clay. 4440-3, to within four inehes of the bottom edge of the inner flange. Replace screen and cover. Release the pressure-screw of the filter press and loosen plates and frames. Place one sheet of "B" size blotting paper between the face of each frame and plate. Care should be used to see that the holes thru the plates, frames and paper are in proper alignment before the pressure screw is tightened. Close the discharge, tank by-pass, drain, suc tion and suction-test valves. Open the air discharge valve. Pour sufficient Inerteen into the drip pan to fill the clay tank and wet the clay. This will require approximately eight gallons of Inerteen. Start the motor and open the drip pan valve a small amount so that not less than 5 minutes are required to fill the clay tank, saturating the clay with Inerteen. (If Iner teen is admitted too rapidly, it will tend to pack the clay into the top of the tank.) With the valve at the apparatus dosed, open the suction-test valve to subject the suction line to pressure and thus check it for leaks. Stop motor and close suction-test, air discharge, and drip pan valves. To begin conditioning Inerteen in Inerteen filled apparatus, open tbe apparatus valves. Open the conditioner discharge and suction valves. At inter vals open air discharge valve to allow trapped air to escape and doee when Inerteen starts to flow through valve. Open drip pan valve at intervals too, to remove Inerteen which may have dripped into the drip pen. When it is necessary to change the clay, first dose the valve in the suction line, dose the tank FIG . 6. Sevan Gallon*par.Minuta Conditioner CG22C232 13 inlet and outlet valves, open the tank by-pass valve, the drain valve And th* air vent valve to perail th* free Inerteen in th tank to drain into th lowr drip pan. Opn th drip pan valve and pump th Inrtn from th drip pan through th filter press. Shut down th motor and remove th day from th and refill with fresh day as previously described. To chang th filter or blotting papers, stop th motor and dose suction and discharg valves. Slow ly back off th pressure screw, permitting th Iaertn trapped in th frames to b rlasd gradually. Than back off th pressure screw completely, open up th* press and lt th surplus Inrtn drain from th papers. Replace th saturated papers with dan dry paper and tighten th press. & th system-seal is not broken, it will only b necessary to open tbe discharge and suction valves and atari the motor to resume conditioning the Inerteen. To Prepare tbe 3 6FM Conditioner for Operation. Remove the cover and screen from the day and fill the inner tank with activated day, 4440-3, to within four inches of the top. Replace screen and cover. Cloee the discharge and suction valves and open air discharge and drip pan valves about % open. Start motor and pour sufficient Inerteen into the drip pan to fill the day tank and wet the day. This will require approximately eight gallons. Not lsss than five minutes should be re quired to fill the day tank and saturate the day with Inerteen. With the valve at the apparatus dosed, open the suction-test valve to subject the suction line to pressure and thus check it for leaks. Stop motor and dose suction-test, air discharge and drip pan valves. To begin conditioning Inerteen, open apparatus valves, open the conditioner discharge and suction valves and start motor. At intervals open air discharge valve to let trapped air escape and does as soon as Inerteen flows from the valve. When it Is necessary to change the day, first stop motor and dose the valves in the suction and discharge lines. Remove discharge hose and open the discharge valve and tank drain valve to permit the Inerteen in the tank and discharge hose to drain into a container. After draining is complete, remove inner tank dump the day from the inner tank and refill with fresh day as previously described. The used day should be discarded. BLOTTO TXLTO PU SS The blotter filter press (See Fig. 7] is essentially .a number of sets of blotter filter papers in parallel, each set containing several thicknesses. The Iner teen is pumped through filter paper which absorbs the water and strains out the sediment. Other Classes of Service* Although there are other uses, such as deaning of low-viscosity insulat ing compounds, benzine, etc., it is recommended that a deaning device intended for Inerteen re conditioning should not he used lor other classes of work, due to danger of subsequent contamination of the Inerteen. Capacity. The capacity of the machines, with Inerteen pressure and filtering area fixed, depends on the viscosity of the Inerteen and its freedom from dirt. With fairly dean Inerteen at ordinary room temperature, th# capacity of the machines will vary from normal to about 15 percent above normal, de pending on the viscosity (which varies with the temperature). It has been found that the best results are obtained when the Inerteen temperature is about 50eC. The average working pressure of these machines is less than 40 psi end the pressure relief valve is set at the factory to by-pan the full flow at from 60 psi to 80 psi. Apparatus. -There are three standard sizes of Westinghouse filter presses: B-5, B-10, and A-30. The letter designates the si of filter paper; the number indicates the relative capacity in gallons per minute. The complete outfit consists of filterpress, motor,, strainer, pump, gas trap, pressure gauge, drip pan, wheels, and piping. The piping is arranged so the line can be tested for leaks under pressure. All machines are mounted on a fabricated structural steel frame. The drip pan can be removed by dis connecting one pipe coupling and four bolts. The strainer can be cleanedby disconnecting three holts. The pumps are of the helical-gear type to insure quietness and smooth flow of Inerteen. The A-30 pump is connected to the motor through flexible couplings. The B-5 and B-10 pumps a mounted directly on the rear motor bracket and driven through a helical reduction gear. The filter press proper is made up of a series of east iron plates and frames asmhled alternately, with the filter papers between them. By means of a screw and cast-iron end block, the plates, frames, end papers are forced tightly together. Rccept for a machined rim which serves as a joint to prevent the escape oi Inerteen, the pUtai ua cast with small pyramids on both surfaces. Tha platas and frames hava holas in two cornars and supporting lugs at tha sidat. Tha platas hava handlas east on tha top adge. Whan tha platas and frames ara assamblad with tha flitar papers between, tha holas form tha inlat and outlat. Tha frames hava tha holas in tha upper comar connected by small ducts to tha middle of tha frame. Tha platas have ducts leading from tha surface of tha plate to tha hole in tha lower corner. (Sea Fig. 8) Tha Inerteen enters under pressure at tha top corner through tha inlat formed by tha holas in tha frames, platas, and filter papers, flows into the frames through tha same duets, and completely fills tha chamber formed by tha frame and two sets of filter paper. As there ara no outlat duets in the frame, tha Inertaen is forced through tha paper and flows along tha grooves between tha rows of pyramids and out through tha ducts provided at tha lower comer of tha platas. Tha dry filter paper tabes up tha moisture and removes tha sediment from tha Inerteen. Operation. Tha filter press is made ready for operation by placing a sat of five sheets of filter paper (that have been thoroughly dried in an elec* trie oven) between each filter plate and frame. The holes in the filter paper must line up with the holes in the plates and frames. The sediment is strained out by the first layer of paper and the moisture is taken up by the capillary action of the paper. If any moisture remains, it indicates that the filter papers are saturated with moisture and should be renewed. No rule can be given as to how often the papers must be changed, as this depends entirely on the condition of the Inerteen. The usual proeedura is to run the machine for about half an hour (if the Inerteen is not in very bad condition) and then shut down; remove one sheet from the inlet side of each set and put in a new sheet on the outlet side of each set (The frame is the inlet side and the plate is the outlet side.) Frequent dielectric tests should be made during this procedure as wet Intrteen may necessitate recharging the filter press with a full set of papers before the five sheets have been removed in succession. The quickest method of filtering a quantity of Inerteen is to pump all the Inerteen through the filter and into another tank which is dean and dry. If care is taken to change the filter papers before they become saturated, the Inerteen will be dean and dry. If a second tank for holding the Inerteen inerteen insulating fluid FIG . 7. B*10 Slottar Flitar Praaa is not available, or if it is desired to filter the Inerteen of apparatus while it is in service, the Inerteen may be pumped from the top of the apparatus tank through the filter and returned to the bottom of the same tank under the surface of the Inerteen. This operation should be continued until the Inerteen in the apparatus tank shows a sufficiently high dielec tric strength. When a large quantity of Inerteen is tobe filtered, time may be saved by using two filter presus, one of which may be operated while the other is being recharged. Filtering through blotter filter papers does not materially reduce organic acidity or improve re sistance to emulsification, although the dielectric strength may be restored to e satisfactory value. The capacity of the filter press is much reduced when operating at low temperatures. When the laerteen has to be filtered at low tem peratures, an additional pump in the pipe line is desirable. Inerteen in apparatus contaminated by only a small amount of moisture may be reconditioned by drawing the Inerteen from the top of the apparatus tank, passing it through the filter press, and pump ing it beek into the bottom of the apparatus. The Inerteen should be put through the system until a sample drawn from the top of the apparatus gives satisfactory dielectric values. Blotter Filter Paper. The filter paper used is a special grade of blotting paper about .025 in. thick; it contains no coloring matter or chemicals which might injure the Inerteen. Five sheets cut to 002CC33* 15 -Ui* proper si, 12?/| in. square or the A tizas and 7% in. squar ior kh B -sizes, and with hols punchad to correspond with th holes in th plats and tramas, ai usd btwn ach pial and th adjacent tramas. To obtain th bast rasults in conditioning Inerteen, the paper must b perfectly dry whan first placed in th press. Filter paper always takes up n O . 8. Blotter nitor Proa Froxno Showing Blotter Filter Fepeie in Piece moisture if exposed to the air ior any length of'tia ' and for this reason ear must be used in handling, The standard paper is carried in packages' contain' ing one ream, carefully wrapped in waxed paper and covered with heavy wrapping paper. Dectxic Drying Owens. Electric drying ovens for use with Type A and Type B filter presses require 2000 watts and 1400 watts respectively. The interior of the ovens is provided with rods for supporting the filter paper to facilitate rapid and thorough dry* ing. An automatic thermostat having a range of 65C to 120C is provided for maintaining uniform oven temperature. The thermostat is adjusted at the factory for 100*C, the recommended value, and the getting marked,so that the operator may convenient* ly reset thermostat to 100"C if adjustment is changed. The standard thermostat-equipped oven is suit able for alternating current only. Ovens to operate on direct current are special and are equipped with a thermometer and a manually operated three-heat switch. By moving one rod, the Type A oven-can be used for drying Type B paper. v The normal capacity of the:Type A oven is 240 sheets and the Type B oven is 180 sheets when spaced Vi inch apart. \t 16 C G 2 3 C 3 3 5  ~fc-l I Ow 0 / Instructions for 1NERTEENInsulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 KA A / * * * f ,4r , * t't , * v* ' 500537 Westinghouse Electric Corporation Power Transformer Division, Sharon, Pa. j/5 . < .r * i .o o C f . : . 1..1- J .. tt Westinghouse E xh ib it 6 IHERTEEN* INSULATSKG FLUID P.D.S. 54201KA Inerteen is a synthetic non-inflammable and non-explosive insulating and cooling liquid. It has proved its suitability ior use in all Westinghouse Inerteen insulated apparatus. In order to insure the proper performance of the apparatus, only Westinghouse Inerteen should he used. This publication gives the instructions ior handling, inspection, and maintenance which experience has shown are important in obtaining the best service from the Inerteen. * Registered trade-mark ior Westinghouse Askarel. 500538 ( l * Ineriteli is shipped in tank cars, drums, or cans. The modem tank can are usually lagged to prevent rapid fluctuLticas in temperature during transit and thus reduce the amount oi expansion and contract ion of Inerteen. Changes In the volume of the Inerteen due to temperature changes tend to cause breathing in of moist air resulting in condensation of moisture inside the container, and lowering of the dielectric strength of the Inerteen. When shipped in drums, the Inerteen and the drums are both heated above room temperature while the drums are being filled, and the bungs are tightened immediately after filling. After cool ing to normal temperature, the bungs are again tightened. The drums are provided with screw bungs having gaskets to prevent admission of water. When shipped in cans, the cans as well as the Inerteen are heated above room temperature while being filled -_= a:: hermetically sealed immediate ly after filling. STORING Drams. As seen as a drum ci,Inerteen has been unloaded, the bung should be examined and tight ened if it is loose. It is possible for bungs to become loosened by change in temperature or rough hand ling in transit. If loosened, be sure Inerteen is tested before using, or combining it with good .Inerteen. ' :v ! f- : T. - It is very desirable that fcerieen in drums be stored in a closed room. Outdoor storage of nerten is always hazardous io the fcerteen and should be avoided if at all possible. If it is necessary to store Inerteen outride, protection against direct contact of rain and snow should be provided. Drums stored outdoors should be placed so that bungs will be protected from moisture. It is desirable to cover the drums with a tarpaulin. Cans C * containing ' Inerteen must not be exposed to the weather. Seals should be kept intact until the Inerteen is actually needed. . Screw caps are provided on the cans to use waei the Inerteen is only partially removed after hermetic seal has been broken. By replacing the screw caps contamination by moisture and dirt will be retarded but the Inerteen must be tested just before using Storage Tank. The storage *-> should zt mounted on piers so that if will not touch the griurd and will be accessible to all points for inspe no; for leakage. It is desirable to maintain the temperature of ids Inerteen and tank a little above the temperature c the surrounding, air as this prevents coadeusaticci moisture in the tank which would affect the electric strength of the Inerteen. The tank should preferably have a convex bettom allowing for the installation of a drain cock at th< lowest point for removing dirt or t*-* scale whic: might settle out As Inerteen is heavier water most all of any water present will, in time rise tr ih top of the Inerteen. A valve somewhere near ih normal top level of the Inerteen should be provide: for drawing off water-contaminated Inerteen. ?rr vision for drawing off the Inerteen should also b made near the bottom of the tank. 500539 HANDLING Caution: Inerteen is. a skin irritant, Ur. 'necessary contact with the liquid or its vapo: particularly when it is hot, should be avoid ec Especially the eyes, nose, and lips ere eifecte when Inerteen comes in contact with the-- Certain safety precautions must be observe when handling Inerteen. In case Inerteen comes in contact with the rlri: the parts affected should be thoroughly washed: i soapy water and followed by an application c cold cream. A supply of these materials shod be kept available at all* times where persons are worldng with Inerteen. Continued exposur may eause eruptions on certain individuals cu to the absorption of Inerteen through the pc* RECEIVING, HANDLING, STORi. A f the kin. Ge onlineis among worlonen kindling erieen is a very good safeguard against sueh effects. Application of castor oil Is recommended for the eyes, castor oil or eold cream for the nose and lips. Hot apparatus should notbe opened except in well*ventilated places. Large quantities of Inerteen should be handled in a closed system. Workmen should be protected from frequent contact with any appreciable vapor concentration and from frequent sltin contact with Inerteen. In case Inerteen is spilled on one's clothing, the clothing should be changed as soon as possible and the soiled clothing laundered before it is won again. Gloves such as Westiachouse S#1309 974 should be worn when it is necessary to put one's hand into Inerteen or when parts of apparatus must be handled wet. Mineral oil is completely miscible with Inerteen and it is practically impossible to separate them. Therefore, it is important to avoid contaminating Inerteen with any land of oil, since its presence changes the non-inflammable and non-explosive f acieristics of Inerteen. /Vofe; The Inerteen sh ou ld be sa m pled and tested b e fo r e b ein g transferred from the con tainer to the apparatus, particularly in ca ses where he wire lo ck -sea l as b een broken. In ca ses where the apparatus is rece/ved with the nerteen in sta lled , the Inerteen should b e s on* cled and te sie d before the apparatus is p u t into rervice, as d e scr ib e d la ter in this book. When putting new apparatus into service, see hat the apparatus tank is free from moisture and areign material. Although the drums and tank cars are thoroughly cashed and dried at the refinery before filling, a ertain amount of scale is sometimes loosened from ze inside in transit. Therefore, Inerteen which has ot been filtered should be strained through three or :ore thicknesses of muslin, or other closely woven ottoa cloth which has been thoroughly washed and ried to remove the siring. The straining cloths may e stretched across a funnel of large sue and should 3 renewed at frequent intervals. . portant: Extreme precautions must be Jsen to insure the absolute dryness and eanliness of the apparatus before filling it ith Inerteen, and to prevent the entrance of ater and dirt during the transfer of the Ineren to the apparatus. The preparation and filling of outdoor apparatus should preferably be done on a dear, dry day; ii this is not possible, protection against moisture must be provided. All vessels used for transferring the Inerteen should be carefully inspected to see that they are absolutely dry and free from contamination. Important: Always use all-metal hose or pipe when handling the Inerteen. A hose made of natural rubber should not be used. Inerteen an easily become contaminated from the sulphur in the natural rubber, and should not be allowed to come in contact with it. When it is necessary to transfer Inerteen from warm surroundings toapparatus exposed toextreme ly eold weather, even when the dielectric strength at room temperature is high, it is desirable to cir culate the Inerteen through an Inerteen conditioner at zoom temperature. A procedure is V? advisable in the case of apparatus erected inside end later exposed to cold weather, the reason being that Inerteen will absorb more water at higher temperatures which will he thrown out of solution at lower temperatures. The remainder will be in suspension in the Inerteen and will lower the di electric strength. A drum of cold Inerteen when taken into a warm room will "sweat", and the resulting moisture on the surface may mix with the Inerteen as it flows from the drum. Before hrealang the seal, the drum should therefore be allowed to stand long enough to reach room temperature, which may require eight hours, or even longer under extreme temperature condi tions. 500540 Cleaning Contaminated Drums. The clean ing of drums which have contained used Inerteen requires great care in order to insure a thoroughly dean drum. - It is p refera b le to return s u c h drums to the supplier where adequate clea n in g fa cilities are available, rather than to attem pt to clean them. If it is necessary to dean such drums, the following procedure is recommended: Rinse the drum thoroughly with gasoline or ben zine, using about one gallon each time, until the solvent shows no discoloration after using. Allow it to drain, then pump out the last traces of solvent with a vacuum pump, using a brass pipe flattened at the lower end to explore the comers of the drum. RECEIVING, HANDLL , STORING, f* Caution: Do net uia a steel pip )eetttii of the danger of a spark Igniting the gasoline or benzine vapor. Next, boat the drum with bungbcle down, fa a ventilated even at a temperature of at least 66*C. (190*F.) foz sixteen hoars. (A simple oven for this purpose sa y be made from sheet metal and heated with steam or an electric heater.) Blow out the drum with dry nitrogen or dry air to remove any linger lng explosive vapors. Screw the hung on tightly before removing the drum tram the oven. Use a sew washer with the bung to insure a tight seal. * Caution: Open flames must always be kept away from the oven to prevent igniting in flammable gases which might be remaining in drum when placed in the oven. Refilling Drums. The practice of refilling drums with Inerteen is undesirable and should he avoided whenever possible, for unless the utmost precautions ore taken, the Inerteen is likely to become contaminated. Xf it Is necessary to refill them for storage, drums which have been used only for dean, dry Inerteen should be reserved for this purpose. They shedo be elosed immediately after being emptied, to ordude dirt and water. After refilling, they should fee examined to see that they do not leak. Whenever a drum is to he filled with Inerteen, the temperature of the drum and of the Inerteen should be at least 5.5*C. (10T.) higher than the air, but the temperature of the drum need not be the same as that of the Inexteen. A new washer should be used with the hung each time the drum is refilled, to insure a tight seal. These washers may be obtained from the nearest Westinghouse Office and it is recommended that a supply be kept on band. Natural rubber composi tion washers should s e v e r he used as they would be attacked by the kiertees. Drums to be refilled with Inerteen for storage shouldbe plainlymarked with paint for identification. A good fireproof insulating liquid is one that will act as an insulating liquid, will carry the heat away hen the apparatus, and is fireproof. Westinghouse Inerteen meets these requirements with the follow ing characteristics: 1. High dielectric strength. 2. Freedom b aa inorganic acid, alkali, and cor rosive sulphur. (To prevent injury to insula tion and conductors) 3. Low viseosity. (To provide good heal transfer) 4. Low pour point * * , 5. Fireproof. CAUSES or DETERIORATION - The,principal causes of deterioration of Inerteen 1. Pi.sesc. o! witir. _ 2. Arcing. Condensation from moist air due to bre&tkitig of the apparatus, especially when the apparatus is not continuously in service, may injure the Inerteen. (The meist air drawn into the apparatus condenses moisture on the surface of the Inerteen and inside of the tank.) The Inerteen may also be contaminated with water through leakage such as from leaky cool ing coils or eoverx. Arcing or burning in Inerteen produces finely divided carbon and gases which are mostly hydro gen chloride. Hydrogen chloride in the presence of moisture forms hydrochloric acid which may seen damage the insulation in the apparatus and cause rusting of ferrous materials. Since hydrogen chloride is formed quickly aks.the arcing occurs, neither the Inerteen nor ths apparatus should be exposed to the aiaespher(whieh always contains more or less moisture until an attempt has been made to remove the hydregen chloride. See Reconditioning, Page 7, for the method of purification. SAMPLING INERTEEN The dielectric strength of Inerteen is affected by the most minute traces of certain impurities, partic ularly water. It is important that the greatest care be taken lri obtaining the samples and in handling them to avoid contamination. There have been low di electric test results reported from the field which, upon investigation, have been found to be large:*;' a matter of carelessness in handling. All sampling and testing equipment must he thoroughly dry and dean. It is recommended that sampling and testing equipment used for hardline Inerteen and servicing Inerteen be used for no other purpose. Care must be used in taking samples of Inerteen and sealing them prior to testing. It is ( AMPLING AND INSPECTION I arable that samples of Inerte be removed from any container on clear d ip only, and whan the emperature of tha Inerte is at least as high as the :emperature of the surrounding air. Use only tin containers with screwed metal caps sr glass bottles with Inerteen-resistant stoppers to sold Inerteen samples. If It becomes necessary to isa other than factory sampling containers, they ;hould be rinsed with clean naptha, washed with itrong soap suds, and rinsed thoroughly in hot vater, and then dried at approximately 110*C. for our hours with neck down in a circulating air oven. 1 the containers are not used immediately after leaning, they should be sealed tightly and stored n a dry, clean place. Provision is made on all Inerteen transformers to sbtain a top sample of the Inerte, however on a ransformer that is in operation, a sample may be ah from either the top*or bottom since any noisture present will be mixed in, due to circula ron of the Inerteen. In sampling, allow a small mount of Inerteen to run out to Hush the sampling ^finnection clean before collecting the sample. The een should be put into the sample containers mediately and the caps screwed on tightly. The abel for each container should be marked dearly *iih the serial number of the transformer or com mitment from which the Inerteen was Before taking samples from a storage tank, the eerie should be allowed to settle for appromaately twelve hours so that if there is any moisture resent, it, having a lower specific gravity, will rise 3 the top where the sample is to be taken. A dean aeak-thief should be used to obtain the samples.ssentially, the same precautions to prevent mois;re and dirt contamination should be used as outned above. Quantity of Sample It is recommended that ae 16 ox, bottle of Inerte be taken as a sample for -sting. At least one sample should be taken from tank car of Inerteen. One sample may be taken om each drum, or if desired, a composite sample ay be made from Inerteen from five drums, proded all of the drums are airtight. When the bung first loosened, a hissing sound should be heard, ":d: indicates that the drum has been airtight. If est of the composite sample is not satisfactory, a mplo from eaeh of the drums represented should ) tested. When drums have been stored exposed to the rather, a sample from each drum must be tested determine if it is suitable for use. PERIODIC INSPECTION It is desirable that periodic inspections of Inerte apparatus be made and that samples of Inerte be taken from each and from all compartments of any apparatus and tested after a short period of service (approximately three months for transfor mers). Following this, when operating conditions permit, routine sampling and testing of the Inerteen at Intervals of six months to one year are suggested. Accurate records should be kept of such inspec tions and tests and if the Inert# shows a di electric strength of less than 22 lev, it should be conditioned. If facilities are not available for testing Inerteen, see "Westinghouse Inerte Test ing Service" below, and also F.L. 44-860. When an appreciable amount of Inerteen is removed from any apparatus, it should be replaced with an equal amount of new Inerteen so that the liquid level in the apparatus is maintained. The Inerte used for replacement purposes should have a dielectric strength of not less than 30 kv. INERTEEN TESTING SERVICE Many users of Inerteen do not have the necessary facilities*for testing it In order that these users may be able to make the periodic tests recom mended, Westinghouse Electric Corporation has established an Inerteen testing service to provide a careful test by experienced engineers, and a prompt report of test results. Two special 16 oz. sample bottles per mailing container (W) SX 1608 629, as well as necessary packing and printed matter, may be obtained by contacting the nearest Westinghouse Office. (The bottle d the container will not be returned to the customer.) After drawing the sample of Inerteen, the cus tomer shouldseal thebottle andmail ii totheWesting houseQectrieCofporation, PlantLaboratory, Sharon, *Pa. To simplify these.details, an instruction and order sheet and a printed return label have been included in the carton container. The instructions cover the taking of the sample and its proper prep aration for mailing. The order sheet must be sect to the nearest Westinghouse O ffice. When samples of Inerte are received for test ing, they are sent to the Plant Laboratory and tested in accordance with methods described under 'Test ing Methods," which follows and is part of this Instruction Book. In addition to dielectric tests, Westinghouse is also prepared to make a physical and chemical ex amination if so requested. (The customer should plainly indicate the type of service desired.)- N IA SAMPLING ANS INSPECTION, Tli physical and chemical examination consists ef an examination of the Inerteen by a competent chemist Recommendations will be &ade u to the suitability of the Inerteen for continued use, whether ii would be desirable and economical to dean it, and in a general way, the preferred method of defin ing. In submitting samples for this service, the history of the Inerteea represented should be giver fis completely ai posable. Power factor test of Iaerteen at 60 cydes can h-made. (For details refer to the nearest Westinghouse Office.) Y CHARACTERISTICS 3. Colon (Maximum) 400 A.P.H. Inerieen is chemically stable. It is straw-yeQow In color. It is not affected by reaction with other materials regularly used in the' manufacture of Inerte- n apparatus. It is nen-omdixing and non- 4. Condition: Cleax 5. Dielectne constant: Ai 1000 cydes 77F (25*C), 4.0 t4.3 At 1000 cydes 212*F (100*0, 3.5 to 3.S corrcmre at temperatures considerably above those normally obtained in Iaerteen apparatus. Inerieen 6. Dielectric strengib: (Minimum) 77*F (25*0 At point of shipneat, 35 kv will not sludge under any operating condition. At point of rvceipt, 30 kr The dielectric strength of Inerieen will compare r favorably with that of insulating oil when tested - under the same conditions. Quality samples of Inerieen tested unde; laboratory conditions may show & dielectric strength in excess of 40kv. Care must be exercised in handling and testing Inerieen. Inerieen must be kept in dean, sealed containers to prevent loss by evaporation or contamination by 7. Qectrical resistlvity: (Mizumum) 100 x 10 ohms/cm3 (212*F (100C) ai SCO dis d-c) 8. Fixed chlorint content: (Minimum) 59.1 percent 9. Free ehlorides: Less tban 0.10 ppm 10. Neutralisation nuaber: Less than 0.014 mg. ci NaOH/ram. moisture or dirt. Inerieen exerts a strong solvent action o& most varnishes, gums, and paints. Such materials are not used in the constriction of Inerteen apparatus. No materials should be used in Inerteen apparatus except those approved by the Westinghouso Electric Corporation. -5 0 0 5 4 3 11. Four Point: (Maximum) minus 25.5F (minus 32*G) 12. Refractive index At 77*F (25*C), 1.6140 to 1.S160 13. Specific gravity: At 60T/60T (15.5*C/15.5*C), 1.513 to 1.526 14. Viscosity: 'Inerteen has an irritating effect upon the skin. At.l00*F (37.8*0, S6 seconds 2 .* If it is necessary to handle it, see the caution note 'under Receiving, Storing, and Handling. (See Page 3.) It should be remembered that mineral oil Is completely, miscible with Inerteen; in fact, ^St is practically impossible to separate mineral oil and Inerteen. _Specific Characteristics el Inerteen. As outlined in "Methc-d of Testing Askarels A.S.T.M. * RECONDITIONING Reconditioning will be necessary to remove water, dirt and hydrogen chloride which may be present and contaminating the Inerteen. The blotter filter press and the Inerteen condi tioner (both of which will be explained later in 'bis book under "Apparatus for Reconditioning") will D901," the specific rharacteristics of Inerteen are: remove water and dirt deposits which may be pres 1. Bum point: None 2. Chemical stability: No generation of free chlorides undernormal operating conditions ent. Of the two methods, the Inerteen conditioner is the most effective in removing these two contam inating agents. Any equipment used for filtering -( CHARACTERISTICS AND RECONDITIONING. Inerteen should tint be thoroughly deaned with bensne or naphtha. Every trace oi any material foreign to Inerteen must be removed. If at all pos sible separate equipment should be used for filter ing Inerteen only. Hydrogen chloride, caused by arcing, may be eliminated by vigorously bubbling dry nitrogen through Inerteen. The nitrogen should be passed through the drain valve at the bottom of the appara tus and allowed to escape through a vent at the top.. The nitrogen should be discharged through a pressure regulator attached to e stand pipe above the level of the Inerteen in the apparatus to prevent the Inerteen from flowing into the regulator. The nitrogen should be bubbled through the Inerteen at a rate oi one to three cubic feet per minute for a period of four to six hours. This will require from two to eight cylinders (220 cu. ft each) of dry nitrogen, based on apparatus containing 150 to 2000 gallons of Inerteen. Immediate application of the bubbling process will reduce the destructive action of the hydro chloric acid on the working parts and Insulation, thereby maldng it likely that the materials not dam aged by arcing may be used in repairing the appa ratus. Also, use of the process will in most cases make it possible to satisfactorily reclaim the arced Inerteen. After the hydrogen chloride has been removed by the bubbling process, the Inerteen should be reclaimed by use of an Inerteen conditioner. There is no commercially suitable method for separating transformer oil from Inerteen. TESTING ^ Instructions for all tests listed correspond in gen edges. The electrodes shall he mounted in the test eral to the recommendations of the American Society cup with their axes horizontal and coincident, with lor Testing Materials. a gap of 0.100 in. between their adjacent faces, and DIELECTRIC STRENGTH TEST ^with tops of electrodes about VA in. below the top of the cup. (A suitable test cup is shown in Fig. 1, Apparatus. The testing transformer and the and portable testing outfits in Figs. 2, 3 and 4.) source of supply of energy shall not be less than Vfc leva, and the frequency shall not exceed 100 cycles per seeond. Regulation shall be so controlled that the high tension testing voltage taken from the. secondary of the testing transformer can be raised gradually without opening either primary or second ary circuit. The rate of rise shall approrimate 3000 PROCEDURE The spacing of electrodes shall be checked .with a standard round gauge having a diameter of 0.100 in., and the electrodes then locked in position. The electrodes and the test cup shall be wiped volts per second. The voltage may be measured by an approved method which gives zoot-mean-square values. dean with dry, calendered tissue paper or with a dean, dry chamois skin end thoroughly rinsed with Inerteen-free, dry gasoline or benzine until they are Some protection is desirable to prevent exces entirely free from fibers. sive flow of current when breakdown of the Inerteen The test cup shall be filled with dry, lead-free takes place. This protection preferably should he gasoline or benzine, and voltage applied with uni in the primary or low voltage side of the testing . formincrease at the rate of approximately 3000 volts transformer. It is not especially important for trans (rms) per second until breakdown occurs. If the di formers of S leva or less, as the current is limited by \ electric strength is not less than 25 kv, the cup shall the impedance of the transformer. be considered in suitable condition for testing the Inerteen. If .a lower test value is obtained the cup The standard test cup for holding the sample of shall be deased with gasoline and the test repeated. Inerteen shall be made of a material having a suit- rable dielectric strength. It must be insoluble in and unattacked by Inerteen or gasoline, and non-absorb ent as far as moisture, Inerteen, or gasoline axe concerned. Note; Evaporation o/ g asolin e from the electrodes m ay c h ill them su fficien tly to cause - moisture to co n d en se on their surface. For this reason, after the fin a l rinsing with gasoline, the te st cup sh o u ld h e im m ediately f ille d with The electrodes in the test cup between which the the Inerteen w hich is being tested, a n d the test sample is tested shall he circular discs of polished made at once, or the electrodes should he brass or copper, 1 in. in diameter, with square (90*) thoroughly dried be/ore using. TESTING METHODS The temperature el the tail cup end ei the Iner teen when tested hall be the i& st as that of the room, which should he between 68*? end 86*?. (20*C and 30*C.) Testing at lower temperatures Is likely to give variable results which say he mis leading. The sample in the container shall he agitated with a swirling motion (to avoid introducing air) so as to mix the Inerteen thoroughly before filling tht test cup. This is erta more important with used Iner.een than with new Xnerteen as the impunti< map he precipitated and the test may he misleading. The cup shall be filled with Inerteen to a h&ici: ef no less than 0.79 in. (20 mm) above the top ci the electrodes. The Inerteen shall be gently agitated by recking the cup and allowing it to stand in the cup for three minutes before the first and one minute before each succeeding puncture. This will alow air bubbles to escape. ; *. _ ; Voltages shall be, applied and increased uniformly at a rate of approximately 3000 volts (ms) per second until breakdown occurs as indicted by a continuous discharge across the gap. (Occasional momenlary discharges which do not result in a per manent arc may occur; these should be disregarded). FIG. 1. Fluid T t Cup for D iiltctric ?*t TESTS a. Exsept as specified in (b) one breakdown test shall he made on each of five fillings of the test cup. If the average deviation -mthe mean exceeds 10 percent or if any individual :t*i deviates more ihan 25 percent from the average, additions! (mis auad be made. The dielectric strength shall be deter mined by averaging the Erri Eve tests that conform to the allowable variations. b. Vlhen In;. -.een is tested in considerable cumtty, so that the time required for testing is excessive and when it is merely desired to determine whether the breakdown safely exceeds the limit specified, c: in those cases where the amount of Inerteen avail able for test may be very limited, one breakdown ter shall be made on each of two fillings of the test cup. If neither breakdown is below this value, the Inerteen may be considered satisfactory and no further tests shall be required. If either of the -'breakdowns is less than the specified value a break down shall he made on each of three additional fillings and test results analyzed in accordance with (a). Report. The report shall include the volts (rms 'value) at each breakdown and the average ci the two or five breakdowns and the temperature c: th Inerteen at the time of the test. 500545 POUR TEST Noie: The procedures covered b y the follow in g instructions for the p ou r test, an d e s p e c o l- r..i l ____ j-- ---- ------- ` * TESTING METHODS, ( sent The neutralization test must be made by The jaeket shall be of glass or metal and shall bo a competent chemist, preferably one specials* watertight of cylindrical form, flat bottomed, about zing in this particular field. Customers who do 41/2 In. deep, with inside diameter V2 in. greater * not possess these facilities are offered, at than outside diameter of the test jar. nominal cost, the use of the Westinghouse *4 Inerteen Testing Service. Contact the nearest A disc of cork or felt Vi in. thick and of the same Westinghouse Office for details. diameter as the inside of the jacket shall be placed In the bottom of the Jacket The pour point of Inerteen Is the lowest temper ature at which it will pour or flow when It is chilled without disturbance under certain definite specified conditions. The ring gasket shall be about Xt'm- thick, made to fit snugly around the outside of the test Jar and . loosely inside the Jacket This gasket may be made of cork, felt or other suitable material, elastic Apparatus. The test Jar (see Fig. 4) shall be clear glass, of cylindrical shape, approarimately U/i in. inside diameter and 4^ to 5 in. high, with a flat enough to ding to the test Jar and hard enough to hold its shape. The purpose of the ring gasket is to prevent the test jar from touching the jacket bottom. An ordinary 4 oz. Inerteen sample bottle may be used if the test jar is not available. The cooling bath shall be of a type suitable for obtaining the required temperature. The size and The cork shall fit the test jar, and shall be bored centrally to accommodate the test thermometer. The thermometer shall conform to A.S.T.M. spec ifications for pour test. It may be ordered as: A.S.T.M. thermometer low cloud and pour, --70"F --56.7*0 to 70'F (+21.1*0. shape of the bath are optional but a support suitable for holding the Jaeket firmly in a vertical position is essential For determination of very low pour points, a smaller insulated cooling bath may be used and the test jar plaeed directly in it The required bath temperature may be maintained by refrigeration if available, otherwise by suitable freering mixtures. Procedure. The Inerteen to be tested shall be brought to a temperature at least 25*F. (14C.), above the approximate cloud point Moisture, if present shall be removed by any suitable method, as by filtration through dry filter paper until the Inerteen is perfectly dear. (Such filtration shall be made at a temperature at least 25F. (14C.), above the approximate cloud point.) The Inerteen shall be poured into the test jar, to a height of not less than 2 in. or more than 2% in. When necessary, the Inerteen shall be heated in a water bath just enough so it will pour into the test jar. The test jar shall be tightly dosed by the cork carrying the test thermometer in a vertical position in the center of th jar; the thermometer bulb should be immersed so that the beginning of the capillary shall be Vs Ih*below the surface of the Inerteen. v Heat without stirring to a temperature of 115F. (46.1*C.) in a bath maintained at not higher than 118*7. (47.8*C.). The Inerteen shall then be cooled to 90*F. (32.2*C.) in air or in a water bath approxi mately 77 F. (25 C.) in temperature. e The cork or felt disc shall be placed in the bottom of the jacket and the test jar, with the ring gasket, 1 in. above tbe bottom, shall be inserted into the Jacket. The disc, gasket, and inside of jacket shall be clean did dry. VESTING METHODS During tli# cooling of the Inerteen, ear ball bo taken sot to disturb tbo mass of tbo Inerteen aor to permit tbo tbcraoaotoi to shift ia tbo laortoon. Tbo temperature of tbo eoollng bath shall bo adjusted sc 0 it It Is below tbe pour pciat-- approxi mately *25.6T (-32*Q-- of tbo laertooa by aot lost than 15T. (S.3*C) aor more tbaa 30*?. (16.7*0)! and tbo cooling batb shall bo maintained at this temperature tbrougbout tbo toot Tbo Jacket con taining tbe test jar shall be supported firmly ia a vertical perinea la tbo cooling batb so that not aoro' tbaa 1 in. of tbo Jacket projects out of tbo cooling medium. " ' **' Beginning at a temperature 20*F. CM*C.) above lie expected pour point, at each lowe: :*st-thermem- eter reading which is a multiple ci 5*?. (2.8*C). tbe test Jar shall be removed from tbe Jacket care fully and shall be tilted Just sufficiently to ascertain whether there is a movement of tbe Inerteen in tbe test jar. Tbe complete operation of removal and replacement shall require not more than three sec onds. As socn as tbe Inerteen in tbo test Jar does not Sow when tbe Jar is tilted, tbe test Jar shall be held in a horizontal position for exactly five lecuadr as noted by a stop watch or other accurate timing device, and observed e&refully. If tbe Inerteen shows any movement under these conditions, the test jar shall be immediately replaced in tbe janre: and tbe same procedure repeated at tbe next tem perature reading 5*?. (2.8'C.) below tbe previous reading. Tbe test shall be continued in this manner y a point is reached at which tbe Inerteen in tbe test jar shows no movement when tbe test jar is held sn a horizontal position for exactly five second Tbe reading of tbe test thermometer at this temperature, corrected for error if necessary, shall be recorded. Tbe pour point shall be taken as tbe temperature 5 ?. (2.8 C.) above this solid point NEUTRALIZATION TEST Tbe Neutralization Number is tbe number of milligrams of potassium hydroxide required to neu tralize tbe add in one gram of Inerteen. e Solutions Required. a. Standard Potassium Hydroxide Solution (alco holic, 0.1 N)--add 6 g. of c.p. solid KOH to 1 liter of c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. Boil, add 2 g. ci c.p. Ba (OH)2 and boil again. Cool, filter and srere in a ehecmically resistant bottle protected by a guard tube containing soda lime and soca asbesios (Arcante). Standardize against pure petasriu- .ctid phthalate using phenolphthalein as an indica:?;. b. Titration Solvent--Add 500 ml. of c.p. benzec e and 5 ml of water to 425 mi of c.p. anhydrous isopropyl aleabel. c. Alphe-Naphtholbenzein Indicator Solution-- Prepare a solution containing 10 g. of alpha-napthclbeazein per liter ci e.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcabcL Procedure. Into a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask introduce 40 g. of Inerteen* weighed accurately. Add 100 ml of tbe titration solvent and 3 ml of ike indicator solution. Titrate immediately at a tempera ture below 30*C. Consider tbe end point definite If tbe color change to green persists for 15 seconds. A blank shall be determined on tbe solvent. Calculations. Tbe neutralization number or mg. _K_O_H per g. of. .Inert.een --(-A---B---(N^) x 56.1 i i i .'il PIG, 4. Apparmtus for Pour Toot A ml KOH solution required for sample. B ml KOH solution required for blank. Nmnormality of KOH solution. W grams of sample used. APPA RATU S rO R RECONDITIONING, APPARATUS FOR There ir i several types of reconditioning Appa ratus available, the relative advantages of each, of which are as follows; 1. The Inerteen Conditioner is the most affective method of removing moisture, dirt, and other con taminating materials from Inerteen. 2. The filter press is suitable for treating Inerteen containing only small quantities of water and dirt. XNERTEEN CONDITIONER The Inerteen Conditioner consists of a clay con tainer, day filter, a motor-driven positive pressure pump, attendant valves, gauges, and relief devices, ell mounted on a common base. The motor and pump are combined as a unit and a strainer is provided on input to the pump to pre vent entrance of large partides. The units are de signed to operate under working pressures up to 60 psi. However, the usual operating pressure is 30 psi to 40 psi. Excessive pressures are prevented by two automatic by-pass valves. One by-pass valve connected across the pump is set to by-pass the Inerteen at a pressure of 60 psi to 70 psi. The other by-pass valve is connected on the discharge side of the conditioner. This latter by-pass valve, releas ing at a pressure of approximately 5 psi, will avoid bredeng the transformer relief diaphragm when no other relief is provided. Pump pressures aro in dicated by a pressure gauge. Seven G?M Unit. The activated day Is con tained in a tank mounted on one end of the filter frame. This tank is provided with a cover which incorporates an air-trap and* vent to remove air which might be present in the tank and piping. The Inerteen is pumped up through the day, insur ing thorough agitation of the day and Inerteen. The Inerteen is passed through a wire screen prior to entering the paper filter to remove practically all of the day. The paper filter consists of 18 frames and 17 plates, alternately spaced, mounted in a yoke.' One sheet of filter paper is used between each plate and frame to provide a gasket seal and remove all traces of clay from the Inerteen. (See Fig. 8). Three GPM Unit. This unit utilizes two tanks, one within the other. The activated day is held in the inner tank by suitable screens at top and bottom. The space below the inner tank is complete ly sealed off bom the rest of the space between the two tanks. The cover is of double-deck construe- tion, incorporating the top screen for the inner and the solid eover for the outer tank. The Inerteen is pumped into the lower space and is forced up through the activated day, insuring thorough agita tion of the day and Inerteen. The Inerteen is passed through the fine mesh upper screen and out into the space between the two tanks. The discharge pipe is at the lower end of the outside tank and any air in the Inerteen is trapped in the upper space of the outside tank where it may be drawn off. Since the density of Inerteen is considerably greater than that of water, moisture will float on the surface of the Inerteen. It is, therefore, considered advisable to condition Inerteen from the top and return it to the bottom of the Inerteen filled appara tus. One charge of clay is composed of approximately 40 pounds of 15-30 mesh activated day.* This rela tively large volume of day makes only occasional changes of day necessary, depending of course on the amount and condition of the Inerteen filtered. Normally one charge will condition approximately 3000 gallons of Inerteen. The coarse granulated day used gives maximum surface contact between day and liquid and makes possible a rapid and thorough mixing of the day and Inerteen to accom plish complete reconditioning of the Inerteen as It passes through the day tank. The day granules are removed from the Inerteen by means of fine screen in the 3 GPM filter and by screen and paper in tbe 7 GPM filter. The day never passes thfiu^0&^&p to cause wear on pump parts and consequent loss of pump ing capacity. As soon as the charge of activated day is placed in the tank and the eover damped in place, the unit is ready for immediate use. Neither day nor filter paper can be effeetivdy dried of water after they have once become saturated with Inerteen. Therefore, extreme care should be taken to see that both day and filter paper are thoroughly dried when placed in the filter. Tbe day may be dried in a high temperature oven at 200 deg. C. for six hours and shallow pans are preferred as containers for the day while drying. A paper drying oven may be used if a high tempera ture oven is not available, with a drying time axtended to approximately twenty-four hours at the oven's highest temperature. The filter paper should be dried six to twelve hours at 85C. to 100` C., T ill papar aad *etivt*4 Ut 7 W k it!4 fea Ifca WaaKagkaaaa S U m PUaL APPARATUS TOR RECONDITIONING FIG* S. Three Gallon-per-Minute Conditioner depending- en the condition of the paper and the spacing of the sheets in the oven. Both paper and day should he placed directly in the Biter after the drying process as either. exposed, will absorb considerable moisture from the atmosphere in a very short feme. day tank and fill the tank' with activated clay. 4440-3, to within four inches of the bottom edge of the inner flange. Replace screen and cover. Release the pressure-screw of the filter press and loosen plates and frames. Place one sheet of "3" rise blotting paper between the face of each 'am? and plate. Care should be used to see that the holer thru the plates, frames and paper are in proper alignment before the pressure screw is tightened. Dose the discharge, tank by-pass, tank drain, r a tion and suction-test valves. Open the air discharge valve. Pour sufficient Inerteen into the drip pan :.o fill the day tank and wet the day. This will require approximately eight gallons of Inerteen. Start 2 motor and open the drip pan valve a small amount so that not less than 5 minutes are required to till the clay tank, saturating the day with Inerteen. (if Iner teen is admitted too rapidly, if will tend to pack to clay into the top of the tank.) With the valve at the apparatus closed, open the suction-test valve to subject the suction line to pressure and thus check it for leaks. Stop motor and dose suction-test, air discharge, and drip pan valves. To begin conditioning Inerteen in Inerteen filled apparatus, open the apparatus valves. Open the conditioner discharge and suction valves. At inter vals open air discharge valve to allow trapped-air to escape and dose when Inerteen starts to flow through valve. Open drip pan valve at intervals too, to remove Inerteen which may have dripped into the drip pan. Each fresh charge of clay will absorb about three gallons of Inerteen. This should be provided for to prevent depleting the supply in the apparatus, but most of this Inerteen may be recovered when chang ing clay. When it is necessary to change the clay, first close the valve in the suction line, dost the tank This can be accomplished most effectively by re moving the used day from the filter and placing it In a. tank of approdaately 30 gallons capacity eon- . taining about 5 gallons of water. The tank should* have a drain valve at its bottom edge and should be tilted somewhat toward this valve. The day thus placed in water, having a greater affinity for wtter, will give up the Inerteen it has absorbed and become , -saturated with water. The Inerteen being heavier than water will sink to the bottom; the day and water will float on top. After- settling for several hours, most of the Inerteen may be drawn off through the valve. This Inerteen may be reconditioned and used again in recharging the condi^onej. The used day should be discarded. . To Prepare the 7 GPM Conditioner for Operation. Remove fbt cover and screen from the FIG. 6. Seven Cellon-per-Minute Conditioner APPARATUS TOR RECONDITIONING, islet and outlet reives, opes the tank by-pass reive, tbe task drain reive and the air vent valve to per mit tbe free Inerteen in tbe tank to drain into tbe lower drip pan. Open tbe drip pan valve and pump tbe Inerteen bom tbe drip pan through tbe biter press. Shut down tbe motor and remove tbe clay from tbe tank and refill with fresh clay as previously described. To change tbe biter or blotting papers, stop tbe motor and dose suction and discharge valves. Slow ly back off tbe pressure screw, permitting tbe Iner teen trapped in tbe frames to be released gradually. Then back off tbe pressure screw completely, open up tbe press and let tbe surplus Inerteen drain from tbe papers. Replace tbe saturated papers with dean dry paper and retighten tbe press. If tbe system-seal is not broken, It will only be necessary to open tbe discharge and suction valves and start tbe motor to resume conditioning tbe Inerteen. To Prepare the 3 GPM Conditioner for Operation. Remove tbe cover and screen from tbe day tank and fill tbe inner tank with activated day, 4440-3, to within four inches of the top. Replace screen and cover. Close the discharge and suction valves and open air discharge and drip pan valves about Yt open. Start motor and pour sufficient Inerteen into the drip pan to fill the day tank and wet the day. This will require approximately eight gallons. Not less than bve minutes should bo re quired to fill the day tank and saturate the day with Inerteen, With the valve at the apparatus dosed, open the suction-test valve to subject the suction line to pressure and thus check it for leaks. Stop motor and dose suction-test, air discharge and drip pan valves. To begin conditioning Inerteen, open apparatus valves, open the conditioner discharge and suction ' valves and start motor.. :` ... * T At intervals open air discharge valve to let trapped air escape and dose as soon as Inerteen flows from the valve. When it Is necessary to change the day, first stop motor and dose the valves in the suction and discharge lines. Remove discharge hose and open the discharge valve and tank drain valve to permit the Inerteen in the tank and discharge hose to drain into a container. After draining U complete, remove inner tank and dump the day from the inner tank and refill with fresh day as previously described. The used day should be discarded. BLOTTER FILTER PRESS The blotter filter press (See Fig. 7} is essentially a number of sets of blotter filter papers in parallel, each set containing several thidmesses. The Iner teen is pumped through filter paper which absorbs the water and strains out the sediment. Other Classes of Service. Although there are other uses, such as deaning of low-viseosisty insulat ing compounds, benzine, etc., it is recommended that a deaning device intended for Inerteen re conditioning should not be used for other dasses of work, due to danger of subsequent contamination of the Inerteen. Capacity. The capacity oi these machines, with Inerteen pressure and filtering area fixed, depends on the viscosity of the Inerteen and its freedom from dirt With fairly dean Inerteen at ordinary room temperature, the capadty of the machines will vary from normal to about 15 percent above normal, de pending on the viscosity (which varies with the temperature). It has been found that tbe best results are obtained when the Inerteen temperature' is about 50aC. The average woridng pressure of these machines is less than 40 psi and the pressure relief valve is set at the factory to by-pass the full flow at from 60 psi to 80 psi. Apparatus. There are three standard sizes of Westinghouse filter presses; B-5, B-10, and A-30. The letter designates the size of filter paper; the number indicates the relative capacity in gallons per minute. The complete outfit consists of filterpress, motor, strainer, pump, gas trap, pressure gauge, drip pan, wheels, and piping. The piping is arranged so the line can be tested for leaks under pressure. All machines are mounted on a fabricated structural steel frame. Tbe drip pen can be removed by dis connecting one pipe coupling and four bolts. Tbe strainer canbe deaned by disconnecting three bolts. The pumps are of the helical-gear type to insure quietness and smooth flow of Inerteen. The A-30 pump is connected to the motor through flexible couplings. The B-5 and B-10 pumps are mounted directly on tbe rear motor bracket and driven through a helical reduction gear. The filter press proper is made up of a series of cast iron plates and frames assembled alternately, with the filter papers between them. By means of a screw and cast-iron end block, the plates, frames, and papers are forced tightly together. Except for a machined rim which serves as a joint to prevent APPARATUS TOR RSCvtfBITIONING ( the cap of Inerteen, the pittas are cast with small pyramids on both surfaces. The plates tad razees Kara holes in two eoznen and supporting lugs at the sides! The plates have bandies cast on the top edge. When the plates and frames aza assembled with the filter papers between, tbe boles form the inlet and outlet Tbe frames have tbe boles in tbe upper comer connected by small duets to tbe middle of tbe frame. Tbe plates have duets leading fr^m tbe. surface of tbe plate to tbe bole in tbe lower comer. (See Fig. 8). Tbe Inertaen enters under pressure at tbe top comer through tbe Inlet formed by tbe boles in tbe frames, plates, end filter papers, flows into tbe frames through tbe same ducts, and completely fills tbe chamber formed by the frame and two sets of filter paper. As there are no outlet ducts in tbe frame, tbe Inertten is forced through tbe paper and flows along tbe grooves between tbe rows of pyramids and out through tbe ducts provided at tbe lower comer of tbe plates. The dry filter paper tabes up tbe moisture and removes the sediment from tbe Inerten. Operation. Tbe filter press Ss made ready for operation by placing a set of five sheets of filter paper (that have been thoroughly dried in an elec* brie oven) between each filter plate and frame. Tbe boles in tbe filter paper must line up with tbe boles in tbe plates and frames. Tbe sediment is strained out' by tbe first layer c: piper and tbe moisture is tabes, up by the capillary action of tbe paper. If any moisture remains, it indicates that tbe filter - papers are saturated with moisture and should be renewed. No rule can be given as to bow often the papers must be changed, as this depends entirely on tbe condition of tbe Inerteen. The usual pro cedure is to run tbe machine for about half an hour . (if the Inerteen Is not in very bad condition) and then shut down; remove one sheet from the Inlet side,of each set and put in a new sheet on tbe outlet side of each set. (Tbe frame is the inlet side and the plate is tbe outlet side.) Frequent dielectric \tcsts should be made during this procedure as wet 2her- teen may necessitate recharging tbe filter press with a full set of papers before tbe five sheets have been removed in succession. 500551 The quickest method of filterl g a quantity of taerteen is to pump all tbe laerteen through tbe filter and into another tank which Is clean and dry. If care is taken to change tbe filter papers before they become saturated, the Inerteen will be dean and dry. If a seeond tank for bolding tbe Inerteen TIG. 7. B**0 Blotter Filter Frees is not available, or if it is desired to filter tbe Inerteen of apparatus while it is fa service, tbe Inerteen may be pumped from tbe top of the apparatus *** through tbe filter and returned to tbe bottom of tbe same tank under tbe surface of tbe Inerteen. Tbit operation should be continued untit tbe Inerteen in tbe apparatus tank shows a sufficiently high dielec tric strength. When &large quantity of Inerteen is tobe filtered, time may be saved by using two filter presser, cne of which may be operated while tbe ether is being recharged. Filtering through blotter filter papers doe: no: materially reduce organic acidity or improve re sistance to emulsification, although the dielectric strength may be restored to a satisfactory value. - Tbe capacity of the filter press is much reduced when operating at low temperatures. When tbe Inerteen has to be filtered at low tem peratur, an additional pump in the pipe line is desirable. " .1/ *- _* *. - Inerteen in apparatus contaminated by only a small amount of moisture may be reconditioned by drawing tbe Inerteen from tbe top cf tbe apparatus tank, passing It through tbe filter press, and pump ing it back into tbe bottom of tbe apparatus. The Inerteen should be put through tbe system until a sample drawn from tbe top of the apparatus gives satisfactory dielectric values. Blotter Filter Paper. The filter paper used is a special grade of blotting paper about .025 in. thick; it contains no coloring matter or chemicals which might injure tbe Inerteen. Five sheets cut to r APPARATU S TOR K ECO N D ITuN ING 1 the proper sire, 12Yi in. square for the A sixes And 7% in. square for the B sires, and with holts punched to correspond with the holts in tht plates tnd frames, art used between each plate and the adjacent frames. To obtain the best results in reconditioning Inerteen, the paper must be perfectly dry when first placed in the press. Filter paper always takes up moisture if exposed to the air lor any length of time and for this reason care must be used In handling. The standard paper is carried in packages contain ing one ream, carefully wrapped In waxed paper and covered with heavy wrapping paper. Electric Drying Ovens. Electric drying ovens for use with Type A and Type B filter presses require 2000 watts and 1400 watts respectively. The interior of the ovens is provided with rods for supporting the filter paper to facilitate rapid and thorough dry ing. An automatic thermostat having a range ci 65*C to 120*C is provided for maintaining uniform oven temperature. The thermostat is adjusted at the factory for 100*C, the recommended value, and the setting marked so that the operator may convenient ly reset thermostat to 100*Cif adjustment is changed. The standard thermostat-equipped oven is suit able for alternating current only. Ovens to operate on direct current are special and are equipped with a thermometer and a manually operated three-beat switch. By moving one rod, the Type A oven can be used for drying Type B paper. The normal capacity of the Type A oven is 240 sheets and the Type B oven is 180 sheets when spaced Vi inch apart Instructions for INERTEEN* Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM '** * / , /m 500507 Westinghouse Electric Corporation Power Transformer Division, 5hiroo, P i. Westinghouse Exhibit 7 ti I .B . 45-063-99A Effective A p r :!, l f - . S , Supersedes I.B . 45*063*99, Ju lv , 1905 V-- * INERTEEN* INSULATING FLUID P.D.S. S4201CM Inerteen is 4 synthetic non-inflammable and non-explosive insulating and cooling liquid. It has proved Its suitability lor use in all Westinghouse Inerteen insulated apparatus. In order to insure the proper performance of the apparatus, only Westinghouse Inerteen should he used. This publication gives the instructions for handling, inspection, and maintenance which experience has shown are important in obtaining the best service from the Inerteen. * Registered trade-marl: for Westinghouse AsbaieL ( \ ' >, CJ 50Q.508-; SHIPMENT Inerteen is shipped in task can, dross, or eans. The modem tank cars art usually lagged to prevent rapid fluctuations in temperature during transit and thus reduce tie amount of expansion and contract ion of Inerteen. Changes in the volume of the Inerteen due to teaperature changes tend to cause breathing in of aoist air resulting in condensation of moisture inside the container, and lowering of the dielectric strength of the Inerteen. When shipped in drums, the Inerteen and the drums are both heated above room teaperature while the drums- are being filled, end the bungs are tightened immediately after filling. After cool ing to normal temperature, the bungs are again tightened. The drums are provided with screw bungs having gaskets to prevent admission of water. When shipped in cans, the cans as well as the Inerteen are heated above room temperature while being filled and are hermetically sealed immediate ly after filling. STORING Drums. As soon as a drum of Inerteen has been unloaded, the bung should he examined and tight ened if it is loose. It is possible for bungs to become loosened by change in temperature or rough hand ling in transit If loosened, be sure 'Inerteen is tested before using, or combining it with good Inerteen. . . . . . . .J .t . .. ; .It is .very desirable that Inerteen In drums be stored in a closed room. Outdoor storage of Inerteen is alvrays hazardous to the Inerteen end should he avoided if at ell possible. If it is necessary to store merteen outside, protection against direct contact of rain and snow should be provided. Drums stored outdoors should he placed so that bungs will be protected from moisture. It is desirable to cover the drums with a tarpaulin. Cans. containing Inerteen must not be exposed to the weather. Seals should be antil the Inerteen is actually needed. Screw caps are provided on the cans to use wnethe Inerteen is only partially removed after hermetic' seal has been broken. By replacing the screw cap?, contamination by moisture and dirt will he retarded, hut the Inerteen must be tested Just before using. Storage Tank. The storage should he mounted on piers so that it will not tcueh the ground, and will be accessible to ell points for inspecticu for leakage. It is desirable to maintain the temperature cf the Inerteen and tank a little above the temperature ci the surrounding air as this prevents condensation of moisture in the tank which would affect the di electric strength of the Inerteen. The tank should preferably have a convex bo!tom, allowing for the installation of a drain cock at the lowest point for removing dirt or tank scale which might settle out. As Inerteen is heavier than water, most all of any water present will, in time rise to the top of the Inerteen. A valve somewhere near the normal top level of the Inerteen should be provided for drawing off water-contaminated Inerteen. Pre vision for drawing off the Inerteen should also he made near the bottom of the tank. HANDLING Caution: Inerteen is a skin'irritant, Un necessary contact with the liguid or its vapor, particularly when it is.hot, should he avoided. Especially the eyes, nose, and lips are effected when Inerteen comes in contact with them. Certain safety precautions must he observed when handling Inerteen. In ease Inerteen comes in contact with the slrir the parts affected should he thoroughly washed in soapy water and followed by an application zi cold cream. A supply of these materials shcu*r be kept available at all times where persev ere working with Inerteen. Continued expesv: cause eruptions on certain individuals th absorption of Inerteen through the pcr=. ( RECEIVING, H ANDLING/ STORING / of the skin. Cleanliness among worlonen handling^ The preparation and filling of outdoor apparatus -- Inerteen it a very good safeguard against such ~ should preferably he done on a dear, dry day; if effects. Application of castor oil is recommended this is not possible, protection agdast moisture must for the eyes, castor oil or cold eream (or the nose be provided. and lips. All vessels used for transferring the Inerteen Hot apparatus should not be opened except in should be carefully inspected to see that they are well-ventilated places. Large quantities of Inerteen ahsdutely dry and free from contamination. should be handled in a closed system. Worlmen should be protected from frequent contact with any appreciable vapor concentration and from frequent sldn contact with Inerteen. Important: Always use all-metal hose or pipe when handling the Inerteen. A hose made of natural rubber should not be used. Inerteen In case Inerteen is spilled on one's clothing, the clothing should be changed as soon as possible and the soiled clothing laundered before it is worn again. can easily beeome contaminated from the sulphur in the natural rubber, and should not be allowed to come in contact with St. Gloves such as Westingbouse S#1339 974 should be worn when It is necessary to put one's hand into Inerteen or when parts of apparatus must be handled wet. Whan it is necessary to transfer Inerteen from warm surroundings toapparatus exposed to extreme ly cold weather, even when the dielectric strength at room temperature is high, U is desirable to cir Mineral oil is completely miscible with Inerteen culate the Inerteen through an Inerteen conditioner and if is practically impossible to separate them. at room temperature. A similar procedure is also Therefore, it is important to avoid contaminating advisable in the ease of apparatus erected inside Inerteen with any land of oil, since Its presence and later exposed to cold weather, the reason being ^ -changes the non-inflammable and non-explosive that Inerteen will absorb more water at higher characteristics of Inerteen. temperatures which will be thrown out of solution Note: The Inerteen should be sampled and tested before being transferred from the con* tainer to he cppcrofus, particularly in cases at lower temperatures. The remainder will be in suspension in the Inerteen and will lower the di electric strength. where he wire h c k s e a l has been broken. In A drum of cold Inerteen when taken into a warm coses where the apparatus is received with the room will "sweat", and the resulting moisture on the Inerteen installed, the Inerteen should he sam surface may mix with the Inerteen as it flows from pled and tested before the apparatus is put into the drum. Before breaking the seel, the drum should service, as described later in this book. therefore be allowed to stand long enough to reach When putting new apparatus into service,.see that the apparatus tank is free from moisture and foreign material. room temperature, which may require eight hours, or even longer under extreme temperature condi tions. Although the drums and tank cars are thoroughly Cleaning Contaminated Drums. The clean washed and dried at the refinery before filling, a ing of drums whieh have contained used Inerteen certain amount of scale is sometimes loosened bom requires great care in order to insure a thoroughly the inside in transit Therefore, Inerteen whieh has dean drum. not been filtered should be strained through three or more thicknesses of muslin, or other closely woven cotton doth which has been thoroughly washed and dried to remove the sizing. The straining cloths may v It is preferable to return such drums to the supplier where adequate cleaning facilities are available, rather than to attempt to clean them. be stretched across a funnel of large size and should If it is necessary to dean such drums, the following be renewed at frequent intervals. procedure is recommended: L j .Important: Extreme precautions must be taken to insure the absolute dryness and clevdiness of the apparatus before filling it with Inerteen, and to prevent the entrance of water and dirt during the transfer of the Iner teen to the apparatus. 500510 Rinse the drum thoroughly with gasoline or ben zine, using about one gallon each time, until the solvent shows no discoloration after using. Allow it to drain, then pump out the last traces of solvent with a vacuum pump, using a brass pipe flattened at the lower end to explore the comers of the drum. R E C E IV IN G , H A N D L IN . S T O R IN G ______ Caution; Do not us a steel pip because of the danger of a spark Igniting the gasolin or bexurine vapor. Next, heat tk drum with bunghole down, in a ventilated oven at a temperature of at least B8*C. (190*7.) for sixteen hours. (A simple ovn for this purpose may b mad from sheet metal and heated' with steam or an electric heater.) Blow out the drum with dry nitrogen or dry air to remove any linger* tng explosive vapors. Screw the hung on tightly before removing the drum from th oven. Us a new washer with th bung to Insure a tight seal Caution: Open flames must always b kept away from tk oven to prevent igniting in flammable gases which might be remaining in drum when plaeed in the oven. Refilling Drums. The practice of refilling drums with Inerteen is undesirable and should be avoided whenever possible, for unless the utaost precautions are taken, the Inerteen is likely to become contaminated. If It Is necessary to refill them for storage, drums whieh have been used only for dean, dry Inerteen should be reserved for this purpose. They should he closed immediately after being emptied, to ex* elude dirt and water. After refilling, they should be examined to see that they do not leak. Whenever a drum is to be filled with Inerteen, the temperature of the drum and of the Inerteen should be at least 5.5*C. (10*7.) higher th** the air, but the temperature of the drum need not be the same as that of the Inerteen. A new washer should be used with the bung each time the drum is refilled, to insure & tight ieaL These washers may be obtained from the nearest Westinghouse Office and ii Is recommended that a supply be kept os hand. Natural rubber composi tion washers should never be used as they would be attacked by the Inerteen. Drums to he refilled with Inerteen for storage should he plainly marked with paint foridentification. A good fireproof insulating liquid is one that will act as an insulating liquid, will carry the heat away from the apparatus, and is fireproof. Westinghouse Inerteen meets these requirements with the follow ing characteristics: 1 High dielectric strength. 2. Freedcm from inorganic acid, alkali, and cor rosive sulphur. (To prevent injury to insula tion and conductors) 3. Low viscosity. (To provide good heat transfer) 4. Low pour point. 5. Fireproof. - C A U S E S or D ET ER IO R A T IO N . . The principal causes of deterioration of Inerteen axe:'" * *."** ' * .< . *- ....... *. ... 1. Presence of water. 2. Arcing. \ Condensation from moist air due to breathing of the apparatus, especially when the apparatus is . not continuously in service, may injure the Inerteen. \ (The moist*air drawn into the apparatus condenses j moisture on the surface of the Inerteen and inside of the tank.) The Inerteen may also be contaminated with water through leakage such as from leaky cool ing coils or covers. Arcing or burning in Inerteen produces finely divided carbon and gases which are mostly hydro gen chloride. Hydrogen chloride in the presence of moisture forms hydrochloric add which may soon damage the insulation in the apparatus and cause rusting of ferrous materials. Since hydrogen chloride is formed quickly after the arcing occurs, neither the Inerteen nor the apparatus should be exposed to the atmosphere (which always contains more or less moisture) until an attempt has been made to remove the hydro gen chloride. See Reconditioning, Page 7, for the method of purification. 9 .S O 0 5 1 .S a m p l in g x x e r t x x n The dielectric strength of Inerteen is affected by the most minute traces of certain impurities, partic- ' uloxly water. It is important that the greatest care be taken in obtaining th# samples and in handling them to avoid contamination. There have been low di electric test results reported from the field which, upon investigation, have been found to be largely a matter of carelessness in handling. All sampling and testing equipment must be thoroughly dry and clean. It is recommended that sampling and testing equipment used for handling Inerteen and servicing Inerteen be used for no' other purpose. Care must bused in taking samples of Inerteen and sealing them prior to testing. It is SAMPLING AND IN SPE C TIO N S^ -- desirable that samples of Inerteen be naovtd from PERIODIC INSPECTION * lay contain! on clax day only, and whan the It is desirable that periodic inspections of Inerteen temperature of the Inrten is at least as high as th apparatus be made and that samples of Inerteen temperature of the surrounding air. he taken from each and from all compartments Us only tin containers with screwed metal caps or glass bottles with Inerteen-xesistant stoppers to hold Ineiteen samples. If it becomes necessary to use other than factory sampling containers, they should be rinsed with dean naptha, washed with strong soap suds, and rinsed thoroughly in hot water, and then dried at approximately 110*C. for four hours with neck down in a circulating air oven. If the containers are not used immediately after deahing, they should be sealed tightly and stored in a dry, dean place. ^ of any apparatus and tested after a short period of service (approsmately three months for transfor mers). Following this, when operating conditions permit, routine sampling and testing of the Inerteen at intervals of six months to one year are suggested. Accurate records should be kept of such inspec tions and tests and if the Inerteen shows a di electric strength of less than 22 kv, it should be conditioned. If facilities ere not available for testing Inerteen, see "Westinghouse Inerteen Test ing Service" below, and also P.L. 44-660. When an appreciable amount of Inerteen is removed Provision is made os all Inerteen transformers to from any apparatus, it should be replaced with obtain a top sample of the Inefteen, however on a an equal amount of new Inerteen so that the liquid transformer that is in operation, a sample may be level in the apparatus is maintained. The Inerteen taken from either the top or bottom since any used for replacement purposes should have a moisture present will be mixed in, due to circula dielectric strength of not less than 30 kv. tion of the Inerteen. In sampling, allow a small amount of Inerteen to run out to flush the sampling INERTEEN TESTING SERVICE connection dean before collecting the sample. The Inerteen should he put into the sample containers i nmediately and the caps screwed on tightly. The idbel for each container should be marked dearly with the serial number of the transformer or com partment from which the Inerteen was taken. Many users of Inerteen do not have the neeessaxy facilities fer testing it. Is .order that these users may be able to make the periodic tests recom mended, Westinghouse Electric Corporation has established an Inerteen testing service to provide a careful test by experienced engineers, and a Before taking samples from a storage tank, the prompt report of test results. Inerteen should be allowed to settle for approxi Two special 16 oz. sample bottles per mailing mately twelve hours so that if there is any moisture container (W) SA'1608 629, as well as necessary present, it, having a lower specific gravity, will,rise . pocking and printed matter, may be obtained' by to the top where the sample is to be taken. A dean contacting the nearest Westinghouse Office. (The sneak-thief should be used to obtain tbe samples. bottle and tbe container will not be returned to the Essentially, the came precautions to prevent mois customer.) ture and dirt contamination should be used as out After drawing the sample of Inerteen, the cus lined above. tomershouldseal thebottle andmail it totbe Westing- Q uantity of Sam ple. It is recommended that one 16 oz, bottle of Inerteen be taken as a sample for' : houseEectric Corporation, PlantLaboratory, Sharon, Fa. To simplify these details, an instruction and order sheet and a printed return label have been testing. At least one sample should be taken from included in tbe carton container. The instructions [ a tank car of Inerteen. One sample may be taken from each' drum, or if desired, a composite sample may be made from Inerteen from five drums, pro vided all of the drums are airtight. When the bung is first loosened, a hissing sound should be beard, which indicates that the drum has been airtight. If the test of the composite sample is not satisfactory, a tmple from each of the drums represented should e tested. ' cover the taking of the sample and its proper prep aration for mailing. The order sheet must be seat to the nearest Weptinghouse O ffice. When samples of Inerteen are received for test ing, they are sent to the Plant Laboratory and tested in accordance with methods described under 'Test ing Methods," which follows and is part of this Instruction Book. 50051 In addition to dielectric tests, Westinghouse is - When drums have been stored exposed to the also prepared to make a physical and chemical ex weather, a sample from each drum must be tested amination if so requested. (The customer should to determine if it is suitable for use. plainly tndicat*the type of'service desired.) C * ,w W L O iG AND INST TXON, The physical and chemical examination -consists of an examination of the Inerteen by a competent chemist. Recommendations will bo made u to tbo suitability of tbo Inerteen for continued uso, whether it would bo desirable aad economical to doaa it, and in a general way, tbo preferred method of clean ing. 2a robmitting samples for this met, the history of the Inerteen represented should bo ?:?en as completely as possible. Power factor test of Iaerteea at 60 eydes can be made. (For details refer to the nearest WesSaphnnse Office.) CH ARACTERISTICS Iaerteea is chemically stable. It is straw-yellow in color. It is not affected by reaction with other materials regularly used in the manufacture of Inerisen apparatus. It is non-oxidizing and non* corrosivo at temperatures considerably above those normally obtained in Inerteen apparatus. Inerteen vli not sludge under any operating condition. The dielectric strength of Inerteen will compare favorably with that of insulating oil when tested under the same conditions. Quality samples of Inerteen tested under laboratory conditions may show a dielectric strength in excess ef 40kv. Care must be exercised in handling and testing Inerteen. Inerteen must be kept in clean, sealed containers to prevent less by evaporation or contamination by moisture ox dirt Inerteen exerts a strer.; solvent action on most vaznisbes, gums, and paints. Such materials axe not used in the construction of Inerteen apparatus. No materials should he used in Inerteen apparatus exeept those approved by the Westingbouse Electric Corporation. Inerteen has an irritating effect upon the shin. If it is necessary to handle it, see the caution note under Receiving, Storing, and Handling. (See Page 3.) It should be remembered that mineral oil is 'completely miscible with Inerteen; in fad, it is practically impossible to separate mineral oU and Inerteen. Specific Characteristics of Inerteen. As outlined in "Method of Testing Askarels A.S.T.M. 3901," the specific characteristics of Inerteen are: \ 1. Bum point: None ^ -y 2. Chemical stability; No generation of free chlorides undernormal operatingconditions 3. Color: (Maximum) 100 AJP-H.c- Q Q e ^ jJ 4. Condition: Clear 5. Dielectric constant: At 1000 cycles 77*F (25*C), 5.7 to S.9 At 1000 cycles 212F (100*C)#4.8 to 5.0 6. Dielectric strength: (Minimum) 77F (25*C) At point of shipment, 35 kv At point of receipt, 30 lev 7. Electrical resistivity: (Minimum) 500 x 10* ohms/cm5 (212*F (100C) at 500 volts d-c) 8. Power factor At 60 cycles, 27*F (2S*C) 2 % At 60 cycles, 212*F (100*C) 25% 9. Fixed chlorine content (Minimum) 42 per cent 10. Free chlorides: Less than 0.10 ppm 11. Neutralization number Less than 0,014.mg. of NaOH/gram. 12. Pour Point (Maximum) plus 7F (minus 14*C) 13. Refractive index: At 77F (25Q, 1.624 to 1.626 14. Specific gravity; At 60*F/60r (lS.SeC/15.5*Q, 1.381 t0 1.392 15. Density: 11;5 pounds per gaL 16. Viscosity; At 100*F (37.8*Q, 82-92 seconds 17. Moisture (Maximum) 35 ppm ** ' ' R E C O N D IT I O N IN G Reconditioning will be necessary to remove water, dirt and hydrogen chloride which may be present and contaminating the Inerteen. The blotter filter press and the Inerteen condi tioner (both of which will he explained later in this book under "Apparatus for Reconditioning") will remove water and dirt deposits which may be pres ent Of the two methods, the Inerteen conditioner is the most effective in removing these two contam inating agents. Any equipment used for filtering i CHARACTERISTICS AND RECONDITIONING ( lnerteen should tint be thoroughly deaned with bends or naphtha. Every trace of any material ioreign to lnerteen must be removed. If at aE pos sible separate equipment should be used for filter ing lnerteen only. Hydrogen chloride, caused by arcing, may be eliminated by vigorously bubbling dry nitrogen through lnerteen. The nitrogen should he passed through the drain valve at the bottomof the appara tus and allowed to escape through a vent at the top. The nitrogen should be discharged through a pressure regulator attached to a stand pipe above the level of the lnerteen in the apparatus to prevent the lnerteen from flowing into the regulator. The nitrogen should be bubbled through tbe lnerteen at a rate of one to three cubic feet per minute for a period of four to six hours. This will require from two to eight cylinders (220 cu. ft each) of dry nitrogen, based on apparatus containing 150 to 2000 gallons of lnerteen. Immediate application of tbe bubbling process will reduce tbe destructive action of the hydro chloric acid on the working parts and insulation, thereby making it likely that the materials not dam aged by arcing may be used in repairing the appa ratus. Also, use of the process will in. most eases make it possible to satisfactorily reclaim the arced lnerteen. After the hydrogen chloride has been removed by tbe bubbling process, the lnerteen should be reclaimed by use of an lnerteen conditioner. Tbere is no commercially suitable method for separating transformer oil from lnerteen. , ' Instructions for all tests listed correspond in gen- edges. The electrodes shall be mounted in tbe test tral to the recommendations of the American Society cup with their axes horizontal and coincident, with for Testing Materials. a gap of 0.100 in. between their adjacent faces, and D IELECTRIC STRENGTH TEST Apparatus. The testing transformer and the source of supply of energy shall not be less than Vz with tops of electrodes about 1Vi in. below the top of the cup. (A suitable test cup is shown in Fig. 1, and portable testing outfits in Figs. 2, 3 and 4.) lev*, and the frequency shall not exceed 100 cycles PROCEDURE per second. Regulation shall be so controlled that the high tension testing voltage talcen from the secondary of the testing transformer can be raised gradually without opening either primary or second Tbe spacing of electrodes shall be checked with a standard round gauge having a diameter of 0.100 In., and the electrodes then locked in position. ary circuit. The rate of rise shell approximate 3000 The electrodes and the test cup shall he wiped volis per second. The voltage may be measured by clean with dry, calendered tissue paper or with a an approved method which gives root-mean-square dean, dry chamois skin and thoroughly rinsed with values. Inerteen-free, dry gasoline or benzine until they are entirely free from fibers. ^ Some protection is desirable to prevent exces sive flow of current when breakdown of tbe lnerteen takes place. This protection preferably should be in tbe primary or low voltage side of tbe testing transformer. It is not especially important for trans formers of 5 kva or less, as the current the impedance of the transformer. is limited by \ The test cup shall be tilled r^m^l-free gasoline or benzine, and voltage applied with uni form increase at the rate of approximately 3000volts (rms) per second until breakdown occurs. If the di electric strength is not less than 25 kv, the cup shall be considered in suitable condition for testing the lnerteen. If a lower test value is obtained the cup The standard test cup for holding the sample of shall be deaned with gasoline and the test repeated. lnerteen shall be made of a material having a suit^ able dielectric strength. It must be insoluble in and unattacked by lnerteen or gasoline, and non-absorb ent as far as moisture, lnerteen, or gasoline are concerned. . Note: Evaporation o f gatolino from the electrodes m ay chill them sufficiently to cause moisture to condense on their surface. For this reason, after the fin a l rinsing with gasoline, the test cup should be im m ediately filled with The electrodes in the test cup between which the the lnerteen which is being tested, and the test sample is tested shall be circular discs of polished made at once, or the electrodes should he brass or copper, 1 in. in diameter, with square (90*) thoroughly dried be/ore using. TESTING METHODS The temperature oi the test cup and oi the Iner* 1m s when tested shall b e the same u that of the room which should be between 63*7 tad 86*7. (20*C tad 30*C.) Testing 11 lower temperatures is libel? to give variable results which a t? be misleading. The staple in the container shall be agitated with t swirling action (to avoid introducing air) so as to mix the Znerleen thoroughly before filling the test cup. This is even more important with used Inerteen than with new Iaerteen as the impurities may be precipitated and the test may he misleading. The cup shall be filled with Inerteen to a height oi no less than 0.79 in. (20 mm) above the top oi the electrodes. The Inerteen shall be gently agitated by reenng the cup and allowing i! to stand in the cup for three minutes before the first and one ainute before each succeeding puncture. This will allow air hubbies to escape. Voltages shall be applied' and increased uni formly at a rate of approximately 3000 volts (as) per second until breahdowa occurs as indicated by a continuous discharge across the gap. (Occasional momentary discharges which do not result in a per manent arc may occur; these should be disregarded). FIG. 1. Fluid T u t Cup for Dialtrcrie Tut* TESTS a. Except as specified in (b) one breakdown test shall be made on each of five fillings of the test cup. If the average deviation from the mean exceeds 10 percent or if any individual test deviates more than 25 percent from the average, additions! tests shall he made. The dielectric strength shall be deter mined by averaging the first five tests that conform to the allowable variations. b. When Inerteen is tested in considerable cr.en tity, so that the time required for testing is exce:.:ve and when it is merely desired to determine whemer the breakdown safely exceeds the limit specified, or in those cases where the amount of Inerteen avail able for test may be very limited, cne breakdown test shall be made on each of two fillings of the test cup. If neither breakdown is below this value, the Inerteen may be considered satisfactory and no further tests shall be required. If either of the breakdowns is less than the specified value a break down shall be made on each of three additional fillings and test results analyzed in accordance with (a). Report. The report shall include the volts (rms value) at each breakdown and the average c: the two or five breakdowns and the temperature c the Inerteen at the time of the test. 500515 i>OTO T EST Note: The procedures covered b y the lollcwing instructions /or .fie pour test, end especialIy the neutralization te st require sp ecia l e^uip- TESTING METHODS, neat The neutralization test must be made b y v competent chemist, preferably one speciali zing in this particular field* Customers who do not p ossess these facilities are offered, at nominal cost, the use of the Westinghouse Inerteen Testing Service. Contact the nearest Westinghouse Office for details. The pour point of Inerteen is the lowest temper ature ed which it will pour or flow when it is chilled without disturbance under certain definite specified conditions. Apparatus. The test Jar (see Fig. 4) shall be clear glass, of cylindrical shape, approximately IVi in. inside diameter and 4Vz to 5 in. high, with a flat bottom. An ordinary 4 os. Inerteen sample bottle may be used if the test jar is not available. The cork shall fit the test jar, apd shall be bored centrally to accommodate the test thermometer. The thermometer shall conform to A.S.T.M. spec ifications for pour test It may be ordered as; A.S.T.M. thermometer low doud and pour, --70*F (-- 56.7*0 to 70*F (+21.1*0. The jacket shall be of glass or metal and shall be watertight, of cylindrical form, flat bottomed, about AtVz in. deep, with inside diameter in. greater than outside diameter of the test jar. A disc of cork or felt Vi in* thick and of the same diameter as the inside of the jacket shall be placed in the bottom of the jacket The ring gasket shall be about $6 In. thick, made to fit snugly around the outside of the test jar and loosely inside the jacket This gasket may be made of cork, felt or other suitable material, elastic enough to cling to the test Jar and bard enough to hold its shape. The purpose of the ring gasket is to prevent the test jar bom touching the jacket The cooling bath shall be of a type suitable for obtaining the required temperature. The size and shape of the bath are optional but a support suitable for bolding the jacket firmly in a vertical position is essential. For determination of vary low pour points, a smaller insulated cooling bath may be used and the test jar placed directly in It The required hath temperature may be maintained by refrigeration if available, otherwise by suitable beezing mixtures. Procedure. The Inerteen to be tested shall be* brought to a temperature at least 25*F. (14*C.), above the approximate cloud point Moisture, if present, shall be removed by any suitable method, as by filtration through dry filter paper until the Inerteen is perfectly dear. (Such filtration shall be made at a temperature at least 25*F. (14*C.), above the approximate doud point) The Inerteen shall be poured into the test jar, to a height of not less than 2 in. or more than 2Ve l21* When necessary, the Inerteen shall be heated in a water bath just enough so it will pour into the test Jar. The test jar shall be tightly dosed by the cork carrying the test thermometer in a vertical position in the center of the jar; the thermometer bulb should be Immersed so that the beginning of the capillary shall be Vt ia* below the surface of the Inerteen. Heat without stirring to a temperature of U5*F. v (46.1*C.) in a bath maintained at not higher than 118*F. (47.8*C.). The Inerteen shall then be cooled to 90*F. (32.2*C.) in air or in a water bath approxi mately 77 F. (25 C.) in temperature. The cork or felt disc shall be placed in the bottom of the jacket and the test jar, with the ring gasket, 1 in. above the bottom, shall be inserted into the jacket: The disc, gasket, and inside of jacket shall be clean'and dry. 50 0 516 4ft TESTING METHODS ' Daring the cooling of the Inerteen, ctra shall bo taken not to disturb tba b u s of tba berteen nor to permit tba themometcr to shift is tba Inerteen. Tba temperature of tba cooling bath shall ba ' adjusted so that it Is balow tba pour point-- approxi mately -25.6*F (-32*C)--ci tba Inertaen by set lets than 1ST. (6.3*0 nor soia than 30T. 06.7*0, and tba cooling bath shall ba' maintained at this temperature throughout tba last. Tba jacket cos* taiaisg tba test Jar shall be supported firmly la a vertical position is tba cooling bath so that sot sore than 1 is. of tba Jacket projects out of tba cooling medium. .. J - ' Beginning at a temperature 20T. (U.1*C.) above tba erpectad pour point, at each lower test-thermom eter reading which is a multiple of 5T. (2.8*0. the test jar shall be removed from the jeeket care fully and shall ba tilted just sufficiently to ascertain whether there is a movement cf the Inerteen in the test jar. The complete operation of removal and replacement shall require sot more than three sec onds. As soon as the Inerteen Is the test jar does not Sow when the jar is tilted, the test far shall be held In a horizontal position for exactly five seconds, as noted by a stop watch or ether accurate timing device, and observed carefully. 2 the Znerteen shows any aoveaant under these conditions, the test jar shall be immediately replaced is the jacket and the same procedure repeated at the next tem perature reading 5*F. (2.8*C.) below the previous reading. The test shall be continued is this manner until a point is reached at which the berieea in the test jar shows no movement when the test jar is held in a horizontal position for exactly five seconds. Toe reading of the test themometer at this temperature, corrected for error if necessary, shall be recorded. The pour point shall be taken as the temperature 5 F. (2.8 C.) above this solid point NEUTRALIZATION TEST The Neutralization Number Is the number of milligrams of potassium hydroxide required to neu tralize the acid in one gram of Inerteen. Solutions Required. a. Standard Potassium Hydroxide Solution (alco holic, 0.1 N)--add g. of c.p. solid KOH to 1 liter e: e.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. Boil, add 2 g. ci c.p. Ba (OK)2 and boil again. Cool, filter and store in a checsically resistant bottle protected by a guard tube containing soda lime and soda asbestos (Asearite). Standardize against pure potassium acid phtr elate using phenolphthalein as an indicator. b. TitrationSolvent-- Add 500 ml. of c.p. benzene and 5 ml of water to 495 mi of c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. c. Alpha-Naphtholbeszein Indicator Solution-- Prepare a solution containing 10 g. of alpha-napthclbenzoin per liter of e.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. Procedure. Into a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask introduce -40 g. of Inerteen weighed accurately. Add 100 ml of the titration solvent and 3 ml of the indicator solution. Titrate immediately at a tempera ture below 30*C. Consider the end point definite if the color change to green persists for 15 seconds. A blank shall be determined on the solvent. Calculations. The neutralization number or mg KOH per g. of Inerteen (A-B (N) x 56.1 W A -m l KOH solution required for sample. B- ml KOH solution required for blank. N- normality of KOH solution. W - crams of sample used. ` APPA R ATU S rO R RECONDITIONING, There at* several types oi reconditioning Appa tion, incorporating the top screen for the inner *ak ratus Available, the relative advantages of each of and the solid cover for the outer tank. Ihe Inerteen which are as follows: is pumped into the lower space and Is forced up 1. The Inerteen Conditioner is the most effective method of removing moisture, dirt, and other con taminating materials from Inerteen. 2. The filter press is suitable for treating Inerteen containing only small quantities of water and dirt, through the activated day. Insuring thorough agita tion of the day and Inerteen. The Inerteen is passed through the tine mesh upper screen and out into the space between the two tanks. The discharge pipe is at the lower end of the outside tank and any air in the Inerteen is trapped in the upper space of the outside tank where it may be drawn off. INERTEEN CONDITIONER Th# Inerteen Conditioner consists of a clay con tainer, clay filter, a motor-driven positive pressure pump, attendant valves, gauges, and relief devices, all mounted on a common base. Since the density of Inerteen Is considerably greater than that of water, moisture will float on the surface of the Inerteen. It is, therefore, considered advisable to condition Inerteen from the top and return it to the bottom of the Inerteen tilled appara The motor and pump are combined as a unit and tus. a strainer is provided on input to the pump to pre vent entrance of large particles. The units are de signed to operate under working pressures up to 60 psi. However, the usual operating pressure is 30 to 40 psi. Excessive pressures are prevented by (v , ro automatic by-pass valves. One by-pass valve connected across th# pump is set to by-pass the Inerteen at a pressure of 60 psi to 70 psi. The other by-pass valve is eoaneeted on the discharge side of the conditioner. This latter by-pass valve, releas ing at a pressure of approximately 5 psi, will avoid breaking the transformer relief diaphragm when no other relief is provided. Pump pressures are in dicated by a pressure gauge. One charge of day is composed of apprommately 40 pounds of 15-30 mesh activated day." This rela tively large volume of day makes only occasional changes of day necessary, depending of course on the amount and condition of the Inerteen filtered. Normally one charge will condition approximately 3000 gallons of Inerteen. The coarse granulated day used gives maximum surface contact between day and liquid and makes possible a rapid and thorough nixing of the day and Inerteen to accom plish complete reconditioning of the Inerteen as it passes through the day tank. The day granules are removed from the Inerteen by means of tine screen in the 3 GPM filter and by screen and paper Seven GPM Unit. The activated day is con in the 7 GPM filter. tained in a tank mounted on one end of the filter frame. This tank is provided with a cover which incorporates an air-trap and vent to remove air which might be present in the tanlc and piping. The Inerteen is pumped up through the day, insur ing thorough agitation of the day and Inerteen. The Inerteen is passed through a wire screen prior to entering the paper filter to remove practically all of the day. The paper filter consists of 18 frames and 17 plates, alternately spaced, mounted in a yoke. One sheet of filter paper is used between each The day never passes through the pump to cause wear on pump parts and consequent loss of pump ing capacity. As soon as the charge of activated day is placed in the tank and the cover damped in place, the unit is ready for immediate use. Neither day nor tiller paper can be effectively dried of water after they have ,once become saturated with Inerteen. Therefore, entremeseare should be taken to see that both clayand filter paper \are thoroughly dried when placed in the filter: plate and frame to provide a gasket seal and remove The day may be dried In a high temperature all traces of day from the Inerteen. (See Fig. 8). oven at 200 deg. C. for six hours and shallow pans f A Three GPM Unit. This unit utilizes two tanks, v. . ^e within the other. The activated day is held in the inner tank by suitable screens at top and bottom. The space below the inner tank is complete ly sealed off from the rest of the space between th# two tanks. The cover is of double-deck construe- are preferred as containers for the day while drying. A paper drying oven may be used if a high tempera ture oven is not available, witb a drying time ex tended to approximately twenty-four hours at tbe oven's highest temperature. The filter paper should be dried six to twelve hours at 85*C. to 100C., ?itlw , "" t4*4 cittlW cUy h* *kl*I**4 bva Ua W*it*k*a Ska 500518 A P P A R A T U S FOR RX NUITXONING r day tank and fill tie tank with activated day, 4440-3, to within four Inches of tie bottom edge of tie inner flange. Replace screen and cover. Release tie pressure-screw of tie filter press and loosen plates and frames. Place one sheet c: "B" sine blotting paper between tie face of each irame and plate. Care should be used to see that tie holes thru the plates, frames and paper are in proper alignment before the pressure screw is tightened. Goie tie discharge, tank by-pass, tank drain, suc tion and suction-test Talves. Open tie air discharge valve. Four sufficient Inerteen into the drip pan to fill tie day tank and wet the day. This will require approximately eight gallons of Inerteen. Start tie motor and open tie drip pan valve a small amount so that not less than 5 minutes axe required to HUtie day tank, saturating tie day with Inerteen. (if Iner teen is admitted too rapidly, it will tend to pack tie day into tie top of tie tank.) With tie valve at tie' apparatus dosed, open tie suction-test valve to subject tie suction line to pressure end thus check it for leaks. Stop motor and dose suction-test, air discharge, and drip pan valves. F3C. 5. T h m Gallon*pr-Minut* Conditioner To begin conditioning Inerteen in Inerteen tilled apparatus, open fie apparatus valves. Open tie r depending on the condition of the paper tad the conditioner discharge and suction valves. At inter spacing of tie sheets in tie oven. Boti paper sad vals open air discharge valve to allow trapped air to clay should be pieced directly is tie filter After tie escape and dose when Inerteen starts to flow drying process as either, if exposed, will Absorb through valve. Open drip pan valve at intervals too, considerable moisture from tie atmosphere in * to remove Inerteen which may have dripped into very short time. tie drip pan. Been besh charge of day will absorb about three gallons of lner.een. This should be provided for to prevent depleting the supply in the apparatus, but most cf this Inerteea may be recovered when chang ing day. . When it Is necessary to change tie day, first dose tie valve in tie suction line, dose tie tank * This can be accomplished most effectively by re moving the used day from tie filter and placing SI in a tank of approximately 30 gallons capacity con taining about 5 gallons of water. Tie tank si odd have a drain valve at Sis bottom edge and should be tilted somewhat toward this valve. Tie day thus placed in water, having a greater affinity for water, will give up tie Inerteen it has absorbed and become saturated with water. The Inerteen being heavier than water will rink to tie bottom; tie day and water will float on top. After settling lor several hours, most of tie Inerteen may be drawn off through tie valve. This Inerteen may be reconditioned and used again Sn recharging the conditioner. Tie used clay should be discarded. To Prepare the 7 GPM Conditioner for Operation Remove tie cover and screen from tie n G . 6 Sara Gallon-par-Minuta Conditioner APPARATUS TOR RECONDITIONING, *~1et and outlet valves, open the tank by-pass valve, ^ i tank drain valve and the air vent valve to per mit the tree Inerteen in the tank to drain into the lower drip pan. Open the drip pan valve and pump the Inerteen from the drip pan through the filter press. Shut down the motor and remove the day from the tank and refill with fresh clay as previously described. To change the filter or blotting papers, stop the motor and dose suction and discharge valves. Slow ly back off the pressure screw, permitting the Iner teen trapped in the frames to be released gradually. Then back off the pressure screw completdy, open up the press and let the surplus Inerteen drain from the papers. Replace the saturated papers with dean dry paper and retighten the press. If the system-seal is not broken, it will only be ` necessary to open the discharge and suction valves and start the motor to resume conditioning the Inerteen. To Prepare the 3 GPM Conditioner for Operation. Remove the cover and screen froa the ^r' -y tank and fill the inner tank with activated day, 40-3, to within four inches of the top. Replace screen and eover. Close the discharge end suction valves and open air discharge and drip pan valves about V6 open. Start motor and pour sufficient l&erleen into the drip pan to fill the day tank and wet the day. This will require approximately eight gallons. Not less than five minutes should he re quired to fill the day tank and saturate the day with Inerteen. With the valve at the apparatus dosed, open the suction-test valve to subject the suction line to pressure and thus check it for leaks. Stop motor and dose suction-test, air discharge and drip pan valves. To begin conditioning Inerteen, open apparatus valves, open the conditioner discharge and suction valves and start motor. At intervals open air discharge valve to let trapped air escape and dose as soon as Inerteen flows from the valve. When It is necessary to change the day, lint stop motor and dose the valves in the suction and discharge lines. Remove discharge hose and open ' '''t discharge valve and tank drain valve to permit x -It Inerteen in the tank and discharge hose to drain into a container. After draining is complete, remove inner tank and dump the day from the Inner tank and refill with fresh day aj previously described. The used day should be discarded. BLOTTER FILTER PRESS The blotter filter press (See Fig. 7) Is essentially a number of sets of blotter filter papers in parallel, each set containing several thidmesses. The Iner teen is pumped through filter paper which absorbs the water and strains out the sediment Other Classes of Service. Although there are other uses, such as deaning of low-viscosisty Insulat ing compounds, benzine, etc., it is recommended that a deaning device intended for Inerteen re' conditioning should not be used for other daises of work, due to danger of subsequent contamination of the Inerteen. Capacity. The capacity of these machines, with Inerteen pressure and filtering area fixed, depends on the viscosity of the Iuerteen and its freedom from dirt. With fairly dean Inerteen at ordinary room temperature, the capacity of the machines will vary from normal to about 15 percent above normal, de pending on the viscosity (which varies with the temperature). It has been found that the best results are obtained when the Inerteen temperature is about 50*C. The average working pressure of these machines is less than 40 psi and the pressure relief valve is set at the fadoxy to by-pass the full flow at from 60 psi to 80 psi. Apparatus. There are three standard sizes of Westinghouss filter presses: B-5, B-10, and A-30. The letter designates the size of filter paper; the number indicates the relative capacity in gallons per minute. The complete outfit consists of filterpress, motor, strainer, pump, gas trap, pressure gauge, drip pan, wheels, and piping. The piping is arranged so the line c*** be tested for leaks under pressure. All machines are mounted on a fabricated structural steel frame. The drip pan can be removed by dis connecting one pipe coupling and four bolts. The strainer canbe deaned by disconnecting three bolts. The pumps are of the helical-gear type to insure quietness and smooth flow of Inerteen. The A-30 pump Is connected to the motor through flexible 'couplings. The B-5 and B-10 pumps are mounted direirtly on the rear motor bracket and driven through a helical reduction The filter press proper is made up ora series of cast iron plates and frames assembled alternately, with the filter papers between them. By means of a screw and easMron end block, the plates, frames, and papers are forced tightly together. Except for a machined rim which serves as a joint to prevent 14 * F P a RATUS TOR R r VDITIONDiG tbe ticip of Inerteen, the plates are east with small pyramids on both surfaces. 7ho plates and frames have holes is two comers and supporting lugs at the sides. The plates have handles east on the top edge. When the plates and frames are assembled with the filter papers between, the holes form the inlet and outlet. The frames have the holes in the upper comer connected by small duets to the middle of the frame. The plates have duets leading ires the surface of the plate to the hole in the lower comer. (See Fig. 8). The Inerteen enters under pressure at the top comer through the inlet formed by tbe holes in the frames, plates, and filter papers, flows into the frames through the same ducts, and completely fills the chamber formed by the frame and two sets of filter paper. As there are no outlet ducts In the frame, the Inerteen is forced through the paper and flows along the grooves between the rows of pyramids and out through the ducts provided at the lower comer of the plates. The dry filter paper tabes up the moisture and removes the sediment from the Inerteen. Operation. The filter press is mace ready for operation by placing a set of five sheets of filter paper (that have been thoroughly dried in an elec tric oven) between each filter plate and frame, Tbe boles in the filler paper must line up with the holes in the plates and frames. The sediment.is strained out by the first layer of paper and the moisture is taken .up by the capillary acticn of the paper. Iany msisture remains, it indicates that the filter papers are saturated with moisture and should be renewed. No rule can be given u to bow often tbe papers must be changed, as this depends entirely cn the condition of the Inerteen. Ih t usual pro-, ceduxe is to run the machine for about half an hour (if the Inerteen is not in very bad condition) and then shut down; remove one sheet from the. inlet side of each set and put in a new sheet on the outlet side of each set (The frame is the inlet side and the plate is the outlet side.) Frequent dielectric tests should be made during this procedure as wet Iner teen may necessitate recharging the filter press wtth a full set of papers before the five sheets have been removed In succession. The quickest` method of filtering a quantity of Inerteen is to pump all the Inerteen through the filler and into another tank which is dean and dry. If care is taken to change the filter papers before they become saturated, the Inerteen will be dean and dry. If a second tank for holding the Inerteen 500521 TIG. 7. 8-10 Blotter Filter Proas is net available, or if it is desired to filter the Inerteen of apparatus while ii is in service, the Inerteen may be pumped from the top of the apparatus through the filter and returned to the bottom of tbe same tank under the surface of the Inerteen. This operation should be continued until the Inerteen In the apparatus tank shows &evidently high dielec tric strength. When a large quantity of Inerteen is to be 'r^ed, time may be saved by using two filter presses, one of wbieh may be operated while the other is being recharged. Filtering through blotter filter papers cz~s net materially reduce organic acidity or improve re sistance to emulsification, although the dieieciric strength may be restored to a satisfactory value. Tbe capacity oi the filter press is much reduced when operating at low temperatures. When the Inerteen has to be filtered at low tem peratures, an additional pump in the pipe line is desirable.; 'Inerteen in'apparatus contaminated, by only a amount of moisture may be reconditioned by drawing the Inerteen from the top of the apparatus -iV, passing it through the filter press,' and pump ing it back into the bottom of the apparatus. Tbe Inerteen should be put through the system until a sample drawn from the top of the apparatus gives satisfactory dielectric values. Blotter Filter Paper. The filter paper used is a special grade of blotting paper about .C25 in. thiek; it no coloring matter or chemicals which might injure tbe Inerteen. Five sheets cut to .A PPARATU S FOR RECONDI1 Nthe proper size, 12% In. square for the A size end v j 7% in. square lor the B sixes, end with holes punched to correspond with the holes in the pletes end frames, ere used between eeeh plate end the edjacent frames. To obtain the best results in reconditioning Iner* teen, the paper must be perfectly dry when first placed in the press. Filter paper always tabes up FIG. 8. Blotter Filter Frees Fnxne Showing Blotter Filter Papers In Flees moisture il exposed to the air for any length of time and for this reason care must be used in handling. The standard paper is earned in packages contain ing one ream, carefully wrapped in waxed paper and covered with heavy wrapping paper. Electric Drying Ovens. Electric drying evens for use with Type A and Type B filter presses require 2000 watts and 1400 watts respectively. The interior' of the ovens is provided with rods for supporting the filter paper to facilitate rapid and thorough dry ing. An automatic thermostat having a range of $5*C to 120*C is provided for maintaining uniform oven temperature. The thermostat Is adjusted at the factory for 100*C, the recommended value, and the setting marked so that the operator may convenient ly reset thermostat to100*Cif adjustment is changed. The standard thermostat-equipped oven is suit able for alternating current only. Ovens to operate on direct current are special and are equipped with a thermometer and a manually operated three-heat switch. By moving one rod, the Type A oven can he used for drying Type B paper. The normal capacity of the Type A oven is 240 sheets and the Type B oven is 180 sheets when spaced % inch apart. 500522 \ r< Instructions for Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers r~ . \ Westinghouse Electric Corporation Pow er T ran sfo rm er D ivision, S h aro n , Pa. W estinghouse E x h ib it 8 I. B. 45-063-99B E ffective S ep tem b er, 1968 Supersedes I.B. 45-063*99A April 1968.I.L. 48-650-2 August 1951. I.L. 48-650-3 May 1951,1.L. 4 M 5 CMMay 1951, l.L. 48-650-5B September 1962. l.L. 48-650-6 May 1951, l.L. 48-650-7 June 1951 and I.L. 47-069-6 January 1965. C00014S7 Cm lnb r*ce PART O N t - IN IR T tb N IN SU LA11N 0 F L U ID ........................................................... 3 I h a iK lc iittin ..................................................................................................................... H a n d in g ............................................................................................................................. S toring ............................................................................................................................... I f d in Service ................................................................................................................... R eco n d itio n in g ................................................................................................................... Cm m i o l U ctcrio e a tio n ............................................................................................. J J 4 4 5 5 PART TWO - M AIN TEN AN TE AN D IN S TA LLA TIO N OF IN tiR T tiE N TRANSFORMERS................................................................. 4 la tta lla lto n ................................................................................. In tp rtlK N i........................................................................................................................... A tin im in and F illin g s ...................................................................................................... F m iiH ..................................................................... F illin g .................................................................................................................................. F illin g U ndct V acuum ............................................................................................... Placing in S ervice................................................................................................................ P rra u ir T e llin g ................................................................... llig li A ltitu d e ............................................................................................................ tfound ing T ranifo rute r T a n k .................................................................................. (rounding Low Voltage W inding.............................................................................. Making t 'unneciiom .......................................................................................................... Voltage A p p lica tio n .................................................................................................... In ip cctiu n ......................................................................................................................... Sampling In r ilc t n .............................................................................................................. O u a n tily o l S am ple........................................................................................................ 4 4 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 I 8 9 9 9 9 10 / V -' Pari I - Ineiieen" Insulating Fluid t'llA N A fF L M S l ICS In e rir is highly p u t, synthetic nun-inflain- itu ld c am i non-cap io tic i u ib (in t am i cooling lit|u id . lia b le anti neatly water b ile In co lo r, loctlee n i i m il i l f t i l n l by ica clio n w ith o ttic i u u lc ria h regularly u k J in the m anufaclute o f In r iln n apparali. I l is non-oaidi/ing am) non-ceninttvc a l tem peraiurrs trim m ic iably ahove U nite normaUy obtained in I netIcen a|tpara1ui. In e ilce a w ill n o i lim ite um ici any operating crn id ilto a . W alet h Hie m ain enemy o f In ctlccn ami keeping il d ty w ill insure long senke life . The d ie le ctiic a licng lh o f In c itc c n w ill com p ite favorably w ith llu l o f in tula lin y o il when leslcd um ici llic same com iit tons. D uality samples o f In ctlccn Ic tlc d under laboratory condiIions may (how a d ie le ctric tlrc n g lh in cbccmo f 4U kv. fa te m u ti be eaetciacd in handling and te llin g In ctlccn . In d ir a i m ud he kepi in clean, aealed ctm laincra lo prevent loss by evaporation o r contam inatkm by nnm furc o r d iri. I netIcm e m it a (Iro n y anlvm l action on most vatn iilte t, fum a, and painta. Such m a teriali aro m il uted in Ihc c o n tirue lio n o f In ctlccn appa ia i u t No m ateriali d w u ld ho ward in Inctlccn apparatus caccpl Ih o ic approved by Ih c Wealing* buine E k c lric C o rp o ra li . In ctlccn h a i m irrita tin g effect upon Hie akin. I f il tsncccm sry lo handle it. arc Ih c cauliun note on lite lille page- II ahould be remembered I hat m ineral o il ia coanplclcly m iscible w ill In e tte ; in fa c i, il ia impossible lo p arale m inerei o il and In e rte . Specific Chara rln lies o f Iartle Aa ou tlin ed ia " M ethod o f Testing A lia te la A S T 1)901." (he * * t if ic charackrfclics o f In c ile arc: I. -b u rn p o in t: None 5. IM ehrrlrie tu n ila u l: A l IM N Icycles 7 7 "l (2 V V ). S.7 |o 5.9 A l IO U ) eyelet 2 l2 l; (IUUuO >4 M tu S.U I ( l* y` C- 6. D ielectric alreagth: (M inim um ) 7 7 l: (2 J t'(- Ur A l potai o f shipm ent. 35 kv A l p o in t u f tc c c ip l, 10 kv 7. E k v irk a ] R e stilrvily: (M inim um ) soils IQ9 ohma/cm1 (2 I2 I: |l0 U O at 500 v o lli d-c| I . Power factor : A l l h e ll*. 7 7 l: |2 S 0 P I A I 60 h e rli. 2 I2 "F <l0 U "O 2SX 9. Fiaed chlorine co n ica l: (M inhm unt 42 per cent ID. Free c h iu rlic i: L n a lh a n U .IU p p u i I I . N eutralisation number: Lem than U.UI4 mg o f NaO II/giam 12. Pout P oint: (M aiim um ) plua 2F (m inua I9 L T I ) . Refractive inde: A l 77F (2 5 C |. 1.624 lu 1.626 14. Specific gravily: A l 6 U l7 6 tf,l : (l5 .5 0(7 l5 .S l\ '| . 1.3h i lo 1.192 1 5 -D c n tily : 11.5 pounds per galluu 16. Viacoaily: A l IQUPl: (3 7 .6 *^:). 2 -9 2 accomla 17. Murature: iM a iim u tu ) 15 ppm 2. Chemical a la b ilily : No generaI ion o f fle e H ANDLING chlutidea under norm al operating co rn itiione 1. C olor: (M aaim um ) 100 A .P .II. 4. C ondii km : Clear C A U T IO N In e rir is a akin b rila a l U nnrccvnty rontael w ith (he thpaid nr its vapor, p a rtiralarly  hra ko. tbmdd be aaotded. Ih r eyes, now. M li f t a n effected Im lo ft lorn <mmt** I rn n ta rl ilk them AH salciy p rrra u ita M m bv > i i i k r haw Hmg Im i Iw . ________________________ II jc trd rn lly rp dbd on Ihc lis tuls. no skin Niton *iH occur if Ike | w li M r IhtM otlyhly U in l w ilk soap and v ilt r . (*unliucd ri|w a a c causa eruptions o w n t in d ta id u ih due lo absorption o f ln rite e n I humph Ike porea o f ke skin. I lo t appalslits thm sld m l opened .r p i in a c tlv e a lila le d a ira Im g c p n a lilin I nrilre n ik o v U be kandlrd in a eb ard system, i aw In rilc e n b tp ilb d on one* chdkiag. Ike iibm p thmsld be changed a l once and laundered 11mi- bring u rn again. Inerlcen resistant gloves w kl he rn ken ll ft necessary In o tk in iir r n II Inerlcen pels in to I lie eyes. Ilusk ilk let ami pel eye (ii t aid Irn tn a physician. Itn n il it recommended lie (be eyer, easlur o il -k in (tra in fo r Ike mne and lips 1`LE A N LIS S AMONG WORKMAN h a n d l in g in e r IN IS A V IR V GOOD SAFEGUARD A lN S I SKIN IR R ITA TIO N . N O IE Always me a l metal W sr.oc pipe ben handkpf ike Inerlcen Rnbhra I r e i should nt be need. Inerlcen can ready berame i tmlaminaled frani Ike rnkher. and A m M no i be ala ned la c a n * in ra a lw l Ilk il. When il n nerenary lo transfer I netIre n lo 1'i i ii i n Ike apparatus m usi he a l Ita s i as warns i In- I netIre n AH Inerlcen should he cmru b ie d >t<yh an Inerlcen condiirune uc fille t press lo i*>m v a ir or in a i. \ (tin n (d ctdd Inerlcen lien lik e n in to a mi i ihm n i l "s w e a t", and Ike rcn dlin g M-iutr o n ik e surface may m il w ith the Ire n as il lio n s from Ike drum , befo re *k"*e Ike seal, Ihr drum rtxniM Ih eirfo rr he n rd lit stand Innp cnosryh lo reach lo o m iHteralwte, which m a y .require eiphl h o w s , nr Mm longer under aalrem e I c a p m l m condi- ORING Omni ar a drum u f Inerlcen hat been unloaded. ' bunp ihuuld he ria m ined and lip h lc n rd if il ia loose. I l is p o n ih lr Im lu iiy i lo become ktomned hy chanpe in (c in p ru lu ir oc rouph lu ltd Imp in Ira n u l. Be wire all Inerlcen it trs lc d before using. l l is d r u n tile ( lu i In rilc e n in drums he sineed indoors O utdoor slocapc o ( Inerlcen b alnayC H ita rdour lo Hie Inerlcen ami should be avoided if al a ll possible. I l il is necessary In store Inerlcen outside, Ike drums should be placed so lh a t Ike bungt arc down so rhey me protected fro ur m onture. I l b desirable lo cover Ike drum s w ith a tarpaulin. TESTING SERVICE Many users o f Inerlcen do m l have Ike necessary fa c ilitie s fo r Irs lin p il In order Ural Ihecc u s c ii likclirmay be abb lo make the periodic lesta recom mended. W cflingHuusc I'o rp o ra lk in has established an Inerlcen testine service lo provide a careful lest by caperit need engineer, and a prom pt rcpocl o f lest m u lls . Tw o ip c c b l 16 o r. sanqde tto llle s per m ailing container |W ) S fl(IH I6 2 9 , as w ell as necessary packing and printed m a ile r, m -y be obtained by contacting the nearest W csliitghouse O ffice , f Ik e bo i lb and Ike container w ill no i be relum ed lo Ihc custom er) A fte r drawing lire sampk o f Inerlcen, lite curlo m cf should seal Ike b o llir snd m ail i l lo Ike W estingbourn F b c lric fo r po is I ton. P lani Labotaloey. Sharon, Penna T o sim p lify Ibear delatH , an in sirueI tun and order d ic c i and a printed re turn Lahrl have been included in lire carton container. The in slru ctions cover the takmp o f ttie sample and its proper prcparalion fo r in ailing. The order Offkt.l i r r l m u lt ke tent io the a w n f Vecilngkoure When sam pk* o f Inerlcen are received for testing, they arc seni lo the Plani Laboralney and tested in accordance w ith slandad A .S .T.U . m clbods. In ad dition lo diele ctric b il l , Weslinghouse h also prepared lo make a physical and chem ical caam inalkm If so requested. 11 he customer should p la in ly indicata Iba type o f mtv ice de ircd.l The physbal and chemical raatnin sito con t it i t o f an esanimsl ion o f ike Inerlcen hy a com petent chcm isl. Recommcmtaliuna w ill be sJ 3 X\3. > s made at ! > the suitability o f the In vilrcn lor continued u k , whether it would be desirable and econom ical to clean il, and in a general w ay. Ilac (H elm ed m elhud o f i k w j i y . In submitting sam p kr lu f Him n n r k v , the h tilo ty o f Ihc In cilccn represented ilx n iU be given M cuinpfclcly at iw uible. row er faclor leal o f Incilccn at 60 eyelet can be nude. ( lo r details refer lo Ilac neared W csiinghouic O ffice .) RECO NDITIONING C a m o f D elerlaralion The prin ciple cautea o f k lc t ra tio n o f Inetlcea ate: 1. riesence o f w ater. 2. Arcing. A rcing o r burning in Inctlce n produces fin e ly divided carbon and gates w hich are m ostly hydro gen chloride. Hydrogen chloride in the pretence o f m oisture foams hydrochloric acid w hich may anon damage the insulation in lire apparatus and cause lu stin g o f fetroue nsaletialt. Since hydiogen chloride la form ed q u ickly after Ihc arcing occuia, neither the In c ilc c n nor Ihc apparatus should- be capoaed lo the aI mow phcrc Iw h ic lr always contains more o r teas motstu ie ) u n til an a lle m p l has been made lo remove the hydrogen chloride. R econditioning R econditioning w ill be necessary to remove w ater, dial and hydrogen ch lu riJc w hich n u p he present and coolaorinaling the lo c ilc c o . 1 1 b k illc r tille r press and 11 In cilccn condilio n c r w ill remove water and d ill deposits which may be present. O f the tw o methods, lire In ti ken conditioner is 11 most effective in removing these tw o contam inating agents. Any equipment used fu r filte rin g Inerlccn should firs t he thot* onghly cleaned w ith benzine oe naphtha. Every trace o f any m aterial foreign to Inerlccn must he removed. I f at a ll possible separate equipment should be used fo r fd in mg Inerlccn only. Hydrogen chloride, caused by arcing, may be elim inated by vigorously bubbling dry n ilio fc n through Inerlccn. The nitrogen should be passed through Ihc drain valve at 11 bottom o f the apparatus and allowed lo escape through a vent at the lo p . The nitrogen should be d itclu ig cd through a pressure regulator at Iached to a sland pipe above the level o f 11 Incriceo in the apparatus to prevent the Inerlccn from flow ing in to the regulable. The nitrogen should be bubbled through the Inerlccn at a ta le o f one lo three cubic feel per m inute fo r a period o f fo u r lo a boon. T h n w ig require fro m tw o lo eight cylinders (220 cu. ft. each) o f dry nitrogen, baaed on apperalua containing ISO lo 2000 gallons o f In e rlc c n . /- ^J V i" _ .l C.: . ^ "* Immediate application o f the bubbling process w ill reduce the destructive action o f Ihc hydro chloric acid on the w orking p a rti and in s u tilio n , thereby making it lik e ly that the materials not damaged by arcing may be used in repairing the apparatus. A lso, wfe o f (be process w ill in most cases make it posnblc lo saltsfaclortly reclaim the arced Inerlccn. A fte r Ihc hydrogen chloride has been removed by the bubW ng process, the Inrrtecn should be reclaimed by use o f an Inerlccn conditioner. There is no com m ercially writable method fo r arpm sting trnm form er o il from Inerlccn. J Part II - Installation and Maintenance of Inefteen Transformers IN SIA LLA ltO * I in in Im mlhog. all l ram i or toe is at oiwqtprd will* h if i <N e y e t Iin IIIling ml H rn iy Ikr t m r l r l r assrmbly Irtkd with I w il it u hy uic id a wane. AiMilNinal mean* M r provided Iin IIn k j i i r i patls im Ii n i* m , t w t ami roils. i iJ u lw i ami letminal rlu m h rfi la liM p lu fi ate a K i supplied w e d it I k km c in cu tse ts o f I k lank A liam ftw m rr thtm ld o n ly be tilled <M iw ik iI b y j a i l | 4 a t i l N i i i i i l Ihear l u f i ami not agarml Ihc n u l w f lubrs, tadtaint ta k e , a t o lb ct frllMgi. A n ItMbaN M d i t i l i m lci|iitict l l u l I k m u m which Ihr Itam lm nieit a ir placed m oil be a d l vrnldalrd 1 Ibal Ihr healed alt ran teadily n o f r and be ir p in e d by ciNdet ah fro m lire nuiiidc. II Ihr ftNNti H p ou tly ventilated, II111 ihangr 4 ah lakes y b i v Imr ilo w ly ami Ihr lini|>etalatr 4 lire ah in Ih r room m ay becom e rsiciM vcIy hiyh. A l any given load Ihc temper- alNir th e 4 a self co u lrd liam fiN m rt anil be a I lt d Number id degrees above Ihe letupcraluic o f Ihr MNMNtndinp ah . I h e tem perature o f Ihc HamftNmet It Ihe rum o f litis th e and Ihe ah em pctalufr; (her el m e. rate m utt be la k cn lo ptotidr a loom w lfk trn lly ventilated lo permit opefitio o| inm ltUM Kii al a im u u M r temper- loir. Area td tin: ah i a k l t ihm tld be such l l u l Ihr aNthtrtil tem p n alu rr never ea c cc d t l l W H w ith an average m e t Iw enty-four Itours m4 rstrrding J tfV 5(1 |o (4) ft|uair feel r * t H U ) baa *4 Iram futm et capacity h at h ern u lrd aclm y. Ih illrl u|M t||l with Ihe tame lo lal area lhmshl be ptoattird Sr|f-e<titled litrnfm tiH r i should alw ays h r wrU w p o a le d Irian me an olhet and lim n adjacent * r b . patlrlNins. c l r . in order lo perN ilI f ir e ah in illation ahoul Ihr caiet. I h n separatum dN iild n i4 be IrM than 24 lit Jh inchra i1 r | e iid n f on lire tire o f the until. IN S m iH M When a Iram fm niet n shipped com plete and filled n id i Inr1 lie n , this in tp cclm n slnmlil indude a check o f Ihr Inrtlcrn kv cl. Ihe lightming in atlpislnrrnl o f any pat Is IhaI m ay haac hecimre loose in m il o f place, and d e l mi ain I h r c t le n l lo which moist inc m ay h aer cn le tc d Ihe liana* ItNNiri. lir e la lle t can beat be d rletm in cd li*a Ihc dieledtic strength o f Ihe fnrtlven. Inetltvn used fo t lilting ItamfrNntris shmthl have a diek e ltic sliengih o f i l l ha in k y k r . When il tests kas Ilian liras Ihc In etlren should be filleted . II Ihe d h lrclrir strength is aety low nt if Ihetc is any (Hhet evidence id m otsiurc, il it nccesiaty lo t h y Ihe Itansfotmct. In n Iren Iram im m ets should he d tin l b y Ihe sImnI ch c u il mcllHMl w ith Ih r Itarrdiwnici huntrtted in Ihc In rtlccn ami sarlh Ihr tank sealed l * h ll y . flutin g Ihe drying o u l u p c iil im . Ihe Ineilcen should be circulated through a Idiet p rrts o t ptcfetaM y through an Inetlren condrIkm rt. A Id iet p t c w ill rentovc d h l am i must 4 Ihc immtirrr, but Ihe c im lu in a n will costae Ih ew and other contam inating usatefuh as well. The desired head cur ten) llroold be obtained by sh otl circuiting on e winding and impressing Ihr p toprt impedance aoil age un Ihe other winding. I h c full load impedance may usually be found on flare instruction plate Iin lire transformis: if Ihe im pedance o f Ihc Iraosfm rnci h n o I fcmrwri. il should be tei|ueslrd Irotn Ihe Weslingbuusr I'k e ltic ('Mputaliou. Shaton, Pennsylvania. by identi fyin g Ihe liam ftw m cr wills sis setsal num ber. I f lire iranifiw m rr is s i or low er than rmmt lem p ctalu ie al Ihc tlarl o f lire dryin g process, circulation o f 1 25 lo I )IIX o f full hud cniicnl will haslrn Ihr healing, ami a h^her lop Innlren Icin p cialm r cart h r u btain n l m ore piirkly by blanketing lire cot th is when to h u b r loaders a ir used in b y lh u llitig >4t Ihc tadialiN o l i o when ratluliNS are used The coaet should be bgged lo ptcaenl condensation. AH la r tle m tiam fiN m rit ate earelutly im p e d e d ami Irrled al Ih r la ctin y and Ih ry are or nod Mtodilom hen shipped, hwl it is deniab le In W 'T 'd raeh liJNsfiNmrt linn oughty beliN e plac ing it in ie ra n r I h e b o d in g ihatukl k ca rd o ily w jtrh e d and wlten lire lit|t Incrlecn ira ch c t a leoi|terlore o l M l"!'. Ihr load d onikl h r letltrcvd lo obtain an apiN osiroalely cinisIjh I top In etlren tcin jv ra lo ie Kjn iI on lire Inflowing la h k ' o0 I l w* 1 MuhI t'iiv ru l A o ip e ici in I'ric c n l o l 1oad SUT 75% 3% kla vitiiiM ii ie in p c ia ln ic d |Ik* lo p lucrleen MW K I*V M 'V T o do lint, ck ao llie iIjiiu p J poilHm by nearn o l a scraper o t sandpaper. wipe i ImmikifMv with a Milwnl dampened clolli, apply buute prunei paint and allow il I n d iy lo t at A M 34 bouts, Ihcn apply s coal o l WeslingMndi finish paial. V ;: o cr a W hile (he n m liiy i o f Ilk.* lu m fu tH ic r h e ll up. I n o l perm it (lie Ivnqvcralutc o f llw l i f In e ilccu lo ra c c n l (he value specdied fu r a given l r a iilip if h m l. T k n p c tw lio a is necematy h rin n t' (be w im liip w ill W at up M i t q u ickly jm I i>|anale a l a k i f k i tem perature llu the la ritc c n . I f Ike windings ale allow ed In teach lu o high a Irm pcra lu te, I he ia fo la liu a w ifl be dam aged. th e drying o f a I l ansio tm et should be n w lw w d u a lil I he d ic k v liic tlirq g lk i f tainplca u f Iw tliv a taken fiu m Use Iram furm cr lesl a l JU kv lugbe. I he cover fam ilil be kepi lig h tly scsic<1during (lie tem perature lu a . sad u a lil ih c Iransforw er tu t c M ikd down |o loom tem perature lo ptevcal toadrnsalN M . Ib is abo pscvculs Ih c release o f h id Ineslcca vapuss w hich ate t|u ile nbfectiunstd r, lu ilk 'd iily if |hs ven tila tion is pout. CAUTION II is noi u h to a n a tg l tha A ging aut of transformas untoa aanstanl Miamian Is g o wtktjok. ACCESSORIES AN D FITTIN G S U udiin gi. ru lin g s, aad acce*rales when hosed and shipped separately ih u U he m ounted sg drown on Ih c o u llia e draw ing. Ftupcr im la lb lh H i hrsirueI brass when ncecsuty sec included in the in stiuc(km leaflela ( is componeni pa ils. fa te M iti he c setvised when lim e components ate fille d lo cb n d iu lc Ihc accidental in tro d u ctio n o f nam turc in any fie ra Inside Ihe Ifansfornsct. Where M im i fin g o ate ictnovcsl hefure PUlings ate M tounlcd, the level o f Ihe Ineslcca natal he low cicd below ih c opemngs I haI w ill he matta. F IN IS H Any p o rtion o f (Ite pa in i (dm damaged duftag shipment o t inslallalM M m usi h r repaired a* q u n k ly as pouaMe. F ILLIN G O Co* Use on ly sW m clal hose os pipe when P iling, u n Ihe lid ig o f must othes types o f horn w a b t soluble in Ineslcca and wM conlam inale il short lim e. AH jo in ts should be lig h t: where practical. fsM Ihsuugh Ihc draia vahe lo keep aeration lo a m inim um and veal (he lo p o f Ike lank lo Mow the air lo escape. Ik H ire |hal valves and pipe connections between Ihe main lank ami any la e rk c a liH cd cow patlm enls a rt open fo r f t cucu blhm o f gas and liq u id . CMbetw ee, trapped a it o t gas may cause Ihc Inctleen kvet in nm e p a ils o f Ihe transform er lo be below Ihe safe operating level. I f il is necessity lo fi> a transform er ou i-o fd u o rt, p a tlk u b tly on a damp day, vate dum b! be taken lo psevenl Ihc entrance o f nm isluic. In astice to avoid condcasalioa Ihe InupctaliH C Inside Ihc u n ii should be kepi re m a i degrees above Ihc ouldde air Icm peialurc. The lank aad com parlm cals, if aay, should be fille d at am bient tcm p cialuic lo Ihc point on Ihe gauges marked ~ 2S -L iq uU Level." I f Ihc am bi ent varies greatly from 11 T |? T F | when fiH cd. the Inctleen level sboitld be checked when ihc avetage flu id Icm pcraltwe is a iffic ic n l Inctleen should be added lo u t drained from the lank to bring Ihe level lo Ihe ptopci height. The transform er should never be operated to le ft Handing even ou t o f service w ithou t Ihe Inctleen level being h u lka lcd on Ihe gauge- F ittin g Unde* Vantum Entrapped ah is n potential source o f trouble ia a> liq u id fille d lia a ifiu m c it. I b ric io le . il it desirable lo ItU a ll laerleca In in fw H K ii under a faR vacuum. This h done fo t lite In n d ormer shipped fu m i Ihe factory and sltould be done where practicable when Iraushratncsi arc fille d ia the fic k l. providing lire Iranslunuci caws have hern hi designed. I f lire cases have nol been dntgacd fm fu ll vacuum and il b imperative lo tf /^ -J gel ll*c m iiH iw m im liiif inipnlre rlicn g Hi m in e d u lely, Ike U iM lm n n ll should be lilted wtlli lu rflecn under lu ll i x w i m by p t n in i IHem in an MiiiltMjr iic im h liak. Where purchaser din's m il base an established lrik n k |u r lm vacuum fillinn. Ike fn llnw in f pro(i-tliMci may he used M h n m w m is applied directly lit Ike transformer or Ike com pktc I n a i l n M l it placed ki an auadiaty vacuum lank. I. Apply and maintain cm ilinwinidy a vacuum o f at Irail I I inches o f mercury fur al lessl one-half hour in units rated I ) k* and kchivr, or foe four bmua In units abuse 2) k*. 1 While retaining (he vacuum , s lo n ly fill w ith Inrilrrn to Ike ntnmal H 'V level or u ilh appruiin ulrly W o f |he reipwted anutunl nkcra Mis liny in ih lr l o gauge properly. .1. Maintain Ike sp rcilird vacuum foe a l least n o r kaM hour a flc t filling. 4 Adjust InciIren In normal level and seal the transformer lan k. I lo not reopen un til Ihe lent* im ilu r r al Ike lo p o f Ike fluid b equal lit or higher than Ike am bient lem p rialu re in order lo avoid condeuMIhm on Ike sm lace o f Ike Inn* Iren. In Ihoae e r n i n b n c Ike Irantfinm ert ate not l A i l under vacuum, full vsdlage should not be arphrd fu Ibe nunlings for several hours after Ihe Inrileen has been pul into the cam . T h b lim e is nreesuty lo ag o n Ike air bubbles lo c x a p e . rLAIING IN S U V K I rom t Tnlkg A g Im-ilccn Irantfiwriters ate p rrau re-lcsletl a l hr Ia lory ami shipiwd free o f leaks. A lte r tmlaNalions ami before voltage b applied, il b tk u r iH r lo prcssurc-irsl each Iransftnm er, epc* cuRy il any litlin p or cuvets have been tcmoveJ and ir p im d during inslallattnn. I W i p K w d dry nitrugra or dry air m ay be m ed for Ike puipnsr. Il n recommended Ikal Ike space above Ihr Im i Iren he Mown o u t w ith dry nitrogen, then rinse ag seal* and apply a |w cw te -lrsl o f l m pounds per agnate inch fin a period o f iia lo eigbl k e n . lh e M ptemnre can kcsl he limited by IIk*uv o f a pressure regubluf allacltcd lo lhe illig e fl cylinder. A check fo r leaks o f jo in ts above lire Inetlcen k *e l ntay he made by painting litem w ills a sotulm n id soap and glycerin and watching fu r gas bubbks A l lhe coocIusmni o f lhe Icsl lhe in le tn a l p te iru tc should he relum ed lu norm al by m om entarily scaling lhe p i p n e , If g k A ltitu d e Where Iransform crs arc lo be used at a high altitu de I m ote than JOUU feel above sea k v c lf a fillin g above the liip u d level should be opened lu cqitalics the internal and external pressures a l a tem perature o f approaim alcly 2 before plac ing Ike transform er in service. Grounding I f d u s i r r Tank Rcgmdfem o f Ike type o f foundation os flo o r on w hick a Iransformcs b lo rest, Ike tank should he d e fin ite ly and perm anently grounded lo elim inate Ike poasihitily o f ohlauung s ia lic rfuteks o r being injured by accidental po undin g o f a w inding lo the case. A p o u n d pad or lug b always provided near the bottom o f (he tank foe the purpuar o f connecting the pounded kad . CAUTION A good low trb l au f pound k necerapy far adagoala protection a pom pound may ko w ant than nnno al ag. ____ Grounding Low V o ** Wiodirg Every c lfn rl b made In b a u b lin g transform ers lu guard against any chance o f breakiktw n hrtw een high voltage and b>w vollsgc w indings; luiw evcf, M order lo be abstdnldy ta le , il b advnabk Ih s l btw vtdlage circu ila w ith w hich persous may come in contact be gtuum lcd. The niaaiunrm m ilage lh a l can be obtained lo p o und b then lim ite d lo lhe norm al m ilage lh a l ca u ls between the pounded p o in t ami the lin e ; Ik b is true even though lhe high voltage and low vollage w indings become connected electrically. In grounding (be w inding, lhe neutral po in t sbuukl be used if il h ava tbbk. When Irons* furm era operate on tin g k phase c itc u ilr w ith lire m iddle |Hnl o f lhe low m ilage, llie maaumim vollage Ik a t canesisl k lv r r n any pa ri o l the kiw voltage c irc u it and ground b o n e -lu ll o f the k>w m ilages. O * u "A t u makingconnectlows A diagram, usually o n I k m etal insliiH lion |>iilc Macheti lo 11 side id IIk n u , i Iw m I k p tuprr p aw ci terminal co n scclio a* lu he suiti for vmuui voliate*. C a ie should he la k e s In ari! Ihal all lu n n c c liim aad o u ly I k n c i h w a w e ptprtly made, ft a wrong connection may caute m a t damaye. A n y m ri'JK in operating leinpcraluic al to A T l mmI luad alnwld he hivest if j led and if Ihc caut^ j J cannot he dc I n mined, Ihc Isanslosmci should m taken oul o f nrice and giren a Ihoruuglt' ' Inspect km . o A n y symptom, such at unusual nones, high j low Ineslccn k v ch . opctalhui o f relief d n i c u * , clc., should he bncslfcalcrial once. t* Some H n lih lio M requite an auailiaty source o f power or control leads to be wited to terminals al the Iransfmmcr: a v a i t i diagram, either n *rp tale dtawing oc included at pari n f (be Multine drawing. A n n Ihc connection* to be mede. V a ila g t A py Mration When voltage la fits! applied t o th e tran sfo rm , it should, if p n o tb k . be brought up A ra lji to ill full value Ihal any wrong cnnneclum or other doubl may bn diackned befte damage can result. After fait voltage hat been applied auccnsfu lly, Ihc Iranaformea ajunild he operated wilhnul load fur a few hour* ll should be kept under clnae o h am slin n during Ibis lim e ami alto dating Ihc fiiat few huuta while loaded. INSPECTION l l it desirable Ih a l periodic inspection* o f In c rin a apparatus be made and Iha l m m pks o f I netIn n be taken fro m each and from aM com pari menta o f any apparatus and tested a flc i a shoal period o f am ice lapproaim alely I bree m oulha fu r Ifansfacnana) FoMowing th is, when operalin g cow dilioos p n m il, routine m m pling and Ieating o f Use In leen al Intervals o f aia m oulha lo one year e auggetlcd. Accurate accorda aitouid be kepi o f each Inspcctiona and le tta and If Ihc In c rin a ibowa a d ic k c lric alrcnath o f leaa Iban I t kv, ll should be conditioned. I f fa cilitie s are no i available fu r testing In c rin a , tea "W elling!kwsc Inetleca Testing Service,** P.L. U I1 5 When an appreciable am ount o f la n ie ra h removed fro m any apparatus, it should be replaced w ith an equal am ount o f new In c rin a wt Iha l llic liq u id trv e l in I he apparatus la m aintained lh e I netleen used fu r eplanm cnl puipovcs should have a d ie te d ik strength o f nut tr u than 10 kv. Transform ers w hich have been u ib jrctcd lo mutually severe operating condition*, such aa overloads, frequent abort c irc u it*. o r special nails ahouM be inspected a l least twee a year. This can u n ia lly be done adequately hy lowering Ihc la c tln n level and inspecting w ith a lig h t Ikiough the m anbolr. Before Ih b inspection b nude, the Inetleca should be allowed lo cool lo seduce the am ount o l I a n tees fumes gm rs o ff w hkb me quite objectionable and ,L ,i" H no t be inhaled. D uring p e rio d k inspection, a ll accessorica should be im peded to ace if they arc operating p ro p e rly . SAMrUNG INERTEEN A ll sampling and le ttin g equipment must be thoroughly dry and dean, l l b fccontm cndrd that sampling and testing equipment used fo r handling Incrlccn and jpavkia g la ttic e s be used fo r no other pm pom . Care m usi be used in lik in g bm a ip le i o f (settees and scaling them prio r to testing. I t desirable tha t samples o f Incrlccn he removed fro n t any con tain on cka r days o n ly, and when Ihc Icm p cfalurt o f the Inetleca b al k a il as high aa lhe tem paatura o f the lum aiad* lag air. Usa o n ly lin containers w ith screwed m elai capa o r g lm b u ttic i w ith In cilcro vcsisla n l slop* p e rl lo bold Incrlccn ram pici. I f i l becomes n rrewary lo v x other than factory sampling containers, they should be rin in l w ith dean naphtha, washed w ilb strong soap m ils, and rim ed Ib u ra q b ly in hot water, and Ihcn dried a l npproaim alely I l( ! V fo r fo u r hours w ith neck dow n in a circulating air oven. I f lhe containers am no t used in u n rd ia lcly a ll ckam ng, they htwhl h r srakd lig h tly and aimed in a d ry. clean pince. I# h w H iiN i ia m i k nn vH tn rih Y n tran dm nivrs ln Mm l f u m plr oI Ihr Incifccn, h u n n -t, im Ikal b in a <uwj>k M ir hc Iahen liu w r b l w Ih r l<f in builutti inte vnjr m M m ( p n c n l w ill he niite il in, dtic In enenUlam n l Ihc Inctlccn. In wmiphm. altun a n u l im w h M off I n n le rn In tu n n ot In Ihiih Ihc u | ili^ cooncclinn clean hefure i <4(v Im | (hc i M f k . I k Inrtlnen shuuM be (ml inlo Ihc i w f l r c n H i i k n immrdialrhr and Ihc u p i arirwed um liyhlly. Ih c b h cl fr cach cunlainrt h U be m i f lc i l d eatljr U h I t a m h l an-- h 4 Ihr liaoaffurmrr w c o m p v lm c n l fto m w h k h Ihr IneiIren a u Iahen. Helm e fahiny u a ifd e i fron a lim a g e ta n k. Ihc Im ilern i h n U b r aHowrd In eitle for approiiuuleljr I n e h r hmii M> l l u l i l tk ctc n vny nnm lw e ptracnl, il, hasiny a h m tficcific riM |. in ih r Iw llw I n f w h cie Hie i i m p k b In h la h m , A t k a n l a c i i lh k i hnwld be u ied In nhtain Ihr samplet. E urnliaU y. Ihe u m e |xe- ta iiln im In prevent m nrdore and tlir l cunlantinatim i th m ild k vied a m ilbncd above. Q uantity r f S in fh I l h (K w w tc rk irtl tha t one Ih a, b o lllc o f Inci t rea be taken n n m n p k fu r testing. A l k a tl unc u m p k should be lahen fio a lanh ear o f In n tce n . One u in p k may be lahen fro m cach d iu m . m if d c iiie d , a com posite sample may be made fim n laetle cn from five dram a, provided a ll I k drum s are a tily th l. When Ihe hony it tin t hnnened, a tow ing amrnd sbtiuld be hea id . w hich indicate* lh a l Ihe dium ha i been a h liy h l. I f Ihe I n i o f the com posite iam |de k no t ta litfa c lm y , a sample from each o f Ihe d iv a n reptra n te d should be tested. When drum s have been stored capoonl 1 the w ra th , a ta m p k fro m cach drum m usl hc tested to determ ine i f it nnlahlc fo rm e . WIhmcsfIlrnmidhvornumuHEWtdehcnt.itklmCsonr.pAoration .J M M fe U M tw ro i Ci 0) v H O c Ci w r --iv Supplement to I.B .4 5 -0 6 3 -9 ! , September I960 Inerteerrand Environmental Contamination Inerteen is a synthetic insulating fluid made by the chlorination of a relatively common chemical, biphenyl. The chlorination is necessary to impart nonflanmable properties to the Inerteen. The resulting poly chlorinated biphenyl (PCB's) are relatively insoluble in water but soluble in fat, and are extremely persistent in the environment. It has been indicated by several laboratories that measurable amounts of the PCB's are present in our general environment and may have some effect on certain species of wildlife. While askarcls are generally regarded as being non toxic to humans, it is reasonable to assume that very high standards of control will be Issued by the Government in the overall program against pollution. Therefore, tight control on the usage and disposal of Inerteen must be exercised. While the electrical users of askarel type fluids provide sealed systems, t$ere still remains a problem of waste disposal when the equipment exceeds its useful life or undergoes repair. For scrap Inerteen fluid, Monsanto has arranged for return of this material in sealed drums. Ship prepaid to Monsanto Company W. G. Krummrich Plant Sauget, Illinois Attn: Supervisor Dept. 246 A charge will be made for all returned Inerteen. Inerteen soaked coils, Insulation scrap, filter cartridges, and other materials must be stored until appropriate methods can be provided to dispose of them properly. there Is considerable work being done at the present time on this whole problem. We will continue the use of Inerteen because of its out standing performance record and safety features. If modification of the present askarcls can be made without sacrificing the nonflanmable and other insulating properties, but which still make them less harmful to wildlife, they will be used in our Inerteen. C00D 14S6 W estinghouse Electric Corporation POWER TRANSFORMER DIVISION SHARON PA. MUNCIE. IND. S. BOSTON. VA. l'un Ivii in I ` S \ I ! rV^\; - < j. Instructions for Handling lnerteen@lnsulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers Westinghouse Electric Corporation Westinghouse Exhibit 9 POWER TRAN SFO RM ER DIVISION, SHARON, P E N N SY LV A N IA MUNCIE- IN D IA N A DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER DIVISION. SOUTH BOSTON. VIRGINIA l.B. 4 5 - 0 6 3 9 9C Effective A u p j i t . 1 9 7 1 Sup ersed e! I.B. 4 5 - 0 6 3 99 B, Septem bei 1968 vPLA IN TIFFS EXHIBIT-- 730 719 CONTENTS P A R T O N E - IN E R T E E N IN SU LA TIN G FL U ID C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s .............................. .. E nvironm ental C o n sid eratio n s H a n d l i n g ........................................ S am pling and In sp ectio n T e s t i n g M e t h o d s ........................... R e c o n d i t i o n i n g ............... D i s p o s a l ................................................ P A R T TW O - IN S T A L L A T IO N AND M A IN TEN A N C E O F I N E R T E E N T R A N S F O R M E R S ............................... I n s t a l l a t i o n ......................................................... I n s p e c t i o n ........................ ......................... A c c e s s o r ie s a n d F i t t i n g s ........................... F i n i s h ..................................................................... F illin g ..................................................................... F illin g U n d e r V a c u u m ..................... P la c in g in S e r v ic e ............................................. P r e s s u r e T e s t i n g .................................... H ig h A l t i t u d e ....................................... G rounding T ran sfo rm er T ank .. G ro u n d in g L ow V oltag e W inding M a k in g C o n n e c t i o n s .................................... V o lta g e A p p l i c a t i o n ........................ I n s p e c t i o n ............................................................ \ 790720 ! >*'VV*N' Page 3 3 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 10 10 11 i: i: i: 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 3 Part I - Inerteen Insulating Fluid C H A R A C T E R IST IC S I n e r te e n is a h ig h ly p u re , s y n th e tic , n o n inflam m able and non-explosive in su latin g and cooling liquid. C hem ically stable and n early w ater w h ite in c o lo r, In e rte e n is n o t a ffe c te d b y re a c tio n w ith o th e r m a te ria ls re g u la rly u sed in th e m a n u f a c tu r e o f In e rte e n a p p a r a tu s . It is n o n o x id izin g and non-corrosive at tem p eratu re co n sid e ra b ly ab o v e th o se n o rm a lly o b ta in e d in In e r te e n a p p a ra tu s. In e rte e n w ill n o t sludge u n d e r a n y o p e ra tin g c o n d itio n . W a te r is th e m a in e n e m y o f In e rte e n and k eep in g it d ry w ill insure lo n g service life. T h e d ielectric stre n g th o f In e rte e n w ill co m p are favorably w ith th a t o f in su latin g oil w h en tested u n d er th e sam e co n d itio n s. Q u ality sam ples o f Inerteen tested u n d er lab o rato ry co n d itio n s m a y sh o w a d ie le c tric s tre n g th in e x c e ss o f 4 0 K V . C are .m u st be ex ercised in h an d lin g an d te stin g In erteen . In erteen m u st be k e p t in clean, sealed c o n ta in e rs to p rev en t loss b y e v a p o ra tio n o r contam ination by m oisture o r d irt. In erteen ex erts a stro n g solvent actio n o n m ost varnishes, gum s, an d p ain ts. S u ch m aterials are n o t used in th e c o n s tru c tio n o f In e rte e n ap p a ra tu s. N o m aterials sh o u ld be used in In e r teen apparatus ex cep t those approved by th e W 'estingJlouse E le c tric C o r p o r a tio n . Inerteen has an irritatin g effect upo n the skin. I f it is n e c e ssa ry to h a n d le it. see th e p r e c a u tio n s u n d er "H an d lin g ". It sh o u ld b e rem em b ered th a t m m e r jl oil is c o m p le te ly m isc ib le w ith I n e r te e n : in fa c t, it is im p o ssib le to s e p a ra te m in e ra l oil a n d In e rte e n . SPE C IFIC C H A R A C T E R IST IC S O F IN E R T E E N A s o u tlin e d in " M e th o d o f T e s tin g A s k a re ls A .S .T .M . D 9 0 I " th e sp ecific c h a ra c te ristic s o f In erteen are: 1. B u rn p o in t: N o n e 2. C hem ical sta b ility : N o gen eratio n o f free chlorides u n d er n o rm al o p eratin g co n d itio n s. 3. C olor: (M axim um ) 1 0 0 A .P .H . 4 . C o n d itio n : C lear 5. D ielectric c o n sta n t: A t 1000 h e m 7 7 F (2 5 C ), 5.7 to 5.9 A t 1000 h ertz 2 I 2 F ( I0 0 C ), 4 .8 to 5 .0 6. D ielectric stren g th : (M in im u m ) 7 7 F (2 5 C ) A t point o f sh ip m en t, 35K V A t poin t o f receip t, 30K V 7. E lectrical R esistiv ity : (M inim um ) 500 x 10s o h m s/c m 3 (2 1 2 F (1 0 0 C ) ai 500 volts D C) 8. Pow er factor: A t 6 0 h e rtz , 7 7 F (2 5 C ) 2% A t 60 hertz, 2 12o F < 1 0 0 oC ) 25% 9. F ixed ch lo rin e c o n te n t: (M inim um ) 42 percent 10. Free chlorides: L ess th an 0 .1 0 ppm 11. N eu tralizatio n n u m b e r Less than 0 .0 1 4 m e o f K O H /gram 12. P our P o in t: (M ax im u m ) plus 7CF im in j> 14 C) 13. R efractive in d ex : A t 7 7 F (2 5 C ). 1.6 2 4 to 1.626 14. S pecific gravity: A t 6 0 F /6 0 P F ( 1 5 . 5 C /1 5 .5 C ) . 1.381 to 1 .3 9 2 15. D ensity: 11.5 p o u n d s p e r gallon 16. V iscosity: At 100F (3 7 .8 0 , 82-92 seconds I". M oisture: (M a x im u m ) 35 ppm EN V IR O N M EN TA L C O N SID E R A T IO N S I n e r t e e n is a s y n t h e t i c i n s u l a t i n g f lu id m a d e h> the chlorination o f a re la ti\e ly co m m o n chcm icj!. b ip h en y l. T h e c h lo rin a tio n is n ecessary to im p art n o n flaip i^aifl^ rp ro p erties to the Inerteen. The resum ing p o ly c h lo rin a te d b ip h e n y ls (P C B 's) are relativ ely in s o lu b le in w a te r b u t so lu b le in fa t. rrw u ii mm 79 0 721 * 4 a n d e x tre m e ly p e rs is te n t in th e e n v iro n m e n t. It has been show n by several lab o rato ries th at m easu rab le a m o u n ts o r th e P C B 's, p a rtic u la rly th o s e w ith m o re th a n 509? c h lo rin a tio n , are p re se n t in o u r g en eral e n v iro n m e n t a n d are a th r e a t to c e rta in sp e c ie s o f w ild life . W hile lner* te e n is g e n e ra lly re g a rd e d as b e in g n o n - to x ic to h u m a n s, very h ig h sta n d a rd s o f c o n tro l in th e overall program against p o llu tio n m u st be ex er c ise d . E lectrical a p p aratu s (such as tran sfo rm ers and cap acito rs) using In c rte e n are n o rm a lly sealed to prevent escape o f In erteen in to th e environm ent. H ow ever, a carefully p lan n ed p ro g ram o f w aste disposal m ust be follow ed at every step o f the e q u ip m e n t life. T h is in c lu d e s m a n u fa c tu re , rep air and final d isp o sitio n o f the flu id an d th e In e rte e n co n tam in ated parts. T o date th e o n ly acceptable d e s tr u c tio n o f th e P C B 's is b y in c in e r a tio n a t 2 2 5 0 C o r higher u n d e r carefully co n tro lled c o n d itio n s. A t th is te m p e ra tu re In e rte e n w ill breakdow n in to H C 1, C O 2 and w ater vapor. A n a lk a lin e sc ru b b e r is n e c e ssa ry to n e u tra liz e th e HC1 and th e final p ro d u c ts released to the atm o sp h ere are C O 2 and steam . T o b e sure th at th e Inerteen and In erteen co n tam in ated m aterials d o n ot contam inate the environm ent th ey m ust be in c in e ra te d in a p p ro v e d e q u ip m e n t. HANDLING s h o rt d u ra tio n , it can be a b s o rb e d th ro u g h th e skin. R ep ealed c o n ta c t over p ro lo n g ed p eri o d s m ay resu lt in severe d e rm a titis w h ich m ay persist fo r m any m o n th s a fte r rem oval from exposure. P rotective E q u ip m en t. W hen necessary, u n d er em ergency conditions, to en te r a space co n tain in g very high c o n c e n tra tio n s o f In er teen fum es o r vapor, e ith e r an approved gas m ask o r self-contained b reath in g eq u ip m en t, should be w o rn . F o r lo w er, b u t still signifi can t co n c e n tra tio n s, cartrid g e ty p e chem ical resp irato r should be w o rn . If th e o d o r o f In e rte e n is n o tic e d w h ile w e a rin g re s p ira to ry eq u ip m en t, the w earer should go im m ediately in to fresh air. N eoprene co ated apro n s and .neoprene co ated gloves m ay be used w here n ecessary to p ro te c t th e skin. H and cream designed to p ro te c t against oils an d p e tro le u m solvents, (su ch as Ply 9 G c1 m ad e b y M ilb u m C o. o f D e tro it) m ay be of so m e value w h ere the use o f gloves is n o t p ra c tic a l. W hen handling In erteen , w ash hands o ften w ith w arm so a p y w a te r a n d in case o f spillage o n to clo th in g , rem ove th e clo th in g as soon as possible. T he clo th in g m u st th en be lau n d ered prior to use. 1. S afety P recau tio n s B re a th in g . T h e o d o r o f I n e r te e n is n o tic e a b le at co ncentrations' below the M axim um A c ceptable C o n c e n tra tio n . C o n ce n tra tio n s w hich exceed th is m ay cause irrita tio n o f the eyes. nose, th ro at and u p p er resp irato ry tract. M uch higher c o n c e n tra tio n s co u ld cause in ternal reactions. S w a llo w in g . In e rte e n is h ig h ly to x ic if ta k e n internally. S w allow ing o f an o u n c e o r tw o could cause severe irrita tio n o f th e digestive tract and serious intern al reactio n s. S k in Irrita tio n . A lth o u g h In e rte e n is o n ly a m o d e ra te sk in ir r ita n t w h e n c o n ta c t is fo r 790722 2. S torage In e rte e n is sh ip p e d in ta n k cars, d ru m s o r cans. In e rte e n in d ru m s o r cans should be sto red in a cov ered area an d w h en sto red o u t-o f-d o o rs th e bungs should be dow n to p re\en t collection o f w ater aro u n d the bung. A storage tan k sho u ld be m o u n ted on piers above th e g ro u n d an d accessible to all points fo r in spection fo r leakage. T here should be a curb on the ground around the tan k to co n tain an y spillage o r leakage. I t is d e s ira b le , if p o ssib le , to k e e p In e rte e n in sto ra g e a t a te m p e ra tu re slig h tly ab o v e am bient to prevent m o istu re co n d en satip n . O /> '-.J s SA M PLIN G A N D IN S P E C T IO N Sam pling. E ach c o n ta in e r o f In e rte e n m u st be sam pled and te ste d p rio r to b ein g a d d e d to a transform er and th en sh o u ld be ad d ed only if th e d ie le c tric s tr e n g th is 3 0 K V o r a b o v e . It is d e sira b le th a t p e r io d ic in s p e c tio n o f Inerteen ap paratus be m ade an d th a t sam ples o f Inerteen be ta k e n fro m each c o m p a rtm e n t and tested. Initially a sam ple sh o u ld be tak en after about 3 m o n th s o f o p eratio n and th en , w here operating c o n d itio n s p e rm it, at in te r vals o f 6 m o n th s to I y e a r. A c c u ra te re c o rd s should be m ain tain ed an d if d ielectric stren g th d ro p s below 22K V it sh o u ld be re c o n d itio n e d . If facilities are n o t available fo r te stin g In erteen . see " W estinghouse In e rte e n T estin g S ervice" below . W estinghouse In e rte e n T e stin g S ervice. M any users o f Inerteen d o n o t have th e necessary facilities for testing. In o rd e r th a t th ese u sers m ay be able to m ak e th e p e rio d ic te sts recom m ended. W estinghouse E lectric C o rp oratio n has established an In e rteen testin g service to p ro v id e c a re fu l te sts b y e x p e rie n c e d engineer, and provide a p ro m p t re p o rt o n th e test results. T w o special 16 o z. sam p le b o ttle s p e r m ailing c o n ta in e r W estinghouse S # 2 4 B 1 7 4 3602. as w ell as n ecessary p a c k in g and printed m atter, m ay be o b ta in e d by co n tactin g the nearest W estin g h o u se O ffic e . (T h e b o ttle and the c o n ta in e r w ill n o t be re tu rn e d to the custom er.) A fter draw ing th e sam ple o f In e rte e n . the cu sto m e r sh o u ld seul th e b o ttle a n d m ai! it to the W estinghouse E lectric C o rp o ra tio n . M a terials E ngineering L a b o ra to ry , S h a ro n . Pa. 16146. T o sim plify th ese d etails, an in stru c tion and order sheet and a p rin te d re tu rn label have been included in th e c a rto n c o n ta in e r. T he instructions cover th e tak in g o f th e sam ple and its p ro p e r p re p a ra tio n fo r m ailing. T h e order sheet m u st b e se n t to th e n earest W estinghouse o ffice. In a d d itio n to d ielectric te sts. W estingh o u se is a lso p re p a re d to m a k e a p h y sic a l an d chem ical e x a m in a tio n if so req u ested . (T he custom er sh o u ld plainly indicate th e ty p e o f service d e sire d .) 1 T he p h y sical an d chem ical e x a m in a tio n consists o f an e x a m in a tio n o f th e In erteen by a c o m p e te n t c h e m is t. R e c o m m e n d a tio n s w ill be m ade as to th e suitability o f th e In erteen fo r c o n tin u e d u se, w h e th e r it w o u ld be d esirab le a n d e c o n o m ic a l to clean it. an d in a general w ay , th e p referred m eth o d o f clean ing. In s u b m ittin g sam p les fo r th is service, th e history o f th e In e rte e n represented should be given as c o m p le te ly as possib le. (F o r d etails refer to th e n e a re st W estinghouse O ffice). SAMPLING INERTEEN T h e d ie le c tric s tre n g th o f In e rte e n is a ffe c te d b y th e m ost m inute- tra c e s o f certain im p u rities, p articu larly w a te r. It is im p o rta n t th a t th e g reat e st care be ta k e n in o b ta in in g th e sa m p le s a n d in handling th em to avoid co n tam in atio n . T h ere have been low d ielectric test results rep o rted from th e field w h ic h , u p o n in v estig atio n , have b een fo u n d to be larg ely a m a tte r o f p o o r sam p lin g . A ll sam pling and te stin g e q u ip m e n t used fo r handling In erteen and servicing In erteen should be used for n o o th e r p u rp o se . C a re m u st be u sed in ta k in g sam ples o f In e rte e n an d sealing th em p rio r to te stin g . It is d e s ira b le th a t sa m p le s o f In e rte e n b e rem oved from an y c o n ta in e r on clear d ay s o n ly , a n d w h en th e te m p e r a tu r e o f th e In e rte e n is a t least as high as th e te m p e ra tu re o f the s u r ro u n d in g air. Use only tin c o n ta in e rs w ith screw ed m etal caps o r glass b o ttle s w ith In e rte e n re sista n t lids to h o ld I n e r t e e n s a m p l e s . I f it b e c o m e s nc`c e* > .ir\ to u>e o th e r th a n fa c to ry sa m p lin g c o n ta in e rs . th e \ should be rinsed w ith clean n ap th a, w ashed w ith d eterg en t an d w a te r, a n d rinsed th o ro u g h ly in h o t w ater, and th e n d rie d a t a p p ro x im a te ly 1 IOe C fo r four h o u rs w ith n eck d o w n in circu latin g air oven. If the containers are n o t used im m ediately after cleaning, th ey sh o u ld b e sealed tightly and sto red in a d ry , c le a n p la c e . A n a lu m in u m fo il lin e r, sh o u ld be p u t in th e lid . '790 72-* 6 P ro v is io n is n u d e o n all I n e r te e n tr a n s f o r m e r s to o b tain a lo p sam ple o f the In erteen . how ever o n a tr a n s f o r m e r t h a t is in o p e r a tio n , a s a m p le m ay be tak en fro m e ith e r th e to p o r b o tto m since a n y m o istu re p re se n t will be m ix e d in. d u e to c irc u la tio n o f In e rte e n . In sam p lin g , allow at least o n e q u art o f In e rte e n to run o u t to flush the sam p lin g c o n n ectio n b efo re co llectin g th e sam ple. T h is flush m aterial m u st be c o lle c te d in a su itab le c o n ta in e r for disposition as per th e section on " In erteen D isposal" page 6. T he In erteen should be p u t in to the sam ple co n tain ers im m ediately an d th e caps screw ed on tightly. T h e label for each co n tain er should be m arked clearly with the serial n um ber o f th e tran sfo rm er o r co m p a rtm e n t fro m w hich th e In erteen w as tak en . B efore taking sam ples from a sto rag e tan k , th e In erteen should be allow ed to settle for a p p ro x im a te ly tw elve h o u rs so th a t if th e re is any m o istu re p re s e n t.. it, having a lo w er specific g r a v ity , w ill rise to th e to p w h e re th e s a m p le is to be tak en . A clean sn eak -th ief sh o u ld be u sed to o b ta in th e sam ples E ssentially, th e sam e p recau tio n s to prevent m oisture and d irt co n tam in atio n sh o u ld be used as o u tlin e d above. I t is r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t o n e 1 6 o z . b o t t l e o f In e rte e n be tak en as a sam ple fo r testin g . A t least o n e sam ple should be tak en from a tan k car o f In e rte e n . O n e sam ple m ay be tak en fro m each d ru m , or if desired, a com posite sam ple m ay be m a d e fro m In e rte e n fro m five d ru m s , p ro v id e d all o f th e d ru m s a re a ir tig h t. W hen th e b u n g is first lo o sen ed , a hissing so u n d sh o u ld be h e a rd , w hich in d icates th at the d ru m has been airtig h t. W hen th e c o m p o s ite ty p e o f te s tin g is u se d a n d a sa m p le is f o u n d to b e u n s a tis f a c to r y , a s a m p le fro m e a c h o f th e drum s represented m ust be tested. W hen d ru m s have been sto red ex p o sed io the w eath er, a sam p lr from each drum m u st be tested to d e te r m in e if it is s u ita b le f o r u se . D ISPO SITIO N O F SA M PLE & C O N T A I N E R A ll sa m p le s m u s t be c o lle c te d in >cji,*d.' la b e lle d c o n ta in e rs fo r d isp o s itio n as d e s c rib e d in se c tio n o n " In e rte e n D isp o sa l" p ag e 6. A ll sol v en t rinses o f test c o n ta in e rs m u st be h a n d le d in a like m anner. 790724 A ll c o n ta in e rs , rags, a n d o th e r solid m aterials in v o lv ed in te s tin g m u st b e c o lle c te d fo r p ro p e r d isp o sitio n . TE ST IN G M ETH O D S I n s tru c tio n fo r all te s ts liste d c o rre s p o n d in general to th e re c o m m e n d a tio n s o f th e A m erican S o ciety fo r T estin g M aterials. 1. D ielectric S tre n g th T e st T he testing tran sfo rm er an d th e source o f supply o f en erg y sh all n o t be less th a n 1/2 K V A , and th e freq u en cy shall n o t ex ceed 100 H e rtz p e r second. R eg u latio n shall be so c o n tro lle d th a t th e high tension testin g v oltage tak en from th e secondary o f th e testin g tra n sfo rm e r can be raised gradually w ith o u t opening eith er prim ary o r secondary c ircu it. T h e ra te o f rise sh all a p p ro x im a te 3 0 0 0 volts per seco n d . T h e voltage m ay b e m easured by an ap p ro v e d m e th o d w h ich gives ro o l-m ean square values. S o m e p r o te c tio n is d e s ira b le to p re v e n t exce ssi\e flow o f c u rre n t w h e n b re a k d o w n o f th e In erteen tak es place. T his p ro te c tio n preferably s h o u ld b e in th e p rim a ry o r lo w v o ltag e side o f th e te stin g tra n s fo rm e r. I t is n o t esp ecially im p o rta n t fo r tra n s fo rm e rs o f 5 K V A o r less, as th e c u rre n t is lim ite d b y th e im p e d a n c e o f th e tran sfo rm er. T he stan d ard le st cup fo r h o ld in g th e sam ple o f In e rte e n shall be m ade o f a m aterial having a su ita b le d ie le c tric s tre n g th . It m u st be in so lu b le in and u n attack ed by In erteen o r benzine and nona b so rb e n t as far as m o istu re . In e rte e n , o r gasoline are concerned. T he electro d es in the test cup b etw een w hich th e sa m p le is te s te d sh all b e c irc u la r d iscs o f p o lish ed b rass o r c o p p e r. 1 in. in d ia m e te r, wi t h sq u are i9 0 6 ) edges. T h e electro d es shall be m o u n te d in th e te st c u p w ith th e ir ax es h o ri z o n ta l an d c o in c id e n t, w ith a g ap o f 0 .1 0 0 in. b etw een th eir ad jacen t faces, and w ith to p s o f e le c tro d e s a b o u t 1 -1 /4 in. b elo w th e to p o f th e 7 {y J c u p . (A su itab le te st c u p is s h o w n in F ig. 1, a n d p o rta b le testin g o u tfits in F ig. 2 .) a. P r o c e d u r e V oltages shall be applied and increased u n ifo rm ly at a rate o f approxim ately 3 0 0 0 volts (rm s) p er seco n d until breakdow n occurs as in d ic a te d b y a c o n tin u o u s discharge across T he spacing o f e le c tro d e s shall be ch eck ed w ith a stan d ard ro u n d gauge having a diam e te r o f 0 .1 0 0 in., a n d th e e le c tro d e s th en lock ed in p o sitio n . T he ele c tro d e s an d th e te s t c u p shall be w iped clean w ith d ry , c a le n d e re d tissue p ap er o r w ith a clean, dry c h a m o is skin and th o r oughly rinsed w ith In e rte e n -fre e , d ry benzine u n til they are en tirely free fro m fibers. T he test cup shall b e filled w ith d ry benzine, and voltage ap p lie d w ith u n ifo rm increase a t th e ra te o f a p p ro x im a te ly 3 0 0 0 volts (rm s) p er second u n til b reak d o w n oc curs. I f th e d ie le c tric s tre n g th is n o t less th a n 2 5 K V , th e c u p shall b e c o n sid e re d in su itab le co n d itio n fo r testin g th e In e rte e n . I f a low er te s t value is o b ta in e d th e c u p sh all b e c le a n e d w ith benzine and th e te st re p e a te d . T he tem perature o f th e test cu p and o f the Inerteen w hen tested shall be th e sam e as th at o f the room , w hich sh o u ld be b etw een 68 F and 86 F. (2 0 C an d 3 0 C ) T esting at lo w er te m p e ra tu re s is lik e ly to give v ariable results w hich m ay be m islead in g . Fig. J. Fluid T a r Cup fo r Dielectric Test T h e sam ple in th e c o n ta in e r shall be ag itated w ith a sw irling m o tio n ( to avoid in tro d u cin g air) so as to m ix th e in erteen th o ro u g h ly b e fo re fillin g th e te s t c u p . T h is is even m ore im p o rtan t w ith used In erteen than w ith new In erteen as th e im p u ritie s m ay be p recip itated and th e te st m a y be m isleading. T he cu p shall be filled w ith In e rte e n to a h eig h t o f n o less th an 0 .7 9 in . (2 0 m m ) above the to p o f the electrodes. T he In erteen shall b e g e n tly ag itated by ro ck in g the cu p and allo w in g it to sta n d in th e cu p fo r three m in u tes b efo re th e first and one m in u te b efore each su cceed in g p u n c tu re . T his w ill allow air b u b b les to e scap e. Fig. 2 Portable 00 Taring Set, lj2 KVA, 35,000 Volts 730725 (t 1 * rJ fy . ^ th e pap. (O ccasional m o m en tary discharges w h ic h d o n o t resu lt in a p e rm a n e n t a rc m a y o ccu r: th ese should be disregarded). b. N u m b e r o f T e s t s I. E x c e p t as sp e c ifie d in (11) o n e b r e a k d o w n te st shall be m ade o n e a c h o f five fillings o f th e test cu p . I f th e average dev iatio n from the m ean ex ceed s 10 p e rc e n t or if an y individual test d ev iates m ore th an 25 percent from the average, a d d itio n a l tests shall be m ad e. T h e d ielec tric stre n g th shall be d e te rm in e d by aver aging th e first five te sts th a t c o n fo rm to th e allow able variations. II. W h e n In e rte e n is te s te d in c o n s id e r able q u a n tity , so th a t the tim e req u ired f o r te s tin g is ex c e ssiv e a n d w h e n it is m erely desired to d eterm in e w h e th e r th e b reak d o w n safely exceeds th e lim it sp eci fied , o r in th o se cases w h ere th e a m o u n t o f In e rte e n available fo r test m ay b e very lim ited , o n e b reak d o w n test shall be m ad e o n each o f tw o fillings o f th e test c u p . If n e ith e r b re a k d o w n is b e lo w th is v a lu e , th e In erteen m ay be considered satisfacto ry and n o fu rth e r tests shall be re q u ire d . If e ith e r o f th e b re a k d o w n s is less th a n th e specified value a b reak d o w n shall be m ad e on each o f th ree ad d itio n al fillings and te s t r e s u lts a n a ly z e d in a c c o r d a n c e w i t h (1 ). to I liter o f c.p. a n h y d ro u s iso p ro p y l alco h o l. B oil, ad d 2 g. o f c.p. Ba (O H ) : an d b o il again. C o o l, filte r an d sto re in a c h e m ic a lly re sista n t b o ttle p ro tected by a guard tu b e containing so d a lim e an d so d a asb esto s (A scarite). S ta n d ard ize against p u re p o tassiu m acid p h th a la te using p h e n o lp h th alein as an in d ic a to r. b. T i t r a t i o n S o l v e n t - A d d S 0 0 m l. o f c .p . b e n z e n e and 5 m l. o f w a te r to 4 9 5 m l. o f c.p. an h y d ro u s isopropyl alcohol. P ro ced u re. In to a 2 5 0 m L E rlen m ey er flask in tro d u c e 4 0 g. o f In erteen w eighed accu rately . A dd 100 m l. o f th e titra tio n so lv en t an d 3 m l. o f the in d icato r solution. T itrate im m ediately at a tem p eratu re below 3 0 C . C o n sid er th e end p o in t d efin ite if the co lo r change to green persists fo r 15 seco n d s. A b lan k shall b e d e te rm in e d o n th e s o lv e n t. C alculations. T he n eu tralizatio n n u m b er or m g. K O H p er g. o f In erteen = < A JL (N ) X J 6 J A - m l.K O H so lu tio n re q u ire d fo r sam ple. B s m l.K O H so lu tio n re q u ire d fo r blank. N = norm ality o f KOH so lu tio n . W = gram s o f sam ple used. R E C O N D IT IO N IN G i \ -4 c. R eport T he re p o rt shall in clu d e th e v o lts (rm s value) at each break d o w n and the average o f the tw o o r five b re a k d o w n s an d th e te m p e ra tu re o f th e In erteen at the tim e o f th e test. 2. N eutralization T est T h e N e u tra liz a tio n n u m b e r is th e n u m b e r o f milligrams o f potassium hvdrovide required to^ n e u tra liz e th e acid in o n e gram o f In e rte e n . S olutions R equired . S tan d ard P otassium H y d ro x id e S o lu tio n (alco h o lic. 0 .1 N ) - add 6 g. o f c.p . solid K O H R e c o n d itio n in g w ill be n ecessary to rem o v e w a te r, foreign m aterial an d h y d ro g e n ch lo rid e w hich m ay be present and co n tam in atin g In er teen . T h e b lo tter filter press, cartrid g e filter and th e In e rte e n c o n d itio n e r w ill rem o v e w a te r and d irt w hich m ay be present. V ario u s m odels o f each o f these ty p es o f a p p aratu s are available. T he In e rte e n c o n d itio n e r is th e m o s t e ffe c tiv e fo r rem oving m o istu re, d irt, and o th e r co n tam in atin g m aterials. It basically consists o f a clay c o n ta in e r, a clay filte r, p u m p , a tte n d a n t v alv es, g au g es fittin g s. W ater can n o t be effectively rem oved from e ith e r clay o r filter m ateria] o n ce th e y have becom e satu rated w ith In erteen th erefo re care 730726 9 should be taken to see th at these m a te ria ls are tho ro u g h ly dry prior to use. A n y e q u ip m e n t used for co n d itio n in g Inerteen sh o u ld P int be th o r oughly cleaned w ith ben zin e o r n a p h th a to rem o v e all tra c e s o f m a te ria l fo re ig n to I n e rte e n . I f a t all p o ssib le, sep arate e q u ip m e n t s h o u ld be used fo r filterin g inerteen only. H y d ro g en chloride, caused b y arcin g , m ay be elim in ated by vigorously b u b b lin g d ry n itro g e n th ro u g h In erteen . T his should b e d o n e as q u ick ly as possible follow ing th e failu re to p re v e n t th e a tta c k o f HC1 on the cellulose in su la tio n . T h e n itro g en sh o u ld be passed in th ro u g h th e d ra in valve a t th e b o tto m and a llo w e d to escap e through a v en t at the top. T he n itro g en sh o u ld be discharged th ro u g h a pressure re g u la to r a tta c h e d to a sta n d p ip e above th e level o f th e In e rte e n in the tran sfo rm er to prevent th e In e rte e n from flow ing in to th e regulator. T h e n itro g e n sh o u ld be b ubbled th ro u g h the In erteen a t a ra te o f o n e to th ree cubic feet p er m inute fo r a p erio d o f 4 to 6 hours. T h is m ay require tw o to e ig h t cy lin d ers (2 2 0 cu. ft. each) depending on th e s u e o f the a p p a ra tu s . T h is in clu d es all glass, m e ta ls, p a p e rs, in su la tio n , clay rags. A lter c artrid g es, e tc . T hese m aterials m ay be in c in e ra te d if suitable arran g em en ts can be m ad e fo r it to be d o n e at a tem perature sufficient to b reak d o w n the Iner teen. O r th ey m ay be p u rg ed b y cleaning w ith a p ro p er fluid and th e re su lta n t fluid th en m ay be in cin erated using an a p p ro v ed p ro c e d u re and tem perature. T h e fo llo w in g d isp o sitio n is re c o m m e n d e d fo r various m aterials. M aterial D isposition A bsorbing clay, filter p ap er, cartrid g es saw dust and rags In c in e ra te C oils S olvent clean o r incinerate C ores T anks & Fram es S o lv en t clean S o lv e n t clean C opper o r A lum inum S o lv en t clean In su la tio n In c in e ra te D ISPO SA L In e rte e n L iq u id . C ollect all scrap In e rte e n liq u id in a su ita b le m etal c o n ta in e r w h ic h c a n be sa tisfa c to rily sealed . O n ce th e I n e r te e n is co l lected it m ay b e re tu rn e d in sealed d ru m s o r ta n k cars to M o n san to or o th er certified d isp o sal c o m p a n y . S h i p p r e p a i d to*. M onsanto C om pany W. G . K m m m rich P lant S au g et, Illinois A tte n tio n : S upervisor D ep t., 2 4 6 A charg e w ill be m ad e fo r all re tu rn e d In e rte e n . S olvent-R inses C on tam in ated w ith In e rte e n . S o l vent rinses o r o th e r liquids c o n ta m in a te d w ith In e rte e n sh o u ld also b e co llected in sealed d ru m s or tink cars 3nd sent eilher to MonsantcKor other certified disposal company. S olids C o n tam in ated w ith In erteen . A ll solids m aterials co n tam in ated w ith In e rte e n m u st be sto red in im p erv io u s co n tain ers u n til d isp o sal. In cin eratio n . In c in e ra tio n , w h e th e r o f liquids o r c o n ta m in a te d solid m a te ria ls, m u st be d o n e a t a tem p eratu re o f at least 2 2 5 0 C and the stack m ust be eq u ip p ed w ith a su itab le scrubber to rem ove H C 1. O w n in g C o n tam in ated D ru m s. T h e cleaning o f drum s w hich have contained used Inerteen re q u ires g reat care in o rd e r to in su re a th o ro u g h ly clean d ru m . It is p re fe ra b le to re tu rn su c h d ru m s to the supplier w here ad eq u ate cleaning facilities are available, ra th e r th an to a tte m p t to clean them . If it is n ecessary to clean su c h d ru m s, the fo llo w in g p ro c e d u re is re c o m m e n d e d : R inse th e d ru m thorough];, w ith g .-c h n e or p e tro le u m d istillate, using a b o u t one gallon e a c h tim e , u n til th e s o lv e n t show 's n o d isc o lo r a tio n a fte r using. A llo w it to d ram , then p um p o u t th e last traces o f solvent w ith a vacuum p u m p , using a brass p ip e flattened at I ' V ., th e lo w er en d to e x p lo re th e co rn ers o f the d ru m . C o lle c t all so lv e n t rin se m a te ria l fo r d isp o sitio n as described above. d ry air to rem ove any lingering ex p lo siv e vapors. S crew the b u n g on tig htly b efo re rem oving the d ru m from the oven. U se a new w asher w ith the b u n g to in su re a tig h t seal. C A U T IO N : Do not use t steel pipe beceuse o f the danger o f a spark igniting the gasoline or petroleum distillate vapor. N e x t, h e a t th e d ru m w ith b u n g h o le d o w n in a v e n tila te d o ven a t a te m p e ra tu re o f a t least 8 8 C ( 1 9 0 F ) fo r six te e n h o u rs. (A sim ple oven fo r th is p urpose m ay be m ade from sheet m etal an d h eated w ith steam o r an electric h e a te r.) B low o u t th e d ru m w ith d ry n itro g en o r C A U T IO N : Open flames must always be kept away from the oven to prevent igniting inflammable gases which might be remaining in drum when placed in the oven. T he p ractice o f refilling d ru m s w ith In erteen is u n d e sira b le a n d sh o u ld be a v o id e d w h e n e v e r possible, fo r unless th e u tm o st p recau tio n s are ta k e n , th e In e rte e n is lik ely to b e c o m e c o n tam inated. v . art II - Installation and M aintenance of Inerteen Transformers IN ST A L L A T IO N F o r c o n v e n ie n c e in h a n d lin g , all tra n s fo rm e rs are e q u ip p e d w ith lugs o r e y e s fo r liftin g an d m ov ing th e c o m p le te assem b ly filled w ith In erteen by use o f a cran e. A d d itio n al m eans are pro vided fo r th e heavier p a rts such as covers, core an d coils, ra d ia to rs and term in al cham bers. Jack ing lugs are also su p p lie d o n e ith e r th e base o r c o m e rs o f th e ta n k . A tra n sfo rm e r sh o u ld only be lifted o r m oved b y ja c k s placed against these lugs an d n o t ag ain st th e c o o lin g tu b e s, ra d ia to r valves, o r o th e r fittin g s. Jf"~"\ v_ A n in d o o r in stallation requires th a t the room in w h ich th e tra n sfo rm e rs a re p laced m u st be w ell v en tilated so th at the h eated a ir can readily escape an d be rep laced b y c o o le r air from the o u ts id e . I f th e ro o m is p o o rly v e n tila te d , th is ex ch an g e o f air tak es p lace to o slow ly and the te m p e ra tu re o f the air in th e ro o m m ay becom e excessively high. A t an y given load th e tem p era tu re rise o f a self-co o led tra n s fo rm e r w ill be a fixed n u m b e r o f degrees above th e tem p eratu re o f th e su rro u n d in g air. T h e te m p e ra tu re o f the tra n s fo rm e r is th e su m o f th is rise a n d th e air te m p eratu re; th erefo re, care m ust be taken to provide a room su fficien tly v en tilated to perm it o p eratio n o f tran sfo rm ers at a reasonable tem p e ra tu re . A rea o f th e air inlets sh o u ld be such th a t th e am b ien t tem p eratu re never exceeds 4 0 C (1 0 4 F ) w ith an average over tw en ty -fo u r h ours n o t e x c e e d in g 30 C (86 F ); 5 0 t o 6 0 sq u a re fe e t p er 1000 kva o f tran sfo rm er capacity has been satisfacto ry . O u tlet openings w ith th e sam e to tal area sh ould be provided. S e lf - c o o le d t r a n s f o r m e r s should a lw a y s b e w ell s e p a r a te d fro m o n e another a n d fro m a d ja c e n t w alls, p a rtitio n s, e tc ., in p rd e r to p e rm it free air circu latio n a b o u t th e cases. T his separa tio n sh o u ld n o t b e less th an 24 to 3 6 inches v d e p e n d in g o n the size o f the units. IN SPEC TIO N A ll In e rte e n tra n sfo rm e rs are carefu lly in sp e c te d an d te ste d at th e fa c to r) an d th e y are in g o o d 790728 11 c o n d itio n w h e n s h ip p e d ; b u t it is d e s ira b le to inspect each tran sfo rm er th o ro u g h ly b efo re plac ing it in service. W hen a tra n s fo rm e r, is s h ip p e d c o m p le te a n d filled w ith ln e rte e n , this in sp e c tio n sh o u ld in clu d e a check o f th e ln e rte e n level, th e tig h ten in g o r ad justm ent o f any p arts th a t m ay have becom e loose o r o u t o f p lace, and d ete rm in in g th e e x te n t to w hich m o istu re m ay have e n te re d th e tran s form er. The latter can best be d eterm in ed from th e dielectric stre n g th o f th e ln e rte e n . ln erteen used fo r filling tra n sfo rm e rs sh o u ld have a d ielec tric stre n g th o f 3 0 K V o r h ig h er. W hen it te sts less th a n this the ln e rte e n sh o u ld be filte re d . I f th e d ie le c tric s tr e n g th is v e ry lo w o r if th e r e is a n y o th e r ev id en ce o f m o is tu re , it is n e c e ssa ry to d ry the transform er. ln erteen tran sfo rm ers sh o u ld be d ried b y the sh o rt circu it m e th o d .w ith th e tra n sfo rm e r im m e rse d in th e ln e r te e n a n d w ith th e ta n k sealed tig h tly . D uring the d ry in g o u t o p e ra tio n , th e ln erteen should be circulated th ro u g h a filter press o r preferably through an ln e rte e n condi tio n e r. A filte r p ress will re m o v e d irt a n d m o st o f th e m o istu re , b u t th e c o n d itio n e r w ill rem ove th ese and o th e r c o n ta m in a tin g m a te ria ls as w ell. T he loading should be carefully w atch ed and w hen the to p ln e rte e n reaches a tem p eratu re o f 60 C . th e lo a d s h o u ld b e r e d u c e d to o b ta in an approxim ately co n stan t to p ln erteen tem perature based on the follow ing table: S h o rt C ircuit A m p eres M axim um T em p eratu re in P e rc e n t o f L oad o f th e T o p ln erteen 50% 75% 85% 85C 80C 75C W hile th e w in d in g s o f th e tra n sfo rm e r h e a t up. do n o t p erm it th e tem p e ra tu re o f the to p ln e rte e n to e x c e e d th e value sp ecified fo r a given p e rc e n ta g e o f lo a d . T h is p r e c a u tio n is n ecessary because th e w in d in g s .w ill, h e a t u p m o re q u ick ly and o p erate at 3 higher te m p eratu re than the ln erteen . If the w indings are allow ed to reach to o high a te m p e ra tu re , th e in su la tio n w ill be d am aged. T h e d ry in g o f a tra n sfo rm e r should be co n tin u ed u n til th e d ielectric stren g th o f sam ples o f ln e rte e n tak en fro m the tra n sfo rm e r test at 30K V o r higher. T he desired load cu rren t sh o u ld b e o b tain ed by short circu itin g one w inding an d im pressing the proper im p ed an ce voltage o n th e o th e r w inding. T he fu ll lo ad im p ed an ce m ay :sual!y be fou n d on the in stru ctio n p late fo r .n e tran s fo rm e rs ; if th e im p e d a n c e o f th e tr a n s f o r m e r is n o t k n o w n , it sh o u ld be re q u e ste d fro m the W eslinghouse E lectric C o rp o ra tio n , S h a ro n , P en n sylvania. by id e n tify in g th e tra n sfo rm e r w ith its serial num ber. If th e tr a n s f o r m e r is a t o r lo w e r th a n ro o m tem p eratu re at th e start o f th e d ry in g process, circulation o f 125 to 150% o f full load cu rren t will h a s te n t h e h e a t i n g , a n d a h i g h e r t o p L n e rte e n tem perature can be o b tain ed m o re q uickly by b lan k etin g th e co o lers w h en tu b u la r co o lers are used o r by sh u ttin g o ff the ra d ia to r valves w hen ra d ia to rs are u se d . T h e co v er s h o u ld b e lagged to prevent condensation. T he co v er sh o u ld be k e p t tig h tly sealed during the te m p e ra tu re ru n , an d u n til th e tra n sfo rm e r has cooled d o w n to ro o m te m p e ra tu re to prevent c o n d e n sa tio n . T h is also p re v e n ts the release o f h o t ln e rte e n vap o rs w hich are q u ite o b je c tio n ab le, p a rtic u la rly if th e v e n tila tio n is p o o r. C A U T IO N : I t is n o t s a fe t o a tte m p t th e drying o u t o f tran sfo rm ers unless co n sta n t a tte n tio n is g iv en t o th e jo b . A C C E SSO R IE S A N D F IT T IN G S B ushings, fittin g s, an d accesso ries w h en boxed and shipped sep arately sh o u ld be m ounted as show n o n th e o u tlin e draw ing. P ro p er in stallation - 79^729 in s tru c tio n s w h en necessary arc in c lu d e d in the in stru c tio n leaflets fo r c o m p o n e n t p a rts. C are m u st be exercised w hen these c o m p o n e n ts are fitte d to elim inate the accidental in tro d u c tio n o f m o istu re in an y fo rm inside th e tra n sfo rm e r. W here b lin d flanges are rem o v ed b e fo re fittin g s are m o u n te d , th e level o f th e In e rte e n m u st b e lo w e re d b elo w th e o p en in g s th a t w ill b e m ad e. F IN ISH A n y p o rtio n o f th e p a in t film d am ag ed d u rin g sh ip m en t or installation m ust be rep aired as q u ick ly as possible. T o d o th is, clean th e dam aged p o rtio n b y m ean s o f a scraper o r san d p ap er, w ipe th o ro u g h ly w ith a so lv en t d am p en ed c lo th , a p p ly W estingh o u se p rim er p ain t an d allow it to d ry fo r a t least 2 4 h o u rs, th e n apply a co at o f W estinghouse finish p aint. FIL L IN G W hen p u ttin g new ap p aratu s in to service, see th a t th e a p p a ra tu s ta n k is fre e fro m m o is tu re a n d foreign m aterial. in In e rte e n a n d w ill c o n ta m in a te it in a sh o rt tim e. A ll jo in ts sh o u ld b e tig h t; w h e re p ractical, fill th ro u g h th e d ra in valve to k e e p a e ra tio n to a m inim um an d v en t th e to p o f th e tan k to allow th e air to escap e. B e su re th a t valves and p ip e co n n ectio n s b etw een the m ain tan k and any In erteen filled c o m p a rtm e n ts are o p en fo r free circulation o f gas an d liq u id . O th erw ise, trapped air o r gas m ay cau se th e In e rte e n level in som e p arts o f th e tra n sfo rm e r to b e b elo w th e safe o p e ra tin g level. I f it is n e c e ssa ry to fill a tra n s fo rm e r o u t-o fdoors, p articularly on a d am p d ay , care should be taken to p revent the en tran ce o f m oisture. In o rd er to avoid c o n d en satio n th e tem p eratu re inside th e u n it sh o u ld be k e p t several degrees above th e o utside air tem p eratu re. T he tan k an d c o m p a rtm e n ts, if an y , should b e filled at a m b ie n t te m p e ra tu re to th e p o in t o n th e gauges m a rk e d " 2 5 - L iq u id L ev el.'* I f th e am b ien t varies g reatly fro m 2 5 C (7 7 F ) w hen filled , th e In e rte e n level sh o u ld be ch eck ed w h en th e average flu id te m p e ra tu re is 2 5 C ; su fficien t In erteen should b e ad d ed to o r d rain ed from the tan k to brin g th e level to th e p ro p e r h eig h t. T h e tran sfo rm er should never be o p erated o r left stan d in g , even o u t o f service w ith o u t th e In e rte e n level b ein g in d ic a te d o n th e g au g e. IM P O R TA N T: Extreme precautions must be taken to insure the absolute dryness and cleanliness of the apparatus before filling it with Inerteen, and to prevent the entrance o f water and dirt during the transfer o f the Inerteen to the apparatus. T h e p re p aratio n an d filling o f o u td o o r a p p a ra tu s should preferably be d o n e o n a clear, dry d a y : if th is is n o t p o s s ib le , p r o t e c t i o n a g a in s t m oisture m ust be presid ed . A ll vessels used fo r tra n sfe rrin g th e In e rte e n sh o u ld be carefully in sp ected to see th a t th ey are absolutely dry and free from c o n ta m in a tio n . Use o n ly all-m etal hose o r p ip e w hen filling, since th e lining o f m ost o th er ty p es o f hose m ay b e so lu b le F illin g U n d e r V a c u u m . E n tra p p e d a ir is a p o te n tia l so u rc e o f tro u b le in all liq u id filled tra n s fo rm e n . T h e re fo re , it is d e sira b le to fill all In e rte e n tra n s fo rm e rs u n d e r a fu ll v a c u u m . T h is is d o n e fo r the tran sfo rm ers shipped from th e factory* a n d s h o u ld b e d o n e w h e re p ra c tic a b le w hen tra n sfo rm e rs are filled in th e field , p ro v id ing th e tra n sfo rm e r cases have b e e n so desig n ed . If th e cases have n o t b een designed fo r full v ac u u m a n d it is im p e ra tiv e to g e t th e m a x im u m w inding im pulse stre n g th im m ed iately , th e tran s fo rm , rs sh o u ld b e filled w ith In e rte e n u n d e r full v ac u u m b y p la c in g th e m in a n a u x ilia ry v a c u u m ta n k . W here p u rch aser d o es n o t have an estab lish ed tech n iq u e fo r v acu u m filling, th e follow ing p ro c ed u res m ay be u sed w h e th e r vacu u m is a p p lie d 730730 13 directly to the transform er o r th e co m p lete tr a n s f o r m e r is p la c e d in an a u x ilia ry v a c u u m ta n k . 1. A p p l y a n d m a i n t a i n c o n t i n u o u s l y a v a c uum o f at least 28 inches o f m e rc u ry fo r at least o n e-h alf h o u r to u n its ra te d 2 5 K V an d below , o r fo r four h ours to u n its a b o v e 25K V . 2. W hile re ta in in g th e v a c u u m , slo w ly fill w ith In e rte e n to th e n o rm a l 2 5 C level o r w i t h a p p r o x i m a t e l y 9 0 9c o f t h e r e q u i r e d a m o u n t w h e re it is im p o s s ib le to g au g e p ro p e rly . 3. M aintain the specified v acu u m fo r a t least o n e-h alf h o u r a fte r filling. 4 . A djust Inerteen to n o rm al level an d seal th e tran sfo rm er tank. D o n o t reo p en u n til the te m p e ra tu re a t th e to p o f th e flu id is e q u a l to o r hig h er th an the a m b ie n t te m p e ra tu re in o rd e r to avoid c o n d en satio n o n th e su rface o f the In erteen . In those cases w here th e tra n sfo rm e rs are n o t filled u n d er vacuum , full v o ltag e sh o u ld n o t be applied to the w indings fo r at least 24 h o u rs a fte r the Inerteen has been p u t in to th e case. T h is tim e is n e c e ssa ry to a llo w th e a ir b u b b le s to e s c a p e . P L A C IN G IN S E R V IC E P re ssu re T e s tin g . AD In e rte e n tr a n s f o r m e r s are pressure-tested at the facto ry an d sh ip p e d free o f le a k s. A f te r in s ta lla tio n s a n d b e f o r e v o lta g e is a p p lie d , it is d e sira b le to p r e s s u r e - te s t e a c h tran sfo rm er, especially if any fittin g s o r covers nave been rem oved and replaced d u rin g in stalla tion. C om pressed dry nitrogen o r d ry a ir m ay be u sed fo r th e p u rp o s e . It is r e c o m m e n d e d th a t th e > pjee above the Inerteen be b lo w n o u t w ith dry n itro g e n , th e n clo se all v e n ts a n d a p p ly a p re ssu re test o f five p o u n d s per sq u a re in c h fo r a p e rio d o f six to eig h t h o u rs. T h e te st p re s s u re c a n b e s t be l . r i . u d h> t h e u s e o f a p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a t t a c h e d to the nitrogen cylinder. A ch eck fo r\le a k s o f jo in ts above th e In e rte e n level m ay b e m a d e b y pain tin g th em w ith a so lu tio n o f so ap and glycerin an d w atching fo r gas b u b b le s. A t th e conclusion o f th e test th e in tern al p ressu re should be retu rn ed to n o rm al by m o m en tarily venting the gas space. H igh A ltitu d e . W here tra n sfo rm e rs are to be used at a high a ltitu d e (m o re th a n 3 0 0 0 feet above sea level) a fittin g above th e liquid level sh o u ld be o p en ed to equalize th e in tern al an d ex tern al pressures at a tem p eratu re o f ap p ro x im ately 2SC b efo re placin g th e tra n sfo rm e r in service. G ro u n d in g T ra n sfo rm e r T a n k . R egardless o f the ty p e o f fo undation o r flo o r on w hich a trans fo rm e r is to re st, th e ta n k s h o u ld b e d e fin ite ly and p erm an en tly g ro u n d ed to elim in ate the possi b ility o f ob tain in g sta tic sh o ck s o r being injured by accidental g ro u n d in g o f a w in d in g to the case. A g ro u n d p ad o r lug is a lw a y s p ro v id e d n e a r th e b o tto m o f the tank fo r the p u rp o se o f connecting th e gro u n d ed lead. C A U T IO N : A good low-resistance ground is necessary for .adequate protection -- a poor ground may be worse than none at all. G ro u n d in g L o w V o lta g e W in d in g . E v e n e f f o r t is m ad e in in su latin g tra n s fo rm e rs to g u a rd against an y ch an ce o f b re a k d o w n b e tw e e n high voltage a n d low v o ltag e w in d in g s: h o w e v e r, in o rd e r to be a b s o lu te ly safe, it is a d v isa b le th a t lo w v o lta g e circu its w ith w hich p e rso n s m ay com e in c o n ta c t be grounded. T he m axim um voltage th a t can be o b ta in e d to g ro u n d is th e n lim ite d to th e n o rm al voltage th at exists b etw een th e g ro u n d e d p o in t a n d th e lin e ; th is is tr u e e v e n th o u g h th e h ig h voltage an d low v o ltag e w in d in g s b eco m e c o n n ected electrically. In g ro u n d in g th e w in d in g , th e n e u tra l p o in t s h o u ld be u se d if it is a v a ila b le . W h e n tra n s fo rm ers o p erate on single p h ase c irc u its w ith the m id d le p o in t o f th e low v o lta g e , th e m a x im u m v o ltag e th a t can ex ist b e tw e e n a n y p a rt o f th e low v o lta g e c ir c u it a n d g r o u n d is o n e - h a lf o f th e lowv o lta g e s. M A K IN G C O N N E C T IO N S A diagram , usually o n th e m etal in stru c tio n plate attach ed to th e side o f th e case, sh o w s th e p ro p er . 790731 4JIUW T* U pow er term inal co n n ectio n s to be m ade for various voltages. C are should be tak en to see th a t all c o n n e c tio n s an d o n ly th o se sh o w n are prop* erly m ad e, for a w rong c o n n ectio n m ay cause severe dam age. S om e in stallatio n s require an auxiliary source o f p o w e r o r c o n tro l leads to be w ired to te rm in a ls a t th e tra n s fo rm e r; a w irin g diagram * e ith e r a sep arate draw ing o r in clu d ed as p art o f th e o u tlin e draw ing, show s the co n n ectio n s to be m ade. V o lta g e A p p b 'c a tio n . W hen v o ltag e is first a p p lie d to th e tran sfo rm er* it should* if possib le, be b ro u g h t u p slow ly to its full value so th a t any w rong co n nection o r o th e r trouble m ay. b e disclosed before dam age can result. A fte r full v o ltag e has b een ap p lied successfully* th e tran sfo rm er should be o p erated w ith o u t load fo r a few h o urs. It should be k ep t u n d er / close o b se rv a tio n d u rin g th is tim e an d also d ur- - - ing th e first few h o u rs w hile loaded. sh o u ld b e ta k e n o u t o f service an d given a th o ro u g h in sp ectio n . A n y sy m p to m s, such as un u su al noises, h ig h o r low In e rte e n levels, o p e ra tio n o f re lief device, e tc ., should be investigated at once. T ran sfo rm e rs w hich have b een su b jected to unusually severe o perating co n d itio n s, su ch as o verloads, fre q u e n t sh o rt circu its, o r special u n its sh o u ld be in sp ected at least o n c e a y ear. T h is can u sually be d o n e adequately b y low ering th e In e rte e n level an d in sp ectin g w ith a light th ro u g h th e m a n h o le . B efo re th is in s p e c tio n is m ade* th e In e rte e n should be allow ed to co o l to r e d u c e t h e a m o u n t o f I n e r t e e n fumes g iv e n o f f w hich are q u ite o b jectio n ab le and should n o t be inhaled. D u rin g p e rio d ic inspection* all accesso ries sh o u ld be in sp ected to see if th ey are o p e ra tin g pro p erly . IN SPE C T IO N It is d e sira b le th a t p e rio d ic in sp e c tio n s o f In trte e n a p p a ra tu s be m ade and th a t sam ples o f In e rte e n be ta k e n from each and fro m all co m p a rtm e n ts o f any ap p aratu s and tested a fte r a sh o rt p erio d o f service. S ee sectio n on S am pling and Inspection. A n y in c re a se in o p e ra tin g te m p e ra tu re a t n o rm al lo ad sh o u ld be investigated an d if the cause can n o t be d eterm in ed , the tran sfo rm er C A U T IO N : Never enter a vault or any other confined area in which a transformer relief device has been known to operate or in which a transformer has failed, until the area has been thoroughly ventilated. Then enter cautiously, with another person in attend ance. The pungent, somewhat irritating fumes of hydrogen chloride are easily de tected and can serve as a guide in entering the enclosure. o S * - ** 730732 # Memorandum m T 730733 <g> Westinghouse THE LEADER OF THE TRANSFORMER INDUSTRY 'A vj O' 7 0 0 7 3 4 Instructions for Handling InerteenInsulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers W estinghouse Electric Corporation Westinghouse E xih ib it 10 SMALL POWER TRANSFORMER DIVISION, SOUTH BOSTON, VIRGINIA SHARON TRANSFORMER DIVISION, SHARON, PENNSYLVANIA I.B..45-063-99D Effective February, 1976 Supersedes 1. B. 45-063-99C, August. 1971 CONTENTS Pag* P A R T O N E - I N E R T E E N I N S U L A T I N G F L U I D ................................................................ 3 C h a r a c te r is tic s ............................................................ E n v ir o n m e n ta l C o n s i d e r a t i o n s ...................................................................................................................... H a n d lin g ....................... ..... .................................. .. ............................................. * ................................................ S a m p lin g a n d I n s p e c t i o n .................................................................................................................................. T e s tin g M e th o d s ........................................ R e c o n d itio n in g .................................. D i s p o s a l ....................................................................................................................................................................... 3 3 4 5 6 8 9 PART TWO - INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS................................................... Installation ....................................... Inspection .,............. .......................................... *................................................. Accessories and Fittings .................................................... Finish ................................................................................................................... Filling .................................. Filling Under Vacuum .................................................................... Placing in Service ................................................................................... Pressure Testing.............................................................................................. High Altitude .......................................... Grounding Transformer Tank ........................................................................ Grounding Low Voltage Winding .................................................................. Making Connections ........................... Voltage Application ...................................................................................... Inspection ............... 10 10 10 11 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 \ P a rt I - Inerteen In su la tin g Flu id See American National Standards Institute Guidelines C 10 7.1-19 74 for complete information on handling and disposal of Askarels. Copies are available from: ANSI. 1430 Broadway. New York. N .Y . 10018 3 CHARACTERISTICS Inerteen is a highly pure, synthetic noninflammable and non-explosive insulating and cooling liquid. Chemically stable and nearly water white in color, Inerteen is not affected by reaction with other materials regularly used in the manufacture of Inerteen apparatus. It is non oxidizing and non-corTosive at temperature con siderably above those normally obtained in Iner teen apparatus. Inerteen will not sludge under any operating condition. Water is the main enemy of Inerteen and keeping it dry will insure long service life. The dielectric strength of Inerteen will com pare favorably with that of insulating oil when tested under the same conditions. Quality samples of Inerteen tested under laboratory conditions may show a dielectric strength in excess of 40KV. Care must be exercised in handling and testing Inerteen. Inerteen must be kept in clean, sealed containers to prevent loss by evaporation or contamination by moisture or dirt. Inerteen exerts a strong solvent action on most varnishes, gums, and paints. Such materials are not used in the construction of Inerteen apparatus. No materials should be used in Iner teen apparatus except those approved by the Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Inerteen has an irritating effect upon the skin. If it is necessary to handle it, see the precautions under " Handling" . It should be remembered that mineral oil is completely miscible with Inerteen; in fact, it is impossible to separate mineral oil and Inerteen. 3. Color: (Maximum) 100 A.P.H. 4. Condition: Clear 5. Dielectric constant: At 1000 hertz 77F (25C), 5.7 to 5.9 At 1000 hertz 212 F (100C), 4.8 to 5.0 6. Dielectric strength: (Minimum) 77 F (25C) At point of shipment, 35KV At point of receipt, 30KV 7. Electrical Resistivity: (Minimum) 500 x 109 ohms/cm3 (212F (100C) at 500 volts DC) 8. Power factor: At 60 hertz, 77F (25C) 2% At 60 hertz, 2I2F (100C) 25% 9. Fixed chlorine content: (Minimum) 42 percent 10. Free chlorides: Less than 0.10 ppm 11. Neutralization number: Less than 0.014 mg of KOH/gram 12. Pour Point: (Maximum) plus 7F (minus 14C) 13. Refractive index: At 77F (25C), 1.624 to 1.626 14. Specific gravity: At 60F/6CPF (15.5C/15.5C), 1.381 to 1.392 15. Density: 11.5 pounds per gallon 16. Viscosity: At 100F (37.8C), 82-92 seconds 17. Moisture: (Maximum) 35 ppm SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS OF INERTEEN As outlined in " Method of Testing Askarels A.S.T.M. D90I," the specific characteristics of Inerteen are: \ 1. Bum point: None 2. Chemical stability: No generation of free chlorides under normal operating conditions. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS Inerteen is a synthetic insulating fluid made by the chlorination of a relatively common chemical, biphenyl. The chlorination is necessary to impart nonflammable properties to the Inerteen. The resulting polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB's) are relatively insoluble in water but soluble in fat, I 4 <r and extremely persistent in the environment. It short duration, it can be absorbed through the has been shown by several laboratories that skin. Repeated contact over prolonged peri measurable amounts of the PCB's, particularly ods may result in severe dermatitis which may those with more than 50% chlorination, are persist for many months after removal from present in our general environment and are a exposure. threat to certain species of wildlife. While Inerteen is generally regarded as being non-toxic to Protective Equipment. When necessary, und humans, very high standards of control in the overall program against pollution must be exer cised. er emergency conditions, to enter a space containing very high concentrations of Iner teen fumes or vapor, either an approved gas mask or self-contained breathing equipment, Electrical apparatus (such as transformers and should be worn. For lower, but still signifi capacitors) using Inerteen are normally sealed to cant concentrations, cartridge type chemical prevent escape of Inerteen into the environment. respirator should be worn. If the odor of However, a carefully planned program of waste Inerteen is noticed while wearing respiratory disposal must be followed at every step of the equipment, the wearer should go immediately equipment life. This includes manufacture, repair into fresh air. and final disposition of the fluid and the Inerteen r contaminated parts. To date the only acceptable destruction of the PCB's is by incineration at 2250 C or higher under carefully controlled conditions. At this temperature Inerteen will breakdown into HC1, CO2 and water vapor. An alkaline scrubber is necessary to neutralize the HC1 and the final products released to the atmosphere are C02 and steam. To be sure that Neoprene coated aprons and neoprene coated gloves may be used where necessary to protect the skin. Hand cream designed to protect against oils and petroleum solvents, (such as Ply 9 Gel made by Milbum Co. of Detroit) may be of some value where the use of gloves is not practical. the Inerteen and Inerteen contaminated materials do not contaminate the environment they must be incinerated in approved equipment. When handling Inerteen, wash hands often with warm soapy water and in case of spillage onto clothing, remove the clothing as soon as possible. The clothing must then be laundered HANDLING prior to use. 1. Safety Precautions Breathing. The odor of Inerteen is noticeable at concentrations below the Maximum Ac ceptable Concentration. Concentrations which exceed this may cause irritation of the eyes, nose, throat and upper respiratory tract. Much higher concentrations could cause in ternal reactions. Swallowing. Inerteen is highly toxic if taken internally. Swallowing of an ounce or two could cause severe irritation of the digestive tract and serious internal reactions. Skin Irritation. Although Inerteen is only a moderate skin irritant when contact is for 2. Storage Inerteen is shipped in tank can, drums or cans. Inerteen in drums or cans should be stored in a covered area and when stored out-of-doors the bungs should be down to prevent collection of water around the bung. A storage tank should be mounted on pien above the ground and accessible to all points for inspection for leakage. There should be a curb on the ground around the tank to contain any spillage or leakage. It is desirable, if possible, to keep Inerteen in storage at a temperature slightly above ambient to prevent moisture condensation. SAMPLING AND INSPECTION Sampling. Each container of Inerteen must be sampled and tested prior to being added to a transformer and then should be added only if the dielectric strength is 30KV or above. It is desirable that periodic inspection of Inerteen apparatus be made and that samples of Inerteen be taken from each compartment and tested. Initially a sample should be taken after about 3 months of operation and then, where operating conditions permit, at inter vals of 6 months to 1 year. Accurate records should be maintained and if dielectric strength drops below 22KV it should be reconditioned. If facilities are not available for testing Inerteen, see "Westinghouse Inerteen Testing Service'*below. Westinghouse Inerteen Testing Service. Many users of Inerteen do not have the necessary facilities for testing. In order that these users may be able to make the periodic tests recommended, Westinghouse Electric Corp oration has established an Inerteen testing service to provide careful tests by experienced engineer, and provide a prompt report on the test results. Two special 16 oz. sample bottles per mailing container Westinghouse S#24B 1743602, as well as necessary packing and printed matter, may be obtained by con tacting the nearest Westinghouse Office. (The bottle and th container will not be returned to the customer.) After drawing the sample of Inerteen, the customer should seal the bottle and mail it to the Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Ma terials Engineering Laboratory, Sharon, Pa. 16146. To simplify these details, an instruc tion and order sheet and a printed return label have been included in the carton container. The instructions cover the taking of the sample and its proper preparation for mailing. The order sheet must be sent to the nearest Westinghouse office. In addition to dielectric tests. Westinghouse is also prepared to make a physical and chemical examination if so requested. (The customer should plainly indicate the type of service desired.) The physical and chemical examination consists of an examination of the Inerteen by a competent chemist. Recommendations will be made as to the suitability of the Inerteen for continued use, whether it would be desirable and economical to clean it, and in a general way, the preferred method of clean ing. In submitting samples for this service, the history of the Inerteen represented should be given as completely as possible. (For details refer to the nearest Westinghouse Office). SAMPUNG INERTEEN The dielectric strength of Inerteen is affected by the most minute traces of certain impurities, particularly water. It is important that the great est care be taken in obtaining the samples and in handling them to avoid contamination. There have been low dielectric test results reported from the field which, upon investigation, have been found to be largely a matter of poor sampling. All sampling and testing equipment used for handling Inerteen and servicing Inerteen should be used for no other purpose. Care must be used in taking samples of Inerteen and sealing them prior to testing. It is desirable that samples of Inerteen be removed from any container on clear days only, and when the temperature of the Inerteen is at least as high as the temperature of the sur rounding air. Use only tin containers with screwed metal caps or glass bottles with Inerteen resistant lids to hold Inerteen samples. If it becomes necessary to use other than factory sampling containers, they should be rinsed with clean naptha, washed with detergent and water, and rinsed thoroughly in hot water, and then dried at approximately 110C for four hours with neck down in circulating air oven. If the containers are not used immediately after cleaning, they should be sealed tightly and stored in a dry, clean place. An aluminum foil liner should be put in the lid. 6 I r" ; Provision is made on all Inerteen transformers to obtain a top sample of the Inerteen, however on a transformer that is in operation, a sample may be taken from either the top or bottom since any moisture present will be mixed in, due to circulation of Inerteen. In sampling, allow at least one quart of Inerteen to run out to flush the sampling connection before collecting the sample. This flush material must be collected in a suitable container for disposition as per the section on "Inerteen Disposal*' page 6. The Inerteen should be put into the sample containers immediately and the caps screwed on tightly. The label for each container should be marked clearly with the serial number of the transformer or compartment from which the Inerteen was taken. Before taking samples from a storage tank, the Inerteen should be allowed to settle for approximately twelve hours so that if there is any moisture present, it, having a lower specific gravity, will rise to the top where the sample is to be taken. A clean sneak-thief should be used to obtain the samples. Essentially, the same precau tions to prevent moisture and dirt contamination should be used as outlined above. It is recommended that one 16 oz. bottle of Inerteen be taken as a sample for testing. At least one sample should be taken from a tank car of Inerteen. One sample may be taken from each drum, or if desired, a composite sample may be made from Inerteen from five drums, provided all of the drums are airtight. When the bung is first loosened, a hissing sound should be heard, which indicates that the drum has been airtight. When the composite type of testing is used and a sample is found to be unsatisfactory, a sample from each of the drums represented must be tested. When drums have been stored exposed to the weather, a sample from each drum must be tested to determine if it is suitable for use. DISPOSITION OF SAMPLE A CON TAINER. All samples must be collected in sealed, labelled containers for disposition as described in section on "Inerteen Disposal" page 9. AH sol vent rinses of test containers must be handled in a like manner. All containers, rags, and other solid materials involved in testing must be collected for proper disposition. TESTING METHODS Instruction for all tests listed correspond in general to the recommendations of the American Society for Testing Materials. 1. Dielectric Strength Test The testing transformer and the source of supply of energy shall not be less than 1/2 KVA, and the frequency shall not exceed 100 Hertz per second. Regulation shall be so controlled that the high tension testing voltage taken from the secondary of the testing transformer can be raised gradually without opening either primary or secondary circuit. The rate of rise shall approximate 3000 volts per second. The voltage may be measured by an approved method which gives root-meansquare values. Some protection is desirable to prevent ex cessive flow of current when breakdown of the Inerteen takes place. This protection preferably should be in the primary or low voltage side of the testing transformer. It is not especially im portant for transformers of 5 KVA of less, as the current is limited by the impedance of the transformer. The standard test cup for holding the sample of Inerteen shaU be made of a material having a suitable dielectric strength. It must be insoluble in and unattacked by Inerteen or benzine and non absorbent as far as moisture, Inerteen, or gasoline are concerned. The electrodes in the test cup between which. the sample is tested shall be circular discs of polished brass or copper, 1 in. in diameter, with square (90^) edges. The electrodes shall be mounted in the test cup with their axes hori zontal and coincident, with a gap of 0.100 in. between their adjacent faces, and with tops of electrodes about 1-1/4 in. below the top of the f (t> f 7 < cup. (A suitable test cup is shown in Fig. 1, and portable testing outfits in Fig. 2.) a. Procedure Voltages shall be applied and increased uniformly at a rate of approximately 3000 volts (rms) per second until breakdown occurs as indicated by a continuous discharge across The spacing of electrodes shall be checked with a standard round gauge having a diam eter of 0.100 in., and the electrodes then locked in position. The electrodes and the test cup shall be wiped clean with dry, calendered tissue paper or with a clean, dry chamois skin and thor oughly rinsed with Inerteen-free, dry benzine until they are entirely free from fibers. The test cup shall be filled with dry benzine, and voltage applied with uniform increase at the rate of approximately 3000 volts (rms) per second until breakdown oc curs. If the dielectric strength is not less than 25KV, the cup shall be considered in suitable condition for testing the Inerteen. If a lower test value is obtained the cup shall be cleaned with benzine and the test repeated. The temperature of the test cup and of the Inerteen when tested shall be the same as that of the room, which should be between 68F and 86F. (20C and 30C) Testing at lower temperatures is likely to give variable results which may be misleading. Fig. 1. Fluid Test d tp fo r Dielectric Test The sample in the container shall be agitated with a swirling motion (to avoid introducing air) so as to mix the Inerteen thoroughly before filling the test cup. This is even more important with used Inerteen than with new Inerteen as the impurities may be precipitated and the test may be misleading. The cup shall be filled with Inerteen to a height of no less than 0.79 in. (20 mm) above the top of the electrodes. The Inerteen shall be gently agitated by rocking the cup and allowing it to stand in the cup for three minutes before the first and one minute before each succeeding puncture. This will allow air bubbles to escape. Fig. Z Portable Oil Testing Set, l 2 K VA, 35,000 Volts I the gap. (Occasional momentary discharges which do not result in a permanent arc may occur; these should be disregarded). b. Number of Tests I. Except as specified in (II) one break down test shall be made on each of five fillings of the test cup. If the average deviation from the mean exceeds 10 percent or if any individual test deviates more than 25 percent from the average, additional tests shall be made. The dielec tric strength shall be determined by aver aging the first five tests that conform to the allowable variations. II. When Inerteen is tested in consider able quantity, so that the time required for testing is excessive and when it is merely desired to determine whether the breakdown safely exceeds the limit speci fied, or in those cases where the amount of Inerteen available for test may be very limited, one breakdown test shall be made on each of two fillings of the test cup. If neither breakdown is below this value, the Inerteen may be considered satisfactory and no further tests shall be required. If either of the breakdowns is less than the specified value a breakdown shall be made on each of three additional fillings and test results analyzed inaccordance with (I). c. Report The report shall include the volts (rms value) at each breakdown and the average of the two or five breakdowns and the temperature of the Inerteen at the time of the test. 2. Neutralization Test The Neutralization number is the number of milligrams of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acid in one gram of Inerteen. \ Solutions Required a. Standard Potassium Hydroxide Solution (alcoholic, 0.1N) - add 6 g. of c.p. solid KOH to 1 liter of c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. Boil, add 2 g. of c.p. Ba (OH)2 and boil again. Cool, filter and store in a chemically resistant bottle protected by a guard tube containing soda lime and soda asbestos (Ascarite). Stand ardize against pure potassium acid phthalate using phenolphthalein as an indicator. b. Titration Solvent - Add 500 ml. of c.p. benzene and 5 ml. of water to 495 mLof c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. Procedure. Into a 250 mLErlenmeyer flask intro duce 40 g. of Inerteen weighed accurately. Add 100 ml. of the titration solvent and 3 ml. of the indicator solution. Titrate immediately at a temperature below 30eC. Consider the end point definite if the color change to green persists for 15 seconds. A blank shall be determined on the solvent. Calculations. The neutralization number or mg. KOH per g. of Inerteen = (A' B <N>xS61 .A ml.KOH solution required for sample. B = mLKOH solution required for blank. N normality of KOH solution. W =grams of sample used. RECONDITIONING Reconditioning will be necessary to remove water, foreign material and hydrogen chloride which may be present and contaminating Iner teen. The blotter filter press, cartridge filter and the Inerteen conditioner will remove water and dirt which may be present. Various models of each of these types of apparatus are available. The Inerteen conditioner is the most effective for removing moisture, dirt, and other contaminating materials. It basically consists of a clay container, a clay filter, pump, attendant valves, gauges and fittings. Water cannot be effectively removed from either day or filter material once they have become saturated with Inerteen therefore care F4 9 770 should be taken to see that these materials are thoroughly dry prior to use. Any equipment used for conditioning Inerteen should first be thor oughly cleaned with benzine or naphtha to remove all traces of material foreign to Inerteen. If at all possible, separate equipment should be used for filtering Inerteen only. Hydrogen chloride, caused by arcing, may be eliminated by vigorously bubbling dry nitrogen through Inerteen. This should be done as quickly as possible following the failure to prevent the attack of HC1 on the cellulose insulation. The nitrogen should be passed in through the drain valve at the bottom and allowed to escape through a vent at the top. The nitrogen should be discharged through a pressure regulator attached to a stand pipe above the level of the Inerteen in the transformer to prevent the Inerteen from flowing into the regulator. The nitrogen should be bubbled through the Inerteen at a rate of one to three cubic feet per minute for a period of 4 to 6 hours. This may require two to eight cylinders (220 cu. ft. each) depending on the size of the apparatus. DISPOSAL Inerteen Liquid. Collect all scrap Inerteen liquid in a suitable metal container which can be satisfactorily sealed. Once the Inerteen is col lected it may be returned in sealed drums or tank cars to Monsanto or other certified disposal companies as listed below. Ship prepaid to: Monsanto Company Nuclear Engineering Company W. 6. Krummrich Plant Disposal Division Sauget. Illinois Sheffield. Illinois Attention: Supervisor Dopt., 246 Chom-Troltoilution Servici, Ik . lollins-Purle, Inc. 41IS Like Avenue Boi 3349 Blasdtll. Ncv York 14219 Wilmington, Delaware 19199 A charge will be made for all returned Inerteen. Solvent-Rinses Contaminated with Inerteen. Sol vent rinses or other liquids contaminated with Inerteen should also be collected in sealed drums or tank cars and sent either to Monsanto or other certified disposal company. Solids Contaminated with Inerteen. All solids materials contaminated with Inerteen must be stored in impervious containers until disposal. This includes all glass, metals, papers, insulation, clay rags, filter cartridges, etc. These materials may be incinerated if suitable arrangements can be made for it to be done at a temperature sufficient to breakdown the Iner teen. Or they may be purged by cleaning with a proper fluid and the resultant fluid then may be incinerated using an approved procedure and temperature. The following disposition is recommended for various materials. Material Disposition Absorbing clay, filter paper, cartridges sawdust and rags Incinerate Coils Solvent clean or incinerate Cores Solvent clean Tanks & Frames Solvent clean Copper or Aluminum Solvent clean Insulation Incinerate Incineration. Incineration, whether of liquids or contaminated solid materials, must be done at a temperature of at least 2250C and the stack must be equipped with a suitable scrubber to remove HC1. Geaning Contaminated Drums. The cleaning of drums which have contained used Inerteen re quires great care in order to insure a thoroughly clean drum. It is preferable to return such drums to the supplier where adequate cleaning facilities are available, rather than to attempt to clean them. If it is necessary to clean such drums, the following procedure is recommended: Rinse the drum thoroughly with gasoline or petroleum distillate, using about one gallon each time, until the solvent shows no discolor ation after using. Allow it to drain, then pump out the last traces of solvent with a vacuum pump, using a brass pipe flattened at SV977 10 the lower end to explore the comers of the drum. Collect all solvent rinse material for disposition as described above. dry air to remove any lingering explosive vapors. Screw the bung on tightly before removing the drum from the oven. Use a new washer with the bung to insure a tight seal. CAUTION: Do not use a steel pipe because of the danger of a spark igniting the gasoline or petroleum distillate vapor. Next, heat the drum with bunghole down in a ventilated oven at a temperature of at least 88C. (190F) for sixteen hours. (A simple oven for this purpose may be made from sheet metal and heated with steam or an electric heater.) Blow out the drum with dry nitrogen or CAUTION: Open flames must always be kept away from the oven to prevent igniting inflammable gases which might be remaining in drum when placed in the oven. The practice of refilling drums with Inerteen is undesirable and should be avoided whenever possible, for unless the utmost precautions are taken, the Inerteen is likely to become con taminated. Part !l - Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers INSTALLATION For convenience in handling, all transformers are equipped with lugs or eyes for lifting and mov ing the complete assembly filled with Inerteen by use of a crane. Additional means are pro vided for the heavier parts such as coven, core and coils, radiaton and terminal chamben. Jack ing lugs are also supplied on either the base or comen of the tank. A transformer should only be lifted or moved by jacks placed against these lugs and not against the cooling tubes, radiator valves, or other fittings. An indoor installation requires that the room in which the transformen are placed must be well ventilated so that the heated air can readily escape and be replaced by cooler air from the outside. If the room is poorly ventilated, this exchange of air takes place too slowly and the temperature of the air in the room may becoihe excessively high. At any given load the tempera ture rise of a self-cooled transformer will be a fixed number of degrees above the temperature of the surrounding air. The temperature of the transformer is the sum of this rise and the air temperature; therefore, care must be taken to provide a room sufficiently ventilated to permit operation of transformen at a reasonable temp erature. Area of the air inlets should be such that the ambient temperature never exceeds 40C (104F) with an average over twenty-four houn not exceeding 30C (86 F); SO to 60 square feet per 1000 kva of transformer capacity has been satisfactory. Outlet openings with the same total area should be provided. Self-cooled transformen should always be well separated from one another and from ad jacent walls, partitions, etc., in order to permit free air circulation about the cases. This separa tion should not be less than 24 to 36 inches depending on the size of the units. INSPECTION All Inerteen transformen are carefully inspected and tested at the factory and they are in good 'W 77 condition when shipped; but it is desirable to inspect each transformer thoroughly before plac ing it in service. When a transformer is shipped complete and filled with Inerteen, this inspection should in clude a check of the Inerteen level, the, tightening or adjustment of any parts that may have become loose or out of place, and determining the extent to which moisture may have entered the trans former. The latter can best be determined from the dielectric strength of the Inerteen. Inerteen used for filling transformers should have a dielec tric strength of 30KV or higher. When it tests less than this the Inerteen should be filtered. If the dielectric strength is very low or if there is any other evidence of moisture, it is necessary to dry the transformer. Inerteen transformers should be dried by the short circuit method with the transformer im mersed in the Inerteen and with the tank sealed tightly. During the drying out operation, the Inerteen should be circulated through a filterpress or preferably through an Inerteen condi tioner. A filter press will remove dirt and most of the moisture, but the conditioner will remove these and other contaminating materials as well. The loading should be carefully watched and when the top Inerteen reaches a temperature of 60C, the load should be reduced to obtain an approximately constant top Inerteen temperature based on the following table: Short Circuit Amperes Maximum Temperature in Percent of Load of the Top Inerteen 50% 85C 75% 80C 85% 75C While the windings of the transformer heat up, do not permit the temperature of the top Inerteen to exceed the value specified for a given percentage of load. This precaution is necessary because the windings will heat up more quickly and operate at.a higher temperature than the Inerteen. If the windings are allowed to reach too high a temperature, the insulation will be dam aged. The drying of a transformer should be continued until the dielectric strength of samples of Inerteen taken from the transformer test at 30KV or higher. The desired load cunent should be obtained by short circuiting one winding and impressing, the proper impedance voltage on the other winding. The full load impedance may usually be found on the instruction plate for the trans formers: if the impedance of the transformer is not known, it should be requested from the Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Sharon, Penn sylvania, by identifying the transformer with its serial number. If the transformer is at or lower than room temperature at the start of the drying process, circulation of 125 to 150% of full load current will hasten the heating, and a higher top Inerteen temperature can be obtained more qdickly by blanketing the coolers when tubular coolers are used or by shutting off the radiator valves when radiators are used. The cover should be lagged to prevent condensation. The cover should be kept tightly sealed during the temperature run, and until the transformer has cooled down to room temperature to prevent condensation. This also prevents the release of hot Inerteen vapors which are quite objection able, particularly if the ventilation is poor. C A U T IO N : It is not safe to attempt the drying out of transformers unless constant attention is given to the job. ACCESSORIES AND FITTINGS Bushings, fittings, and accessories when boxed and shipped separately should be mounted as shown on the outline drawing. Proper installation 12 instructions when necessary are included in the instruction leaflets for component parts. Care must be exercised when these components are fitted to eliminate the accidental introduction of moisture in any form inside the transformer. Where blind flanges are removed before fittings are mounted, the level of the Inerteen must be lowered below the openings that will be made. FINISH Any portion of the paint film damaged during shipment or installation must be repaired as quickly as possible. To do this, clean the damaged portion by means of a scraper or sandpaper, wipe thoroughly with a solvent dampened cloth, apply Westinghouse primer paint and allow it to dry for at least 24 hours, then apply a coat of Westinghouse finish paint. FILLING When putting new apparatus into service, see that the apparatus tank is free from moisture and foreign material. in Inerteen and will contaminate it in a short time. All joints should be tight; where practical, fill through the drain valve to keep aeration to a minimum and vent the top of the tank to allow the air to escape. Be sure that valves and pipe connections between the main tank and any Inerteen filled compartments are open for free circulation of gas and liquid. Otherwise, trapped air or gas may cause the Inerteen level in some parts of the transformer to be below the safe operating level. If it is necessary to fill a transformer out-ofdoors, particularly on a damp day, care should be taken to prevent the entrance of moisture. In order to avoid condensation the temperature inside the unit should be kept several degrees above the outside air temperature. The tank arid compartments, if any, should be filled at ambient temperature to the point on the puges marked *'25 -- Liquid Level.*' If the ambient varies greatly from 25C (77 F) when filled, the Inerteen level should be checked when the average fluid temperature is 2SC; sufficient Inerteen should be added to or drained from the tank to bring the level to the proper height. The transformer should never be operated or left standing, even out of service without the Inerteen level being indicated on the gauge. IMPORTANT: Extreme precautions must be taken to insure the absolute dryness and cleanliness of the apparatus before fitting it with Inerteen, end to prevent the entrance of water end dirt during the transfer of the Inerteen to the apparatus. The preparation and filling of outdoor appa ratus should preferably be done on a clear, dry day; if this is not possible, protection against moisture must be provided. All vessels used for transferring the Inertfcen should be carefully inspected to see that they are absolutely dry and free from contamination. Use only all-metal hose or pipe when filling, since the lining of most other types of hose may be soluble Filling Under Vacuum. Entrapped air is a po tential source of trouble in all liquid filled transformers. Therefore, it is desirable to fill all Inerteen transformers under a full vacuum. This is done for the transformers shipped from the factory and should be done where practicable when transformers are filled in the field, provid ing the transformer cases have been so designed. If the cases have not been designed for. full vacuum and it is imperative to get the maximum winding impulse strength immediately, the trans formers should be filled with Inerteen undef full vacuum by placing them in an auxiliary vacuum tank. Where purchaser does not have an established technique for vacuum filling, the following pro cedures may be used whether vacuum is applied n directly to the transformer or the complete transformer is placed in an auxiliary vacuum tank. 1. Apply and maintain continuously a vac uum of at least 28 inches of mercury for at least one-half hour to units rated 25KV and below, or for four hours to units above 25KV. 2. While retaining the vacuum, slowly fill with Inerteen to the normal 25 C level or with approximately 90% of the required amount where it is impossible to gauge properly. 3. Maintain the specified vacuum for at least one-half hour after filling. 4. Adjust Inerteen to normal level and seal the transformer tank. Do not reopen until the temperature at the top of the fluid is equal to or higher than the ambient temperature in order to avoid condensation on th surface of the Inerteen. In those cases where the transformers are not filled under vacuum, full voltage should not be applied to the windings for at least 24 hours after the Inerteen has been put into the case. This time is necessary to allow the air bubbles to escape. PLACING IN SERVICE Pressure Testing. All Inerteen transformers are pressure-tested at the factory and shipped free of leaks. After installations and before voltage is applied, it is desirable to pressure-test each transformer, especially if any fittings or covers have been removed and replaced during installa tion. Compressed dry nitrogen or dry air may be used for the purpose. It is recommended that the space above the Inerteen be blown out with dry nitrogen, then close all vents and apply a pressuretest of five pounds per square inch for a period of six to eight hours. The test pressure can best be limited by the use of a pressure regulator attached to the nitrogen cylinder. A check for 'leaks of joints above the Inerteen level may be made by painting them with a solution of soap and glycerin and watching for gas bubbles. At the conclusion of the test the internal pressure should be returned to normal by momentarily venting the gas space. High Altitude. Where transformers are to be used at a high altitude (more than 3000 feet above sea level) a fitting above the liquid level should be opened to equalize the internal and external pressures at a temperature of approximately 25 C before placing the transformer in service. Grounding Transformer Tank. Regardless of the type of foundation or floor on which a trans former is to rest, the tank should be definitely and permanently grounded to eliminate the possi bility of obtaining static shocks or being injured by accidental grounding of a winding to the case. A ground pad or lug is always provided near the bottom of the tank for the purpose of connecting the grounded lead. CAUTION: A pood low-resistance ground is necessary for adequato protection - s poor ground may bt wont than none at all. Grounding Low Voltage Winding. Every effort is made in insulating transformers to guard against any chance of breakdown between high voltage and low voltage windings; however, in order to be absolutely safe, it is advisable that low voltage circuits with which persons may come in contact be grounded. The maximum voltage that can be obtained to ground is then limited to the normal voltage that exists between the grounded point and the line; this is true even though the high voltage and low voltage windings become con nected electrically. In grounding the winding, the neutral point should be used if it is available. When trans formers operate on single phase circuits with the middle point of the low voltage, the maximum voltage that can exist between any part of the low voltage circuit and ground is one-half of the low voltages. MAKING CONNECTIONS A diagram, usually on the metal instruction plate attached to the side of the case, shows the proper #977~ 14 power terminal connections to be made for various voltages. Care should be taken to see that all connections and only those shown are prop erty made, for a wrong connection may cause severe damage. Some installations require an auxiliary source of power or control leads to be wired to terminals at the transformer; a wiring diagram, either a separate drawing or included as part of the outline drawing, shows the connections to be made. Voltage Application. When voltage is first applied to the transformer, it should, if possi ble, be brought up slowly to its full value so that any wrong connection or other trouble may be disclosed before damage can result. After full voltage has been applied successfully, the transformer should be operated without load for a few hours. It should be kept under close observation during this time and also dur ing the first few hours while loaded. should be taken out of service and given a thorough inspection. Any symptoms, such as unusual noises, high or low Inerteen levels, operation of re lief device, etc., should be investigated at once. Transformers which have been subjected to unusually severe operating conditions, such as overloads, frequent short circuits, or special units should be inspected at least once a year. This can usually be done adequately by lowering the Inerteen level and inspecting with a light through the manhole. Before this inspection is made, the Inerteen should be allowed to cool to reduce the amount of Inerteen fumes given off which are quite objectionable and should not be inhaled. During periodic inspection, all accessories should be inspected to see if they are operating properly. INSPECTION It is desirable that periodic inspections of Inerteen apparatus be made and that samples of Inerteen be taken from each and from all com partments of any apparatus and tested after a short period of service. See section on Sampling and Inspection. Any increase in operating temperature at normal load should be investigated and if the cause cannot be determined, the transformer C A U T IO N : Never enter a vault or any other confined area in which a transformer relief device has been known to operate or in which a transformer has failed, until the area has been thoroughly ventilated. Then enter cautiously, with another person in attend ance. The pungent, somewhat irritating fumes of hydrogen chloride are easily de tected and can serve as a guide in entering tha enclosure. Westinghouse THE LEADER OF THE TRANSFORMER INDUSTRY c Westinghouse Electric Corporation Westinghouse Exhibit 11 SMALL POWER TRANSFORMER DIVISION, SOUTH BOSTON, VIRGINIA SHARON TRANSFORMER DIVISION, SHARON, PENNSYLVANIA I Elicerne June. 1976 Supersedes l.B. 45-063-99D. February. 1976 P L A IN T IF F 'S EXHIBIT r1 A- * ' CONTENTS Page PART ONE - INERTEEN INSULATING FLU ID ............................................ 3 Characteristics.......................................................... . ............................................. Environmental Considerations........ ......................................................................... Handling ......................................................................................... Sampling and Inspection ............... Testing Methods ...................................................................................................... Reconditioning ................................................................................. Disposal................................................. 3 3 4 5 6 8 9 PART TWO - INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF INERTEENTRANSFORMERS...................................................... 10 I Installation ........................................................................................ '..................... 10 r " Inspection ...... .................................. ....................................................................... 10 ^ - Accessories and Fittings ............................................................. ............................. 11 Finish .................................................. . ................................................................. 12 Filling ....................................................................................................................... 12 Filling Under Vacuum ................... 12 Placing in Service ....................... 13 Pressure Testing ................................................................................................ 13 High Altitude ....................................................... 13 Grounding Transformer Tank .......................................................................... 13 Grounding Low VoltageWinding ...................................................... 13 Making Connections ........................................ 13 Voltage Application ........................................................................................ 14 Inspection ................................................................................................................ 14 ( G 1BZ.41G P a rt I - Inerteen In su latin g Flu id See American National Standards Institute Guidelines C 10 7 .1 -1 9 7 4 for complete information on handling and disposal of Askarels. Copies are available from: AN S I. 1430 Broadway. New York, N .Y . 10018 .. 3 CHARACTERISTICS 3. Color: (Maximum) 100 A.PJi. Inerteen is a highly pure, synthetic noninflammable and non-explosive insulating and cooling liquid. Chemically stable and nearly water white in color, Inerteen is not affected by reaction with other materials regularly used in the manufacture of Inerteen apparatus. It is non oxidizing and non-corrosive at temperature con siderably above those normally obtained in Inertyyi apparatus. Inerteen will-not sludge under anj7 operating condition. Water is the main enemy of Inerteen and keeping it dry will insure long service life. The dielectric strengtJlhof Inerteen will com pare favorably with that of insulating oil when tested under the same conditions. Quality samples of Inerteen tested under laboratory conditions may show a dielectric strength in excess of 40KV. Care must be exercised in handling and testing 4. Condition: Clear 5. Dielectric constant: At 1000 hertz 77F (25eC), 5.7 to 5.9 At 1000 hertz 2I2F (100C), 4.8 to 5.0 6. Dielectric strength: (Minimum) 77F (25C) At point of shipment, 35KV At point of receipt* 30KV 7. Electrical Resistivity: (Minimum) *500 x 10 ohms/cm3 (212F (100C) at 500 volts DC) 8. fower factor: At 60 hertz, 77 F (25 C) 2% At 60 hertz, 212F (I00C) 25% 9. Fj*ed chlorine content: (Minimum) 42 percerg 10. Free chlorides: Less than 0.10 ppm Inerteen. Inerteen must be kept in clean, sealed containers to prevent loss by evaporation or contamination by moisture or dirt. 11. Neutralization number: Less than 0.014 mg of KOH/gram 12. Pour Point: (Maximum) plus 7F (minus Inerteen exerts a strong solvent action on 14C) most varnishes, gums, and paints. Such materials 13. Refractive index: are not used in the construction of Inerteen apparatus. No materials should be used in Iner teen apparatus except those approved by the At 77F(25C), 1.624 to 1.626 14. Specific gravity: Westinghouse Electric Corporation. At 60F/6CPF (15.5 C/15.5C), 1.381 to Inerteen has an irritating effect upon the skin. If it is necessary to handle it, see the precautions 1.392 15. Density: 11.5 pounds per gallon under " Handling". It should be remembered that . 16. Viscosity: mineral oil is completely miscible with Inerteen; At 100F (37.8*C), 82-92 seconds in fact, it is impossible to separate mineral ofl and 17. Moisture: (Maximum) 35 ppm Inerteen. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS OF INERTEEN As outlined in "Method of Testing Askarels A.S.T.M. D901," the specific characteristics of Inerteen are: 1. Bum point: None 2. Chemical stability: No generation of free chlorides under normal operating conditions. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS Inerteen is a synthetic insulating fluid made by the chlorination of a relatively common chemical, biphenyl. The chlorination is necessary to impart nonflammable properties to the Inerteen. The resulting polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB's) are relatively insoluble in water but soluble in fat, 16 C 4 17 I I 0 4 * | ! ! i | ; ^ {, ^' | ' i 1 1 and extremely persistent in the environment. It has been shown by several laboratories that measurable amounts of the PCB's, particularly those with more than 50% chlorination, are present in our general environment and are a threat to certain species of wildlife. While Inerteen is generally regarded as being non-toxic to humans, very high standards of control in the overall program against pollution must be exercised. Electrical apparatus (such as transformers and capacitors) using Inerteen are normally sealed to prevent escape of Inerteen into the environment However, a carefully planned program of waste disposal must be followed at every step of the equipment life. This includes manufacture, repair and final disposition of the fluid and the Inerteen contaminated parts. To date the only acceptable destruction of the PCB's is by incineration at 2250C or higher under carefully controlled conditions. At this temperature Inerteen will breakdown into HC1, CO2 and water vapor. An alkaline scrubber is necessary to neutralize the HC1 and the final products released to the atmosphere are CO2 and steam. To be sure that the Inerteen and Inerteen contaminated materials do not contaminate the environment they must be incinerated in approved equipment HANDLING short duration, it can be absorbed through the skin. Repeated contact over prolonged peri ods may result in severe dermatitis which may persist for many months after removal from exposure. Protective Equipment. When necessary, und er emergency conditions, to enter a space containing very high concentrations of Iner teen fumes or vapor, either an approved gas mask or self-contained breathing equipment, should be worn. For lower, but still signifi cant concentrations, cartridge type chemical respirator should be worn. If the odor of Inerteen is noticed while wearing respiratory equipment, the wearer should go immediately into fresh air. Neoprene coated aprons and neoprene coated gloves may be used where necessary to protect the skin. Hand cream designed to protect against oils and petroleum solvents, (such as Ply 9 Gel made by Milbum Co. of Detroit) may be of some value where the use of gloves is not practical. When handling Inerteen, wash hands often with warm soapy water and in case of spillage onto clothing, remove the clothing as soon as possible. The clothing must then be laundered prior to use. 1. Safety Precautions Breathing. The odor of Inerteen is noticeable at concentrations below the Maximum Ac ceptable Concentration. Concentrations which exceed this may cause irritation of the eyes, nose, throat and upper respiratory tract Much higher concentrations could cause in ternal reactions. Swallowing, inerteen is highly toxic If taken internally. Swallowing of an ounce or two could cause severe irritation of the digestive tract and serious internal reactions. Skin Irritation. Although Inerteen is only a moderate skin irritant when contact is for 2. Storage Inerteen is shipped in tank can, drums or cans. Inerteen in drums or cans should be stored in a covered area and when stored out-of-doore the bungs should be down to prevent collection of water around the bung. A storage tank should be. mounted on piers above the ground and accessible to all points for inspection for leakage. There should be a curb on the ground around the tank to contain any spillage or leakage.* It is desirable, if possible, to keep Inerteen in storage at a temperature slightly above ambient to prevent moisture condensation. 462.41 ( s SAMPLING AND INSPECTION Sampling. Each container of Inerteen must be sampled and tested prior to being added to a transformer arid then should be added only if the dielectric strength is 30KV or above. It is desirable that periodic inspection of Inerteen apparatus be made and that samples of Inerteen be taken from each compartment and tested. Initially a sample should be taken after about 3 months of operation and then, where operating conditions permit, at inter vals of 6 months to 1 year. Accurate records should be maintained and if dielectric strength drops below 22KV it should be reconditioned. If facilities are not available for testing Inerteen, see "Westinghouse Inerteen Testing Service" below, Westinghouse Inerteen Testing Service. Many usera of Inerteen do not have the necessary facilities for testing. In order that these users may be able to make the periodic tests recommended, Westinghouse Electric Corp oration has established an Inerteen testing service to provide careful tests by experienced engineer, and provide a prompt report on the test results. Two special 16 oz. sample bottles per mailing container Westinghouse S0-24B1743602, is well as necessary packing and printed matter, may be obtained by con tacting the nearest Westinghouse Office. (The bottle and the container will not be returned to the customer.) After drawing the sample of Inerteen, the customer should seal the bottle and mail it to the Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Ma terials Engineering Laboratory, Sharon, Pa. 16146. To simplify these details, an instruc tion and order sheet and a printed return label have been included in the carton container. The instructions cover the taking of the sample and its proper preparation for mailing. The order sheet must be sent to the nearest Westinghouse office. In addition to dielectric tests, Westinghouse is also prepared to make a physical and chemical examination if so requested. (The customer should plainly indicate the type of service desired.) The physical and chemical examination consists of an examination of the Inerteen by a competent chemist. Recommendations will be made as to the suitability of the Inerteen for continued use, whether it would be desirable and economical to clean it, and in a general way, the preferred method of clean ing. In submitting samples for this service, the history of the Inerteen represented should be given as completely as possible. (For details refer to the nearest Westinghouse Office). SAMPLING INERTEEN The dielectric strength of Inerteen is affected by the most minute traces of certain impurities, particularly water. It is important that the great est care be taken in obtaining th samples and in handling them to avoid contamination. There have been low dielectric test results reported from the field which, upon investigation, have been found to be largely a matter of poor sampling. All sampling and testing equipment used for handling Inerteen and servicing Inerteen should be used for no other purpose. Care must be used in taking samples of Inerteen and sealing them prior to testing. It is desirable that samples of Inerteen be removed from any container on dear days only, and when the temperature of the Inerteen is at least as high as the temperature of the sur rounding air. Use only tin containers with screwed metal caps or glass bottles with Inerteen resistant lids to hold Inerteen samples. If it becomes necessary to use other than factory sampling containers, they should be rinsed with clean naptha, washed with detergent and water, and rinsed thoroughly in hot water, and then dried at approximately 110C for four hours with neck down in circulating air oven. If the containers are not used immediately after cleaning, they should be sealed tightly and stored in a dry, clean pLce. An aluminum foil liner should be put in the lid. 162 4 9 Provision is made on all Inerteen transformers to obtain a top sample of the Inerteen, however on a transformer that is in operation, a sample may be taken from either the top or bottom since any moisture present will be mixed in, due to circulation of Inerteen. In sampling, allow at least one quart, of Inerteen to run out to flush the sampling connection before collecting the sample. This flush material must be collected in a suitable container for disposition as per the section on "Inerteen Disposal*' page 6. The Inerteen should be put into the sample containers immediately and the caps screwed on tightly. The label for each container should be marked clearly with the serial number of the transformer or compartment from which the Inerteen was taken. Before taking samples from a storage tank, the Inerteen should be allowed to settle for approximately twelve hours so that if there is any moisture present, it, having a lower specific gravity, will rise to the top where the sample is to be taken. A clean sneak-thief should be used to obtain the samples. Essentially, the same precau tions to prevent moisture and dirt contamination should be used as outlined above. It is recommended that one 16 oz. bottle of Inerteen be taken as a sample for testing. At least one sample should be taken from a tank car of Inerteen. One sample may be taken from each drum, or if desired, a composite sample may be made from Inerteen from five drums, provided all of the drums are airtight. When the bung is first loosened, a hissing sound should be heard, which indicates that the drum has been airtight When the composite type of testing is used and a sample is found to be unsatisfactory, a sample from each of the drums represented must be tested. When drums have been stored exposed to the weather, a sample from each drummust be tested to determine if it is suitable for use. \ DISPOSITION OF SAMPLE & CON TAINER. All samples must be collected in sealed, labelled containers for disposition as described in section on "Inerteen Disposal" page 9. All sol vent rinses of test containers must be handled in a like manner. All containers, rags, and other solid materials involved in testing must be collected for proper disposition. TESTING METHODS Instruction for all tests listed 'correspond in general to the recommendations of the American Society for Testing Materials. 1. Dielectric Strength Test The testing transformer and the source of supply of energy shall not be less than 1/2 KVA, and the frequency shall not exceed 100 Hertz per second. Regulation shall be so controlled that the high tension testing voltage taken from the secondary of the testing transformer can be raised gradually without opening either primary or secondary circuit. The rate of rise shall approximate 3000 volts per second. The voltage may be measured by an approved method which gives root-meansquare values. Some protection is desirable to prevent ex cessive flow of current when breakdown of the Inerteen takes place. This protection preferably should be in the primary or low voltage side of the testing transformer. It is not especially im portant for transformers of 5 KVA or less, as the current is limited by the impedance of the transformer. The standard test cup for holding the sample of Inerteen shall be made of a material having a suitable dielectric strength. It must be insoluble in and unattacked by Inerteen or benzine and non absorbent as far as moisture, Inerteen, or gasoline are concerned. The electrodes in the test cup between which the sample is tested shall be circular discs of polished brass or copper, 1 in. in diameter, with square (90) edges. The electrodes shall be mounted in the test cup with their axes hori zontal and coincident, with a gap of 0.100 in. between their adjacent faces, and with tops of electrodes about 1-1/4 in. below the top of the 7 cup. (A suitable test cup is shown in Fig. 1, and portable testing outfits in Fig. 2.) a. Procedure Voltages shall be applied and increased uniformly at a rate of approximately 3000 volts (rms) per second until breakdown occurs as indicated by a continuous discharge across The spacing of electrodes shall be checked with a standard round gauge having a diam eter of 0.100 in.t and the electrodes then locked in position. The electrodes and the test cup shal! be wiped clean with dry, calendered tissue paper or with a clean, dry chamois skin and thor oughly rinsed with Inerteen-free, dry benzine until they are entirely free from fibers. The test cup shall be filled with dry benzine, and voltage applied with uniform increase at the rate of approximately 3000 volts (rms) per second until breakdown oc curs. If the dielectric strength is not less than 25KV, the cup shall be considered in suitable condition for testing the Inerteen. If a lower test value is obtained the cup shall be cleaned with benzine and the test repeated. The temperature of the test cup and of the Inerteen when tested shall be the same as that of the room, which should be between 68 F and 86F. (20C and 30C) Testing at lower temperatures is likely to give variable results which may be misleading. Fig, 1. Fluid Test Cup fo r Dielectric Test The sample in the container shall be ' agitated with a swirling motion (to avoid introducing air) so as to mix the Inerteen thoroughly before filling the test cup. This is even more important with used Inerteen than with new Inerteen as the impurities may be precipitated and the test may be misleading. The cup shall be filled with Inerteen to a height of no less than 0.79 in. (20 mm) above the top of the electrodes. ' The Inerteen shall be gently agitated by rocking the cup and allowing it to stand in the cup for three minutes before the first and one minute before each succeeding puncture. This will allow air bubbles to escape. Fig. Z Portable O il Testing Set, 1(2 KVA, 35,000 Volts the gap. (Occasional momentary discharges to 1 liter of c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. which do not result in a permanent arc may Boil, add 2 g. of c.p. Ba (OH)2 and boil again. occur; these should be disregarded). Cool, filter and store in a chemically resistant bottle protected by a guard tube containing b. Number of Tests soda lime and soda asbestos (Ascarite). Stand ardize against pure potassium acid phthalate I. Except as specified in (II) one break using phenolphthalein as an indicator. down test shall be made on each of five filling of the test cup. If the average ' b. Titration Solvent * Add 500 ml. of c.p. deviation from the mean exceeds 10 benzene and 5 ml of water to 495 ml of c.p. percent or if any individual test deviates anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. more than 25 percent from the average, additional tests shall be made. The dielec Procedure. Into a 250 mLErlenmeyer flask intro tric strength shall be determined by aver duce 40 g. of Inerteen weighed accurately. Add aging the Tint five tests that conform to 100 ml. of the titration solvent and 3 ml. of the the allowable variations. indicator solution. Titrate immediately at a temperature below 30C. Consider the end point II. When Inerteen is tested in consider definite if the color change to green persists for able quantity, so that the time required 15 seconds. A blank shall be determined on the for testing is excessive and when it is solvent merely desired to determine whether the breakdown safely exceeds the limit speci Calculation. The neutralization number or fied, or in those cases when the amount of Inerteen available for test may be very mg. limited, one breakdown test shall be made KOH per g. of Inerteen ^ BI ^ -xS.61 on each of two fillings of the test cup. If neither breakdown is below this value, the A * ml.KOH solution required for sample. Inerteen may be considered satisfactory B * ml KOH solution required for blank. and no further tests shall be required. If N * normality of KOH solution. either of the breakdowns is less than the W* grains of sample used. specified value a breakdown shall be made on each of three additional fillings and test results analyzed inaccordance with (I). RECONDITIONING c. Report The report shall include the volts (rms value) at each breakdown and the average of the two or five breakdowns and the temperature of the Inerteen at the time of the test. `2. Neutralization Test The Neutralization number is the number of milligrams of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acid in one gram of Inerteen. Reconditioning will be necessary to remove water, foreign material and hydrogen chloride which may be present and contaminating Iner teen. The blotter filter press, cartridge filter and the Inerteen conditioner will remove water and dirt which may be present. Various models of each of these types of apparatus are available. The Inerteen conditioner is the most effective for removing moisture, dirt, and other contaminating materials. It basically consists of a clay container, a clay filter, pump, attendant valves, gauges and fittings. Solutions Required r. Standard Potassium Hydroxide Solution (alcoholic, 0.1N) --add 6g. of c.p. solid KOH Water cannot be effectively removed from either clay or filter material once they have become saturated with Inerteen therefore care 162422 should be taken to see that these materials are thoroughly dry prior to use. Any equipment used for conditioning Inerteen should first be thor oughly cleaned with benzine or naphtha to remove all traces of material foreign to Inerteen. If at all possible, separate equipment should be usedTor filtering Inerteen only. Hydrogen chloride, caused by arcing, may be eliminated by vigorously bubbling dry nitrogen through Inerteen. This should be done as quickly as possible following the failure to prevent the attack of HC1 on the cellulose insulation. The nitrogen should be passed in through the drain valve at the bottom and allowed to escape through a vent at the top. The nitrogen should be discharged through a pressure regulator attached to a stand pipe above the level of the Inerteen in the transformer to prevent the Inerteen from flowing into the regulator. The nitrogen should be bubbled through the Inerteen at a rate of one to three cubic feet per minute for a period of 4 to 6 hours. This may require two to eight cylinders (220 cu. ft each) depending on the size of the apparatus. DISPOSAL Inerteen Liquid. Collect all scrap Inerteen liquid in a suitable metal container which can be satisfactorily sealed. Once the Inerteen is col lected it may be returned in sealed drums or tank cars to Monsanto or other certified disposal companies as listed below. Ship prepaid to: Monsanto Industrial Ctantab Cowpsny iKlonr biiinocrini Coapany 100 North Undterfh louim rl Oispesil Division St. lovis. Missoiri 13144 Steffinld. Illinois 41341 Cftta-Trol Pollution Sonrictft. Ik . 15S0 lalBitr loot Motel City. fcw tlA 14107 Vas Coa, Ik . 401 StosbOM Stmt. Sont* F. 0, le i 4 Twin Fate. lste 13301 lolliti Ermranmotd Strricct. lac. P-0. I n 221 Iftdfieort. NJ. 03014 PJ. Bn COS Dotf P v t Tuns 77S3S 11351 Seoaic Hithwy Inten loop. U. 70307 A charge will be made for all returned Inerteen. Solvent-Rinses Contaminated with Inerteen. Sol vent rinses or other liquids contaminated with Inerteen should also be collected in sealed drums or tank cars and sent either to Monsanto or other * - o rv*;`** certified disposal company. Solids Contaminated with Inerteen. All solids materials contaminated with Inerteen must be stored in impervious containers until disposal. This includes all glass, metals, papers, insulation, clay rajp, filter cartridges, etc. These materials may be incinerated if suitable arrangements can be made for it to be done at a temperature sufficient to breakdown the Iner teen. Or they may be purged by cleaning with a proper fluid and the resultant fluid then may be incinerated usingan approved procedure and temperature. The following disposition is recommended for various materials. g --- Material Disposition Absorbing clay, filter paper, cartridges sawdust and rags Incinerate Coils Solvent clean or incinerate Cores Solvent clean Tanks & Frames Solvent clean Copper or Aluminum Solvent clean Insulation Incinerate Incineration. Incineration, whether of liquids or contaminated solid materials, must be done at a temperature of at least 2250C and the stack must be equipped with suitable scrubber to remove HC1. Cleaning Contaminated Drums. The cleaning of drums which have contained used Inerteen re quires great care in order to insure a thoroughly dean drum. It is preferable to return such drums to the supplier where adequate cleaning facilities are available, rather than to attempt to clean them. If it is necessary to dean such "drums, the following procedure is recommended: * Rinse the drum thoroughly with gasoline or petroleum distillate, using about one gallon each time, until the solvent shows no discolor ation after using. Allow it to drain, then pump out the last traces of solvent with a vacuum pump, using a brass pipe flattened at 16^ 123 to ' J { the lower end to exploit the comen of the drum. Collect all solvent rinse material for disposition as described above. dry air to remove any lingering explosive vapors. Screw the bung on tightly before removing the drum from the oven. Use a new washer with the bung to insure a tight seal. CAUTION: Do not u m a steal pip#because of the danger of a spark igniting the gasoline or petroleumdistillate vapor. Next, heat the drum with bunghole down in a ventilated oven at a temperature of at least 88C. (190F) for sixteen hours. (A simple oven for this purpose may be made from sheet metal and heated with steam or an electric heater.) Blow out the drum with dry nitrogen or CAUTION: Opan flames must always ba kept away from tha ovtn to prevent igniting inflammable gases which might be remaining in drumwhen placed in the oven. The practice of refilling drums with Inerteen is undesirable and should be avoided whenever possible, for unless the utmost precautions are taken, the Inerteen is likely to become con* taminated. Part II - Installation and M aintenance of Inerteen Transformers INSTALLATION For convenience in handling, all transformers are equipped with lugs or eyes for lifting and mov ing the complete assembly filled with Inerteen by use of a crane. Additional means are pro vided for the heavier parts such as coven, core and coils, radiaton and terminal chambers. Jack ing lugs are also supplied on either the base or comers of the tank. A transformer should only be lifted or moved by jacks placed against these lugs and not against the cooling tubes, radiator valves, or other fittings. An indoor installation requires that the room in which the transfonnen are placed must be well ventilated so that the heated air can readily escape and be replaced by cooler air from the outside. If the room is poorly ventilated, thik exchange of air takes place too slowly and the temperature of the air in the room may become excessively high. At any given load the tempera ture rise of a self-cooled transformer will be a fixed number of degrees above the temperature of the surrounding air. The temperature of the transformer is the sum of this rise and the air temperature; therefore, care must be taken to provide a room sufficiently ventilated to permit operation of transformers at a reasonable temp erature. Area of the air inlets should be such that the ambient temperature never exceeds 40C (104F) with an average over twenty-four hours not exceeding 30C (86*F); 50 to 60 square feet per 1000 kva of transformer capacity has been satisfactory. Outlet openings with the same total area should be provided. Self-cooled transformers should always be well separated from one another and from ad jacent walls, partitions, etc., in order to permit free air circulation about the cases. This separa tion should not be less than 24 to 36 inches depending on the size of the units. INSPECTION All Inerteen transformers are carefully inspected and tested at the factory and they are in good 162424 < U condition when shipped; but it is desirable to inspect each transformer thoroughly before plac ing it in service. When a transformer is shipped complete and filled with Inerteen, this inspection should in clude a check of the Inerteen level, the tightening or adjustment of any parts that may have become loose or out of place, and determining the extent to which moisture may have entered the trans former. The latter can best be determined from the dielectric strength of the heneen. Inerteen used for filling transformers should have a dielec tric strength of 30KV or higher. When it tests less than this the Inerteen should be filtered. If the dielectric strength is very low or if there is any other evidence of moisture, it is necessary to dry the transformer. Inerteen transformers should be dried by the short circuit method with the transformer im mersed in the Inerteen and with the tank sealed tightly. During the drying out operation, the Inerteen should be circulated through a filter press or preferably through an Inerteen condi tioner. A filter press will Temove dirt and most of the moisture, but the conditioner will remove these and other contaminating materials as well. The loading should be carefully watched and when the top Inerteen reaches a temperature of 60C, the load should be reduced `to obtain an approximately constant top Inerteen temperature based on the following table; Shorttircuit Amperes Maximum Temperature in Percent of Load of the Top Inerteen 50% 8SC 75% 80C 85% 75C While the windings of the transformer heat up, do not permit the temperature of the top Inerteen to exceed the value specified for a given percentage of load. This precaution is necessary because the windings will heat up more quickly and operate at a higher temperature than the Inerteen. If the windings are allowed to reach too high a temperature, the insulation will be dam aged. The drying of a transformer should be continued until the dielectric strength of samples of Inerteen taken from the transformer test at 30KV or higher. The desired load current should be obtained by short circuiting one winding and impressing the proper impedance voltage on the other winding. The full load impedance may usually be found on the instruction plate for the trans formen; if the impedance of the transformer is not known, it should be requested from the Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Sharon, Penn sylvania, by identifying the transformer with its serial number. If the transformer is at or lower than room temperature at the start of the drying process, circulation of 125 to 150% of full load torrent will hasten the heating, and a higher top Inerteen temperature can be obtained more quickly by blanketing the coolers when tubular coolers are used or by shutting off the radiator valves when radiators are used. The cover should be lagged to prevent condensation. The cover should be kept tightly sealed during the temperature run, and until the transformer has cooled down to room temperature to prevent condensation. This also prevents the release of hot Inerteen vapors which are quite objection able, particularly if the ventilation is poor. ~~ CAUTION: It is not safe to attampt the drying out of transformers unless constant attention is given to the job. ACCESSORIES AND FITTINGS Bushings, fittings, and accessories when boxed and shipped separately should be mounted as shown on the outline drawing. Proper installation 162425 12 instructions when necessary are included in the instruction leaflets for component parts. Care must be exercised when these components are fitted to eliminate the accidental introduction of moisture in any form inside the transformer. Where blind flanges are removed before fittings are mounted, the level of the Inerteen must be lowered below the openings that will be made. FINISH Any portion of the paint film damaged during shipment or installation must be repaired as quickly as possible. To do this, dean the damaged portion by means of a scraper or sandpaper, wipe thoroughly with a solvent dampened cloth, apply. Westinghouse primer paint and allow it to dry for at least 24 hours, then apply a coat of Westinghouse finish paint FILLING When putting new apparatus into service, see that the apparatus tank is free from moisture and foreign material. in Inerteen and will contaminate it in a short time. All joints should be tight; where practical, fill through the drain valve to keep aeration to a minimum and vent the top of the tank to allow the air to escape. Be sure that valves and pipe connections between the main tank and any Inerteen filled compartments are open for free circulation of gas and liquid. Otherwise, trapped air or gas may cause the Inerteen level in some parts of the transformer to be below the safe operating level. If it is necessary to fill a transformer out-ofdoors, particularly on a damp day, care should be taken to prevent the entrance of moisture. In order to avoid condensation the temperature inside the unit should be kept several degrees above the outside air temperature. The tank and compartments, if any, should be filled at ambient temperature to the point on the gauges marked '*25 - Liquid Level." If the ambient varies greatly from 25C (77F) when filled, the Inerteen level should be checked when the average fluid temperature is 25C; sufficient Inerteen should be added to or drained from the tank to bring the level to the proper height. The transformer should never be operated or left standing, even out of service without the Inerteen level being indicated on the gauge. IM PO R TA N T; Extrem e precautions must be taken to insure the absolute dryness and cleanliness o f the apparatus before filling It with Inerteen, end to prevent the entrance o f water and dirt during the transfer o f the Inerteen to the apparatus. The preparation and filling of outdoor appa ratus should preferably be done on a clear, dry day; if this is not.possible, protection against moisture must be provided. N All vessels used for transferring the Inerteen should be carefully inspected to see that they u t absolutely dry and free from contamination. Use only all-metal hose or pipe when filling, since the lining of most other types of hose may be soluble FiDing Under Vacuum. Entrapped air is a po tential source of trouble in all liquid filled transformers. Therefore, it is desirable to fill all Inerteen transformen under a full vacuum. This is done for the transformen shipped from the factory and should be done where practicable when transformen are filled in the field, provid ing the transformer cases have been so designed. If the cases have not been designed for full vacuum and it is imperative to get the maximum winding impulse strength immediately, the trans formen should be filled with Inerteen under full vacuum by placing them in an auxiliary vacuum tank. Where purchaser does not have an established technique for vacuum filling, the following* pro cedures may be used whether vacuum is applied 1624ZQ 13 directly to the transformer or the complete tr a n s f o r m e r is placed in an auxiliary vacuum tank. 1. Apply and maintain continuously a vac uum of at least 28 inches of mercury for at least one-half hour to units rated 25KV and below, or for four hours to units above 2SKV. 2. While retaining the vacuum, slowly nil with Inerteen to the normal 25C level or with approximately 90% of the required amount where it is impossible to gauge properly. 3. Maintain the specified vacuum for at least one-half hour after filling. 4. Adjust Inerteen to normal level and seal the transformer tank. Do not reopen until the temperature at the top of the fluid is equal to or higher than the ambient temperature in order to avoid condensation on the surface of the Inerteen. In those cases where the transformers ire not filled under vacuum, full voltage should not be applied to the windings for at least 24 hours after the Inerteen has been put into the case. This time is necessary to allow the air bubbles to escape. PLACING IN SERVICE Pressure Testing. All Inerteen transformers are pressure-tested at the factory and shipped free of leaks. After installations and before voltage is applied, it is desirable to pressure-test each transformer, especially if any fittings or covers have been removed and replaced during installa tion. Compressed dry nitrogen or dry air may be used for the purpose. It is recommended that the space above the Inerteen be blown out with dry nitrogen, then close all vents and apply a pressuretest of five pounds per square inch for a period of six to eight hours. The test pressure can best be limited by the use of a pressure regulator attached to the nitrogen cylinder. A check for leaks of joints above the Inerteen level may be made by painting them with a solution of soap and glycerin and watching for gas bubbles. At the conclusion of the test the internal pressure should be returned to normal by momentarily yenting the gas space. High Altitude. Where transformers are to be used at a high altitude (more than 3000 feet above sea level) a fitting above the liquid level should be opened to equalize the internal and external pressures at a temperature of approximately 25C before placing the transformer in service. Grounding Transformer Tank. Regardless of the type of foundation or floor on which a trans former is to rest, the tank should be definitely and permanently grounded to eliminate the possi bility of obtaining static shocks or being injured by accidental grounding of a winding to the case. A ground pad or lug is always provided near the bottom of the tank for the purpose of connecting the grounded lead. C A U T IO N : A pood low-resistance ground is necessary for adequate protection -- a poor ground may be worse then none at ell. Grounding Low Voltage Winding. Every effort is made in insulating transformers to guard against any chance of breakdown between high voltage and low voltage windings; however, in order to be absolutely safe, it is advisable that low voltage circuits with which persons may come in contact be grounded. The maximum voltage that can be obtained to ground is then limited to the normal voltage that exists between the grounded point and the line; this is true even though the high voltage and low voltage windings become con nected electrically. In grounding the winding, the neutral point should be used if it is available. When trans formers operate on single phase circuits with the middle point of the low voltage, the maximum voltage that can exist between any part of the low voltage circuit and ground is one-half of the low voltages. MAKING CONNECTIONS A diagram, usually on the metal instruction plate attached to the side of the case, shows the proper .16 2 4 2 7 power terminal connections to be made for various voltages. Care should be taken to see that all connections and only those shown are prop erly made, for a wrong connection may cause severe damage. Some installations require an auxiliary source of power or control leads to be wired to terminals at the transformer; a wiring diagram, either a separate drawing or included as part of the outline drawing, shows the connections to be made. Voltage Application. When voltage is first applied to the transformer, it should, if possi ble, be brought up slowly to its full value so that any wrong connection or other trouble may be disclosed before damage can result. After full voltage has been applied successfully, the transformer should be operated without load for a few hours. It should be kept under dose observation during this time and also dur ing the first few hours while loaded. should be taken out of service and given a thorough inspection. Any symptoms, such as unusual noises, high or low Inerteen levels, operation of re lief device, etc., should be investigated at once. Transformers which have been subjected to unusually severe operating conditions, such as overloads, frequent short circuits, or special units should be inspected at least once a year. This can usually be done adequately by lowering the Inerteen level and inspecting with a light through the manhole. Before this inspection is made, the Inerteen should be allowed to cool to reduce the amount of Inerteen fumes given off which are quite objectionable and should not be inhaled. During periodic inspection, all accessories should be inspected to cee if they are operating properly. INSPECTION It is desirable that periodic inspections of Inerteen apparatus be made and that samples of Inerteen be taken from each and from all com partments of any apparatus and tested after a short period of service. See section on Sampling and Inspection. Any increase in operating temperature at normal load should be investigated and if the cause cannot be determined, the transformer C A U T IO N : Never enter a vault or any other confined area in which a transformer relief device has bean known to operate or in which a transformer has failed, until the area has been thoroughly ventilated. Then enter cautiously, with another person in attend ance. The pungent, somewhat irritating fumes o f hydrogen chloride art easily de tected and can serve as a guide in entering the enclosure. . A4 * 1624?8 Memorandum * \ 162429 Westinghouse THE LEADER OF THE TRANSFORMER INDUSTRY 16 3 4 3 0 \ v . AanwfMHK*by Number M . Serials r; 404 400- 435 2*9 3$ 300- 114 497 1* 614 458- 626 174 fiO 626 176- 648 168 148 170* 604 799 8*1 88822M33 .825 1826 (827 11682268 1830 804 800- 831 883 831 884- 874 000 874 001- 774 799 1040 043-1113 030 1113 031-1222 330 1222 331-1349 312 1346 313-1404 708 1404 709-1672 334 1872 336-1727 703 1727 704-1881 040 1821 1832 33 1134 1835 1836 1837 1831 1839 1840 If"*f 1110 1845 1801 641-1831 800 1931 801-1838 000 1839 001-1870 875 2 6 231-2002 299 2062 300-2102 800 2103 801-2210 7*9 2210 800-2363 889 3304 000-2440 000 2448 001-2947 SOO 2947 601-2804 860 2884 851-3195 000 3186 001-3324 800 3324 801-3500 818 3500 819-3851 400 3859 401-3809 130 1846 3009 131-4122 772 847 4122 773-4740 745 1840 4740 740-5193 109 1849 103 190-5342 915 I960 9342 810-6809 7 1851 1852 1853 1154 1655 w 1157 1158 1859 1860 1841 1862 1163 1844 1805 9801 198-6201 669 6201 900-6709 942 0709 943-7,163 016 7163 014-7255 615 66*00001 and Up 6*00001 and Up 97*00001 and Up 91*00001 and Up 69*00001 and Up 0*00001 and Up 81*00001 and Up 82*00001 and Up 83*00001 and Up 84*00001 and Up 81*00001 and Up* Wastfnghouse ClectfeCorporation Madium Power Tranform ar Division . ftharon, PA 16140 USA 4*ater and LVTTDivision aiiiph, N.C. 27011 US* r" Yur 1666 1607 1666 1168 1670 1171 1872 1873 2874 187 1176 1877 1878 1179 1879 Sorlals 80*00001 OftdUP #7*00001 end Up 66A00001 in # Up 86*00001 indU p 70*000014Ad Up 71*00001 and Up 7211 n d U p 7311` end Up 7411 e n d Up 7611and Up 7011 id Up 7 7 1 1 ****and Up 7811'a n d Up 7 8 1 1 * and Up 17900001 and Up Pinato Production] Cleaaoe of Piffchasers doaa Dtocovnt Ich td ula .Uaot . Government: State, county and municipal governments, all federal Government agencies 44-001 8frlcUtUity and industrial Customers Contractors 1 And undaaaffiad buyers purchasing for their own use- Manufacturers 9 liectricsl aquipnent manufac tu r in g purchasing for retaie w ith or u a part of their prod* tict who hav* HsadQuartera approval and for whom Form 7119 h a boon extorted. 44-004 0 S V t d l"|l -- * * * * b w Mm* ITMMMiWmnnuOMOMciWmI (MmUIaNnNu lpHMM.tnp tl for*At*f-ft I p H I 'M ! ( H N N u i westinghcuse exhibit 12 I r V *o *WEA falling Policy. W *4 pit of Manufacture by 3rlal Number# No tfitt diatnbution transformer* having u ria l number less than 1.000.000 war* built at |M t Pmtburgh plant. Distribution traru fornw i having H rial number 1.000.000 or over w an ' built i t th * Sharon plant 01 Sunnyvale. C*M., plant. lorialNumaan Yawaf .banal Nwnbafi Manufacture 7#ar ( Manufacture 404400 4U29I 4300 *14447 *144*1W *36174 *2617910 *416* *4*17010 *047 1*1 $1417 $1*1* $1*1* IMO N bttllaM N O O d $32W 1307*** $3700000 to 370039* *6*6001 3120011 to o 1*3111327 14*4 1M4 1*44 1*41 1*46 rial Nwnbeta ______ I I $3001 131*113 122168 1*10*11 $6M*114m 63*44 $6440000 464065 M71000 te 444*440 Vtwaf Manufacture 1949 IMO 1960 1M0 1991 04*00 *31**3 *314*4 *74000 74001 io 7747*9 1004740 1082122 10*2*22 12344*0 * 1 10 1*23 1*24 1*29 A T M lM liltm tl $3*30100 M3121730 l l l U l l to 41OU 1110100 la 4210416 $3*2*711 31400 1*41 $6464061 4 4 | 1*46 $140000 6114279 1*4* $6320000 te 1322117 1*41 $3221M 4341115 1*44 640000lo 1IM M IM I 1991 1*11 1*62 IMS 1234*41 1334344 132133410 H72121 14731231011*1242 $1400000 te 1*0*230 IM I 243 lo 17*1112 $1*0*31 1*1*797 17*111)101*74076 ----- 7714to 1*1IH * l 1000io 174*147; >071ta 1*24431 162* 1*27 1*2* 1*26 1*31 1*2* 1* IMO >1 04140100U41I2117 <3104*4ta 46360 $436211 411004* $44101001144100 $44*0600 4449*9* $4170000 4 * 41790*1 96*7122 $0*000010 4*0IH I $6360000 1343000 CI7133 io I3J494 1*4* 1*47 1M7 1*47 1M7 1*47 IM I IM I IM I 1*44 36000010 4424*34 $434*1 ta 4341992 62993 99403 $4400000 ta 4921222 14000 W4443M9 $ 1223 41914 I HAI 1 MSM16 UA010 74A010001 1*92 1*63 1993 1963 1994 19*4 $1166 $1688 $1HB $1*71 1 74*161 ta 176(7*6 ' '1*24132 tt 1*40000 $17*4711 176*910 1*40001 202*230 $171*311 1701720 202*2)11*30*22 $179*721 te 171 $2000001 2002400 2642300 2103400 $2002401 300*121 3013*01 le 222** $2009*29 2020000 $2420000 te 2420169 22300001*24173 $24201 *2433044 IM I 1*32 Cotto Identification# 1*12 1*23 Vtar 1*32 Cala Vtar tl 1HI 6 6 1661 1 IMA 1*34 1*34 Placaof Cada Manufactura iacatian lank w on * funnyvsle$ i A Amari* 1*34 1*39 1*31 11 1*3 ManUi W tft C a li Manin Caaa Waei A ie Q C f 0 HJ * L w Jan. Pea. Mar. Apr. May Jun July Aug. aat Oct. Nov. Dae. 01 02 Watt 1 Waa* 2 1 r' Waa* 12 1*30 Manufacturing leiial 1 1*37 Numbar el 1*27 WeeDipUJ IM 99 3417300 t 3914000 $24330 te 2439334 3SM001 ta 3722900 $$21463610393040to 23444)13'; 3722901 ta 2*41700 $29*8390- 267*900 2*43701 112*000 8 2*71101 I* 3 1 7 ' 2940000 29769; 3172*10*00103:1*7?**1*00 $3340000 to 32*219* 3174101 W312*4*2 $3242470 to 3244129 1131 1*34 1036 11 9M0 1*40 1M1 1*41 1M2 1M2 1443 1*43 *^,m*ea er added line* premaua issue. liW U c IIA 1.II3M 10.9IAD10 . Vaar tasabati Month/ Manufacturing Watt rial Number 1 U A 7* A A .M e 01 1 10 10 . 0001 $ ItatorwWMUnfhewM far WrUlauatlan priortd $ 1l*J1u4t.yiei7,eeriaf numba\ r**n<tsn*utieabfia. lama havingItyte nymbarware dtacomawad artUtJuna 1*1. w*aMayrarermftiuied. 0unrig Mparto*meartiv ina iti ef merwrestbia and L aave.nu*aar ararestampa* aaa namteta in placaatu serial Bumbar, 0eariptrtA l Ani Tranaformar Manufacturedtt $Aaren.inJanuary. 1968 TenthTraMfennatManufacturedat Sunnyval*in Oesambai. I960 Tenth Tranjfermar Manufactured atAthenain April, IN I Pint Tr*neformar Manufactured atAlbanstn hrat weak in Januirtr. 1171 $ Sunnyvaleani $ Ca*a titafltibcatiOft &**!> n 1t$4. $ Dtstnaut*fibanstermafnaflfectunnf diaaen- $ bw1n.e1ua*ea7d4sliendDeeracmemabrethr.en13m4o4n. thsodeeflactrve January Nato: Call iron tanti rara diacantinuad ritti Mrial aufflbar about 42^300. Waatinghouta Electric Corporation Oiatribution Tranaformar Divi*ion Overhead O iiuibution Traniformer Dept Amani. Giorgia 30901 ( o i WE A I^Hirvg Policy fil*4 (do Idontlfleoiton; heron, Athen*. lunnyvol# 1*01mwMn Tawof M a m ifta iv a . 0|| A1*t 10 AQI1MM0 C 1**S Yaar ttu A * at C ota uM ufactuia lacaoan a A cm * M eath B M V tacW M SeM i U l l O (M u in u va at fM P ig iti} Plank tk a w At Jan. NO- 1 19 MOM M IN I 1 tv n n w a k S 61 M * . Aar. May r Jana IM I A Anana 0H M r Ava. J Pad K "T ' . A , W' pac. fe u * *: U1. tu m o . SUD10 ym i U a a tM Momn A. M 0 Manufacturing ' Panai Numaer 1 10 10 Q aa ai^ iia w 'fkjmMTululMnrf,trImMaSr Manul--han* MSitaran in Tan* TwuOnw MmuOcwN r tonnyw U TaMntDi TMronNarWan.--is m Manufactura* at A0m m in , IM S c ^i oMlflcoto a ; Jo fforten Chy ft* damn Cm Taar CM* Moni* .7 1 . 1112 "a Jan. 71 1073 Nb. t' Mar D A* 1f M at June A M uw an 5#i* Mm Mutin Aadaciian Cm * O at* IK A lfar lo 3l $ *M WO Oaaanmant J iffm a n G ift 1 10 IN MU Jauly H Am. J Mac R Oat U affpft: 7 3 U M 001 taw Menut Oraavctien , tauai _________________' Dm____________ n i no oot W tu n afam ar manufacturad II Ja^anon C a r 0Ovui| f t f ueicfl w o n SSO in N iiw , 1173. tM Kea. ` One. ii i OI 1 - 9 I re t r Tt farte IrtflM ifieifioa m o i* Na (a 11U * D w n M W * tu u fa n rw manufiCtuny aiaaetinuM n Daearnbar, IM A * ^ ihouM Electric Corporation ' Jnsvrgcognd D iilnbution Tfainformt D iviiion Jfffirson City. M iuouri 09101 \ .* Hi** *0C* \ . ji identification; Sharon, Sunnyvalo. Athen* Nun tn ^ Yaer f Manufactura S5oinioo 01IMNS* 1M l V a* H1IM SS IMS 1333 jefeafce bacato Ihmm tmurMeH ASCOKtaNJKL O M on* Jan. F t M>. A*r. M ir June Jufr Am*. Seet. cl gSto^m* S m i 1 I)d|M (U ll i lMW N aH* AI :IU 1,H SM 10 .U A 0 10 A M 0 Manufacture* tem i NufnOar 1 10 10 A* Trand.oinniMafManvtacoeWaiSforain TarUh Tn la O acam tar.ltM Ttn*TfmftsfcmwMnwtaiw lM Aflwnain *da Identification; Jaffereon City (Iffocthro 1/1/72 through 12/31/77) U Ywr n 73 1072 1373 m ' Ce*e A C 0 1 r 3 n-- 4 K L M Jen. N S. U r A*r. May Juna Jvfy Ans. Seek Ocl Ne*. M D Coea One 330 331 330 Bufar ta Sei Daoartmant. Jeffaraen City 41 1 M IB 333 * Des. *is: 72L3I0001 Hanoi riraSuctian Dm Serial t 300 001 eanalennar tnenufactwaS m JaHoae City * sraiym H vaeh 330 in HeunwQa. 1372. A n J m w T 1.1373. etI w A n m m m A c u H iNnan C rr (incavain am martieeea) w fie taarneaweneiaiianipiewM enK Jaffanan City HswOi Sefia*ua teaeenee Manufactura Oele Ne S a < J MfMfefMM WM Wltft ifl 1071*1977 a wrm a O ff.V m k m m mj r totwm * f m W H lw W I W W m h m i bam flec 77JA330001 Yaar Maren ri iDali Serial 77 J A 330 001 >*i iOrnpricaton I> ||R li t i in 1334. etbutiofl tr*n#o#mef manufactunn* house Electric Corporation L ion Transformer Division s ground Distribution Transformer DepC-'' on City. Missouri USA 65101